<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>EABA</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba</link>
	<description></description>
	<lastBuildDate>Thu, 23 May 2013 14:42:41 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.5.1</generator>
		<item>
		<title>Video</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=6066</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=6066#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 04 May 2013 19:53:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Juniors]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=6066</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[http://websites/123reg/LinuxPackage25/ea/ba/_c/eaba.co.uk/eaba/billiards.mp4 &#160;]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://websites/123reg/LinuxPackage25/ea/ba/_c/eaba.co.uk/eaba/billiards.mp4">http://websites/123reg/LinuxPackage25/ea/ba/_c/eaba.co.uk/eaba/billiards.mp4</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=6066</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Billiard Monthly December 1912</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5994</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5994#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2013 13:12:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Billiard Monthly December 1912]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5994</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912  A Journal of Interest and Value to Amateur Billiard Players No. 26, December, 1912 Price 1/6 per annum to any part of the world. Single Copies 1d THE BILLIARD MONTHLY PORTRAIT GALLERY. XXVI.W. J. PEALL W. J. PEALL: Spot Stroke Champion. The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912 Billiards for [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/billiardMonthlyLogo1.gif"><img alt="billiardMonthlyLogo" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/billiardMonthlyLogo1.gif" width="450" height="115" /></a></p>
<div></div>
<div> A Journal of Interest and Value to Amateur Billiard Players</div>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="40%">No. 26, December, 1912</td>
<td width="60%">Price 1/6 per annum to any part of the world. Single Copies 1d</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<h2>THE BILLIARD MONTHLY PORTRAIT GALLERY.</h2>
<h3>XXVI.W. J. PEALL</h3>
<div>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/wjPeall-1.jpg"><img alt="wjPeall (1)" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/wjPeall-1.jpg" width="100" height="200" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>
<div style="display: inline !important;">W. J. PEALL: Spot Stroke Champion.</div>
<div style="display: inline !important;"></div>
<div style="display: inline !important;"></div>
<div style="display: inline !important;">
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Billiards for Beginners</h2>
<p>To play the game of Billiards you&#8217;ve got to learn a lot,<br />
It isn&#8217;t simply &#8220;cannons,&#8221; &#8220;loser,&#8221; or a &#8220;pot&#8221;;<br />
It will take you all your time to learn to make a decent<br />
&#8220;screw,&#8221;<br />
And when you think you know a bit, just try a &#8220;follow<br />
through.&#8221;</p>
<p>But when you come to using &#8220;side,&#8221; it&#8217;s really almost<br />
worse,<br />
It&#8217;s years before you get to know the &#8220;running&#8221; from<br />
&#8220;reverse&#8221;;<br />
And though you think you&#8217;ve judged it right, it&#8217;s wholly<br />
on the cards<br />
That your side has spoilt your aim, and so you miss your<br />
shot by yards!</p>
<p>In considering the cushions, your head will fairly swell<br />
When you wonder&#8221;Is it fine with just a trifle side as<br />
well,<br />
Suppose I hit it nearly full, and if so will it &#8220;kiss&#8221;?<br />
And shall I play with &#8220;drag&#8221; on that or drop down on to<br />
this?</p>
<p>You will learn to know the cannon when it always will<br />
be found<br />
That whatever spot you play for, the ball will travel<br />
round!<br />
You try to do a &#8220;forcing shot&#8221; and nearly smash the<br />
pocket,<br />
Or put on too much &#8220;screw&#8221; and make it swerve like<br />
any rocket.</p>
<p>You must peg at &#8220;losing hazards&#8221; for several hours a<br />
day,<br />
And cram up dusty Billiard books when you&#8217;re too dog tired<br />
to play;<br />
And when you&#8217;ve read and practised till your mind becomes<br />
a blur,<br />
You may get briefly mentioned as a &#8220;useful amateur.&#8221;</p>
<p>M. H. R.</p>
<div>[The above is kindly sent to us by a young lady student</div>
<div><em id="__mceDel">of the game.Ed. B.M.]</em></div>
<div></div>
<div>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>A Few Cue Tips</h2>
<ul>
<li>A common piece of bad play is to spot in baulk for a halfball<br />
long-range loser into a coiner pocket without first noting<br />
whether the contact will drive the object ball towards<br />
the middle of the table after leaving the top cushion or<br />
towards the side. If the latter, the placing of the cue ball<br />
in baulk should, of course, be wider than half-ball, a little<br />
extra force being employed in the stroke.</li>
<li>A stroke to know and to understand is the kiss stroke<br />
with the object ball against a cushion. With full contact<br />
the cue ball comes straight back; with half-ball contact it<br />
takes a right angle; and with aim mid-way between edge<br />
and centre it returns half-way between right angle and<br />
straight back. It can be played with confidence and nearly<br />
always comes off, besides generally leaving decent position.</li>
<li>When a cannon ball or pocket is a little wide of the halfball<br />
angle some players (so-called) invariably force the<br />
stroke. By applying slow running side up the table and<br />
slow check side down the table and aiming fuller than halfball<br />
in the one case and finer in the other the shot can be<br />
made with ease and certainty and good position provided.</li>
<li>Although half-ball shots are good it is a great mistake to<br />
play half-ball as a matter of course simply because it is on.<br />
Decide first where the object ball is to be directed and then<br />
make contact as required with the necessary strength, and,<br />
if necessary, compensation. This is the invariable rule in<br />
playing losing hazards and players who neglect to do this<br />
can never hope to make real breaks.</li>
<li>It is an excellent plan, at stated intervals, to revert to<br />
single ball practice, in order to make sure that the aim is<br />
correct, and that the cue ball can be driven accurately towards<br />
a given point on a cushion with and without side.</li>
<li>There are fixed positions on the table at which accuracy<br />
of aim can be tested with a single ball. These include<br />
along the baulk line and up and down the table over the<br />
spots, as well as diagonal and all-round strokes landing the<br />
ball into a given pocket or to a given point.</li>
<li>A great advantage of regular single ball practice is that it<br />
begets confidence in a game in this class of stroke, as, for<br />
instance, when balls have to be disturbed in baulk, or cannons<br />
made by first striking a cushion, or a covered ball<br />
reached, or even scored with, when playing at snooker pool.</li>
<li>And all the time the aim is being improved, because, on the<br />
same table, if kept at an even temperature, the angles are<br />
always the same, and whenever a plain stroke varies in its<br />
results there is positive proof that the fault is in the aim.</li>
<li>An excellent test stroke, and one also useful in a game,<br />
when the red is over a bottom pocket and the striker&#8217;s ball<br />
is in hand with the white not nicely playable, is a dead<br />
central aim at the middle spot with the cue ball half way<br />
between two of the baulk spots. This should land the cue<br />
ball in the bottom corner pocket every time, and a slight<br />
variation of the cue ball&#8217;s position should bring it at will a<br />
little wide of either of the pocket shoulders when the red<br />
happens to be there.</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Harverson&#8217;s Australian Farewell</h2>
<p>Writing on October 13 to The Sydney Referee, Harverson<br />
(who has just landed in England) said:&#8221; I have had the<br />
opportunity of seeing some of your wonderful country this<br />
week in the Riverina. What fine sportsmen you meet in<br />
towns like Lockhart. Hay, and Narrandera, and how fond<br />
they are of billiards! Everyone you talk to seems to follow<br />
all the matches played in Sydney and Melbournein fact,<br />
they seem to know more about it than one does oneself.</p>
<p>This has been a most enjoyable week, and at last I have<br />
seen something of Australia. Mrs. Harverson and I go<br />
home by the Morea on October 22, so we shall not be able<br />
to see the Melbourne Cup run, as we are listed to arrive<br />
in London on November 28. Lindrum and I play at<br />
Wonthaggi on October 18 and 19, and finish up on October<br />
21 at the Motor Club, Melbourne. I wish you would convey<br />
my best thanks to all the people who supported me<br />
during my tour, and assure them that I am pleased to have<br />
had the opportunity of visiting your wonderful country.&#8221;</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Questions and Answers</h2>
<h5>Potting the White</h5>
<p>195.&#8221;Is there any reason why the white ball should not be<br />
potted, when it is to the striker&#8217;s advantage to do so, and is<br />
there anything unsportsmanlike in the proceeding?&#8221;</p>
<p>We have<br />
answered this question before. The only game to play, when it<br />
is to the striker&#8217;s advantage to do so, is to pot the white, and it<br />
should be done as a matter of course. Players who neglect this<br />
method are not exponents of the complete game. So far from<br />
being ungentlemanly the stroke, unless well done, is really<br />
benevolent, for, unless the succeeding score is properly made, or<br />
a double-baulk, or miss in baulk brought off, the opponent has<br />
been made a gratuitous present of the whole latitude of the D<br />
to play from.</p>
<h5>Consecutive Red Ball Losing Hazards</h5>
<p>196.Has there been any expression of opinion in The Billiard<br />
Monthly on the subject of consecutive red ball losing hazards,<br />
and their suggested limitation? If so, I have not seen it.&#8221;</p>
<p>We referred frequently to the point when the Gray furore was on.</p>
<p>We are strongly opposed to unnecessary restrictions of the game<br />
of billiards and would have everything thrown open again except<br />
the push stroke. But if there must be&#8221; barring, &#8220;he restriction<br />
should at least be equal all round, such as 25 consecutive<br />
cannons, pots, and in-offs. Why should 25 cannons be allowed<br />
and only two pots? Again, where is the restriction of the game<br />
to stop? Why not restrict white hazards, or mixed white and red,<br />
or even the top-of-the-table game?</p>
<h5>Balls Touching</h5>
<p>197.&#8221;In a game the other evening a difference of opinion<br />
arose as to whether the balls were touching or not. This matter<br />
seems to be regulated by the density or otherwise of the small<br />
black speck or shadow at the point, or supposed point, of contact.<br />
Is not there some surer method, by application of which<br />
there could be no possibility of dispute?&#8221;</p>
<p>We should say that<br />
if a very light and narrow strip of paper were dropped between<br />
the balls and failed to pass through, the method would be a safe<br />
and conclusive one, as proving that the balls were touching. We<br />
must admit, however, that we have not known this test to be<br />
applied and expect that it will still have to be left to the eye,<br />
as the question of in or out of baulk is, although this might<br />
equally be subjected to a mechanically perfect test.</p>
<h5>Where to Spot</h5>
<p>198.&#8221;If a ball cannot be spotted should it be placed on the<br />
centre or pyramid spot?&#8221;</p>
<p>On the pyramid spot, and if that is<br />
occupied on the centre spot. A peculiarity about this pyramid<br />
spotting is that, under the B.C.C. rules, the spot stroke is not<br />
barred from this position.</p>
<h5>Pocketing Two Coloured Balls</h5>
<p>199.&#8221;If playing at snooker with only the blue, pink, and<br />
black on the table, the player plays at the blue, pots it, and pots<br />
the pink at the same stroke, is the rule six away and the blue re-spotted,<br />
or is it six away and the blue not re-spotted?&#8221;</p>
<p>The<br />
rules on this subject are:</p>
<p>&#8220;If the striker pockets more than one<br />
ball, other than red balls, in one stroke, he cannot score, and is<br />
penalized in the value of the highest ball pocketed. &#8220;When<br />
the pool balls are being played upon in rotation they shall not<br />
be re-spotted after being pocketed in proper order and according<br />
to rule.&#8221; Thus the blue, pocketed in order, stays down, and<br />
the pink, pocketed contrary to rule, is re-spotted.</p>
<h5>The Opening Misses</h5>
<p>200.&#8221;How is the second opening miss usually replied to in<br />
billiards?&#8221;</p>
<p>It depends upon the nature of the miss. It may<br />
have left a jenny on. If, however, it has been well given, a good<br />
reply is a thick run-through cushion cannon on to the red, or a<br />
cushion loser with side into the opposite middle pocket. Try<br />
both and decide which is the less risky and leaves the better position<br />
if accomplished.</p>
<h5>A Question of Tactics</h5>
<p>201.&#8221;When falling seriously behind in a game is it better to<br />
resort to safety or to take risks?&#8221;</p>
<p>Unless you are playing<br />
against an opponent who is quite likely to make a big break at<br />
any reasonable opening, we should favour the free and enterprising<br />
game, which, besides often opening up an opportunity<br />
for scoring, exercises something of a tonic effect on the striker<br />
himself. Games are, after all, won by scoring and not by misses<br />
or other defence, useful though this may be at times.</p>
<h5>Check or Running Side?</h5>
<p>202.&#8221;When playing from baulk to bring cue ball back into<br />
baulk do I use check or running side? I ask because several<br />
arguments have arisen. What is a good definition of check side<br />
and running side?&#8221;</p>
<p>We assume that you are referring to the<br />
opening miss, and we should term the side in that case running<br />
side, as it receives no&#8221; check &#8220;in coming off the cushion, but<br />
quite the reverse. This is also the best illustration that we can<br />
give in reply to your second question.</p>
<h5>Re Colouring the Red</h5>
<p>203.&#8221;How can one colour the red ball so that when struck<br />
by one of the other balls the red does not come off. It has been<br />
a difficulty with me to dye the ball.&#8221;</p>
<p>The colouring of billiard<br />
balls with permanent colours is a trade secret. Send the ball to<br />
a reputable firm and they will do it for you at a nominal charge.</p>
<h5>Playing With the Wrong Ball</h5>
<p>204.&#8221; If I am found to be playing with the wrong ball, do I<br />
lose all that I have made, as I have been told, or am I entitled,<br />
as I believe, to continue playing, as the error was not discovered<br />
at once?&#8221;Neither. You score all but the last stroke and the<br />
balls are spotted for your opponent.</p>
<p>Screwing In Off the Spot.</p>
<p>205.&#8221;I find that with composition balls I can screw in to the<br />
top pocket from baulk with the red on the spot, but it is rarely<br />
that I secure good position to follow, as the red does not take<br />
the central line of the table sufficiently. How is this usually<br />
overcome?&#8221;</p>
<p>There is only one way, and that is by making<br />
the stroke still more difficult with a squarer placing of the cue<br />
ball in baulk. It follows, indeed, the same rule as the screw into<br />
the centre pockets, with the object ball a little wide and<br />
high up.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>A Billiard Story</h2>
<p>When in Nevada, Mark Twain once dropped into a billiard<br />
room, and the proprietor, seeing him toying with the<br />
cues, asked him if he&#8217; would like to play. He said he<br />
would. &#8220;Knock the balls around a little and let me see<br />
how you can shoot,&#8221; said the proprietor; and, when this had<br />
been done, continued, &#8220;That&#8217;s all right. I&#8217;ll play you lefthanded.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;It hurt my pride,&#8221; said Mark, when relating<br />
the story, &#8220;But I played him. We banked for the shot,<br />
and he won it. Then he commenced to play, and I commenced<br />
to chalk my cue to get ready to play, and he went<br />
on playing and I went on chalking my cue; and he played,<br />
and I chalked all through that game. When he had run<br />
his string out, I said. &#8216;That&#8217;s wonderful! Perfectly wonderful<br />
&#8216;If you can play that way left-handed, what could<br />
you do right-handed?&#8217; &#8216;Couldn&#8217;t do anything,&#8217; he said;<br />
&#8216;I&#8217;m a left-handed man.&#8217;&#8221;Liverpool Post.</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Billiards and the Working Classes</h2>
<p>&#8220;What is the standard of play amongst the working<br />
classes?&#8221; is a question that was put by a representative<br />
of The Edinburgh Evening News to W. Smith, who was<br />
himself until quite recently a linotype operator in a newspaper<br />
office. &#8220;I think it is remarkably high,&#8221; Smith is<br />
stated to have replied, &#8220;and during my games I have come<br />
up against some very good players.&#8221; There was a tendency,<br />
he thought, to bring out the finer points of the game, and<br />
in this respect the numerous leagues in the North of England<br />
had done good work by promoting keen competition. Of<br />
necessity this had raised the standard of the game, as to<br />
carry off any of the premier awards a player required to<br />
have a considerable amount of billiards in him, and to be<br />
possessed of the steadiness which came only from assiduous<br />
practice. In some of the church leagues the players were<br />
even for billiard players of very tender years, and this playing<br />
in public, he considered, was the very thing to bring<br />
on a youngster&#8217;s game.</p>
<p>As a working class amusement, the Darlington man held<br />
that the game was rapidly spreading, and in his tours he<br />
had everywhere found that billiards was more and more<br />
becoming the recreation of the masses. And the result of<br />
this was to be seen in the behaviour of that class of spectators<br />
at the big matches. Of old the stroke that made the<br />
most noise was acclaimed as the clever one, but now he<br />
found a difficult shot, successfully negotiated, did not go<br />
unnoticed by the onlookers. They knew in detail the respective<br />
strengths and weakness of the leading lights, and the<br />
general lines of their play. The result was that one professional,<br />
on leaving a town, created a spate of red ball<br />
experts in embryo, while another inspired the beginner with<br />
a determination to overcome the intricacies of the nursery<br />
cannon.</p>
<p>While admitting the potency of the red ball as a scoring<br />
force, Smith said he was not at all impressed with it as a<br />
means of attracting the public. He was convinced that<br />
they were pretty well sick of it already, and he therefore<br />
did not intend to unduly cultivate it. It was a handy thing<br />
to be able to slip out at any time, however. He confessed<br />
to a weakness for getting both object balls over the middle<br />
pockets, and breaks compiled by this means have been fairly<br />
familiar to those who have seen him playing in Edinburgh.</p>
<p>While on the subject of red ball play the Englishman took<br />
the opportunity of touching on the game of George Gray.<br />
While not denying for a moment that the Australian was<br />
the greatest one shot player in the world, he did not think<br />
that for all-round excellence he was equal to T.<br />
Newman. Smith has a whole-hearted admiration for<br />
Newman, and still remembers the hundreds that the latter<br />
strung up after he (Smith) had put on his record break in<br />
their match. In conclusion, Smith spoke in glowing terms<br />
of Aiken&#8217;s game, whose style he greatly admired. His top<br />
of the table play, he said, showed the thorough<br />
grip of the game that the Scottish champion possessed.</p>
<p>Against this it is pleasant to be able to put Aiken&#8217;s generously-<br />
expressed opinion of Smith, which is that he considers<br />
him to be the best of the younger school of billiards professionals.</p>
<p>Asked regarding his plans for the future, the Englishman<br />
said that one of his most interesting fixtures would start on<br />
the 27th of January, when he will have a match with Newman<br />
at Middlesbrough of 8,000 up on level terms. Apart<br />
from the London tournament he would also be meeting<br />
Inman, Reece, and Diggle.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>The Master Eye in Billiards</h2>
<p>Probably few billiard players have eyes that are in<br />
exact focus and it is necessary that due allowance should be<br />
made for this fact in striking. The first essential is that<br />
the face should be at right angles with the cuein other<br />
words, that the eyes should look square and not in the least<br />
degree sideways at the object ball. Players who do not<br />
observe this fundamental requirement can never aim<br />
straight, even if possessing normal eyes. This can be<br />
proved in a moment. Place a ball on the table and hold<br />
your hand upright in front of your face. Now close the<br />
eyes alternately so that the ball first appears at one side of<br />
the hand and then at the other; and in both cases equally.</p>
<p>Next turn the face a little to one side without moving the<br />
hand, and argument on the point will be unnecessary, as<br />
the ball will appear quite wide on one side and will be obliterated<br />
by the hand on the other.</p>
<p>There are many players who strike with the sideways<br />
glance and a half-ball or other angle is consequently a different<br />
thing with them from what it is with other strikers.</p>
<p>Hence the difference of opinion as to angles that arise, as<br />
well as the unnecessary complications that are occasioned<br />
to the player himself. He will, for instance, have two distinct<br />
half-ball angles to deal withone when looking square<br />
at the ball before getting down to the stroke, and the other<br />
when actually addressing the ball and looking at it sidewise.</p>
<p>But in this article I have to do with the striker whose<br />
face and arm are in proper alignment with the intended run<br />
of the cue ball, but whose eyes are not in perfect focus, and<br />
there is only one correct course for such a player to adopt.</p>
<p>He must always aim a trifle finer on one side of the object<br />
ball and a trifle fuller on the other. To ascertain on which<br />
side he is to do the one and on which side the other can be<br />
quickly ascertained. Let him place the red ball on the<br />
centre spot of the table and the cue ball to the left of the<br />
centre baulk spot with its edge in line with such spot.</p>
<p>Now let him aim at the left edge of the object ban and the<br />
red, if the aim be accurate, will disappear in the top right<br />
hand pocket If the cue ball were similarly placed on the<br />
right of the baulk central spot and accurate aim taken at<br />
the right side of the red ball the latter would disappear in<br />
the left top pocket.</p>
<p>The value of this experiment and practice will quickly<br />
be apparent If when aiming at one side of the red the<br />
object ball is almost invariably cut below the corner pocket,<br />
and when aiming on the other it is almost invariably cut<br />
above it, the conclusion may be accepted that one eye is<br />
somewhat at fault, and aim henceforth must be a trifle fuller<br />
or finer than hitherto according to which side of the object<br />
ball is aimed at. If on the other hand the object ball is<br />
driven as often as it is cut on both sides of the table, the cue<br />
delivery is defective and improvement and correction must<br />
be sought in this direction.</p>
<p>It may be thought that the error lies in the wrong cue<br />
alignment although the actual stroke may be delivered and<br />
finished in a perfectly straight line, but this is scarcely<br />
likely to be so. The cue, assuming that the forearm is<br />
hanging perpendicularly and that the eyes are square with<br />
the cue, will be guided by the eye, without conscious movement<br />
of the hand into the right alignment, and this again<br />
can be proved in an interesting way. Place two balls in<br />
the position in which a thick run-through cannon is required<br />
and take aim dead straight at the first. But when<br />
actually strikingand without shifting the aim in the slightest<br />
glance at the second ball, instead of the first, and the<br />
run-through will be perfectly made. The same thing<br />
applies, of course, to run-throughs into pockets, and the reason<br />
is that with the movement of the eye the cue has<br />
become deflected in the exact proportion necessary for making<br />
the stroke.</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>More About the Australian Season</h2>
<h5>(From The Sydney Referee)</h5>
<p>So far as the season just finished in Australia is concerned,<br />
it can be classed as the most successful to date. In<br />
a way, there was rather an embarrassment of riches in the<br />
shape of four visiting cueists from over the water, besides<br />
our local contingent, which now includes A. E. Williams<br />
who can be classed as a resident Australian, as he is<br />
qualified to vote at the next Federal elections.</p>
<p>No professional championship matches took place at billiards,<br />
all the players being satisfied that Lindrum, per<br />
medium of the deadly red ball, would be difficult to dethrone;<br />
so the youth retained the title undisturbed. &#8220;he<br />
battle &#8220;of the year was between Reece and Inman, and for<br />
the first time in the history of the game Reece managed to<br />
defeat Inman in a level match over two weeks. This game<br />
caused considerable interest, not through the importance of<br />
the meeting, so much as the fine displays given by both<br />
players, who were in excellent form, making breaks of 584<br />
and 513, which rank next to Lindrum&#8217;s 731 as the highest<br />
run of the season.</p>
<h5>Williams&#8217;s Success</h5>
<p>Earlier in the year Lindrum conceded Williams 1,000 in<br />
16,000 on two occasions, which ended in victories for the<br />
Colonial by 4,308 and 3,928. Lindrum displayed much better<br />
billiards in those contests than in any of his later games.</p>
<p>The merit of these victories was greatly emphasized when<br />
Williams a few weeks later defeated both Reece and Inman<br />
in games of 9,000 up, in which he received starts of 1,000<br />
and 1,500. Reece held his own, being just beaten by the<br />
points conceded, but Inman&#8217;s deficit amounted to 2,352. As<br />
Williams had previously defeated Weiss by 3,583 in 14,000<br />
level, and was next to Reece in averages for the whole season<br />
in big games, he should be very pleased with billiards<br />
in 1912. Unfortunately an operation at Adelaide prevented<br />
him from partaking in a money match with Reece, which<br />
might have brought even more distinction to his name.</p>
<h5>Diggle and Harverson</h5>
<p>To the Harverson-Diggle exhibitions little space need be<br />
devoted. Right from their opening game in Melbourne<br />
Diggle appeared to have been attacked by the complaint<br />
known as &#8220;that tired feeling,&#8221; which is so difficult to<br />
diagnose. During the tour Harverson only suffered one defeat<br />
in the first engagement with Lindrumand that<br />
might easily have been turned into a win had he so desired.</p>
<p>His performances were:</p>
<ul>
<li>Defeated E. Diggle at Melbourne.</li>
<li>Defeated E. Diggle at Sydney.</li>
<li>Won International Tournament, defeating E. Diggle, F.</li>
<li>Weiss, F. Smith, sen., and F. Smith, jun.</li>
<li>Lost to F. Lindrum at Sydney.</li>
<li>Defeated F. Lindrum at Melbourne.</li>
</ul>
<p>In long games he scored 63,693 out of a possible 64,000,<br />
winning three games and losing one. His highest break<br />
was 430, and an average of 32.91 for the four games. Harverson<br />
came fifth on the list of the season&#8217;s averages.</p>
<h5>Amongst the Amateurs</h5>
<p>As with the professionals, amateur billiards in 1912<br />
reached Australian high-water mark. Several records were<br />
made. The first was that for the first time since the inauguration<br />
of the contests more than two States took part<br />
in the Australasian billiard championship. This year<br />
Queensland and South Australia joined forces with New<br />
South Wales and Victoria, with the result that most interesting<br />
contests took place. The following list of champions<br />
of the year may be useful for filing purposes:</p>
<h5>Professionals</h5>
<ul>
<li>Champion of Australia.F. Lindrum, jun.</li>
<li>Champion of N.S. Wales.F. Smith, sen.</li>
<li>Champion of Victoria.E. J. Campbell.</li>
<li>Champion of Queensland.F. Weiss.</li>
<li>Champion of West Australia.Bert Teague.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Amateurs</h5>
<ul>
<li>Champion of Australia.L. L. Beauchamp.</li>
<li>Champion of N.S. Wales.A. G. Fay.</li>
<li>Champion of Victoria.L. L. Beauchamp.</li>
<li>Champion of Queensland.R. Kidston.</li>
<li>Champion of South Australia.A. Demodena.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Snooker</h5>
<ul>
<li>Professional Champion of Australia.F. Smith, jun.</li>
<li>Amateur Champion of Victoria.J. Basto.</li>
<li>Amateur Champion of N.S. Wales.C. G. Abel.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Best Breaks</h5>
<ul>
<li>Professional.F. Lindrum 731, M. Inman 584, T. Reece 513.</li>
<li>Amateur.G. B. Shailer 209 (world&#8217;s amateur competition<br />
record), A. G. Fay 154, R. Kidston 140.</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>&#8220;Nerves&#8221; in Billiards</h2>
<p>Writing in The Yorkshire Evening Post, George Nelson<br />
says.&#8221;Nerves&#8221; is an affliction that has attacked every<br />
billiard player of note at some time or other. It affects<br />
them, too, in different ways. Charles Dawson said that<br />
the first time he played in London he felt as though he had<br />
lost the use of his legs for three days. Yet he eventually<br />
won the championship.</p>
<p>I know one well-known professional player who has severe<br />
cramp in the stomach when he comes to play in a match.</p>
<p>Stevenson says it took him six years before he could reproduce<br />
anything like his proper form in public. He became<br />
the despair of his friends, and he relates that he had resolved<br />
to give up billiard-playing as a bad job the very season<br />
that he at last got confidence. That season he won<br />
the championship.</p>
<p>Peall, the famous spot stroke player, was one of the most<br />
nervous of players, and his friends say they had difficulty<br />
to get him to play in public. Yet he played his nervousness<br />
away to such an extent as eventually to make a break<br />
of 3,304. I know several amateurs who make breaks of<br />
from 80 to 150 in &#8220;friendly games.&#8221; Get them to play a<br />
public match, and the way they start scratching and<br />
struggling for a twenty break is painful alike to themselves<br />
and their friends.</p>
<p>There is little doubt that billiard players are more liable<br />
to &#8220;nerves&#8221; than players of other games; and also that the<br />
results are more disastrous. The first weakness is explained<br />
by the wearisome inactivity of &#8220;sitting out&#8221; the other&#8217;s<br />
breaks, and the second by the fact that in good billiards<br />
the fraction of an inch makes all the difference. There is<br />
nothing like action for curing nervousness. This you obtain<br />
at most games all the time, but at billiards only when you<br />
have possession of the table. Undoubtedly it is the &#8220;sitting<br />
out&#8221; that does the damage.</p>
<p>The proper spirit to cultivate is one of indifference to<br />
whatever your opponent may do; at the same time you must<br />
retain a watchful interest in the game and be ready to take<br />
full advantage of his mistakes. I speak from experience,<br />
as I have had as much &#8220;sitting out&#8221; in breaks as most<br />
players. I have &#8220;sat out&#8221; the whole day, cue in hand,<br />
many weary times, against George Gray.</p>
<p>It provides some hope to the nervous player to know that<br />
such players as Stevenson, Dawson, and Peall all &#8220;went<br />
through it.&#8221; Further, if it is true that &#8220;a man who never<br />
makes mistakes never makes anything,&#8221; it is equally true<br />
that a man who is not nervous never excels.</p>
<p>Stevenson says he always plays his best when he has just<br />
a touch of nervousness, or, in other words, feels a little<br />
highly strung. Personally, I have always found exactly<br />
the same thing. No man need be ashamed of that quiver of<br />
the nerves that affects him sometimes, even if it be so bad<br />
as to be obvious to spectators, for, after all, it is generally<br />
only the natural symptom of a keen desire to do well. The<br />
thing is to control it, and that can only he done by persevering<br />
in actual experience.</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>The Angles of the Ivory, Crystalate, and Bonzoline Balls at Billiards, and Other Differences</h2>
<h4>By COLONEL C. M. WESTERN (Late R.A.)</h4>
<h5>Author of &#8220;Practical Science of Billiards and its Pointer.&#8221;</h5>
<div>[The following article discloses for the first time in the history of billiards the exact relative throw-off angles of<br />
ivory, bonzoline, and crystalate balls, and consequently is one of exceptional value and interest. Colonel Western,<br />
after a series of exhaustive mechanical tests by the joint aid of an inclined plane and the "pointer" of his invention,<br />
is enabled to state explicitly that the half-ball throw-off of the cue ball after contact is: With ivory, 33°50'; with bonzoline,<br />
30°35'; and with crystalate, 36°35'. These relative proportions are also preserved at the other seven contacts, all<br />
of which, with other practical and scientific data, are scheduled in tabular form in the course of the article. We may<br />
further say that we have had practical demonstration of the extraordinary exactitude with which the balls follow the<br />
laws laid down in Col. Western's book.]</div>
<p>The question of the relative throw-off angles of ivory,<br />
crystalate, and bonzoline balls has, since the introduction of<br />
composition balls, been one regarding which there has been<br />
much controversy, but nothing definite regarding it appears<br />
to have been arrived at.</p>
<p>The opinion most commonly accepted appears to be that<br />
the crystalate throws off at a wider angle than the ivory,<br />
and the bonzoline at a still wider angle than the crystalate.</p>
<p>Also that the ivory balls are the more elastic and faster,<br />
with the crystalate and bonzoline about equal in these<br />
respects.</p>
<p>The following are the facts regarding them as found<br />
under test experiments. To avoid misunderstanding, I premise<br />
that I have no financial interest of any sort in any of<br />
them, and started completely without bias or predilection for<br />
one more than another. It is desirable that the manner in<br />
which my experiments were carried out should be shortly<br />
described to permit readers to judge of their value.</p>
<p>The object ball angles of all three kinds at the various<br />
divisions (and, indeed, of every kind of ball, no matter of<br />
what it is composed, provided the balls are equal spheres<br />
travelling on a horizontal plane) are exactly the same under<br />
all conditions. Their values are set out in &#8220;Practical<br />
Science of Billiards.&#8221; Cue ball angles, however, vary with<br />
the manner and strength with which they are struck. Consequently,<br />
in order to ascertain the relative values of cue<br />
ball angles, it is necessary that the cue ball should always<br />
be impelled in a precisely similar manner in every case. And<br />
it must be beyond doubt that this is so. This, if not<br />
impossible, 5s exceedingly difficult to attain, if personality<br />
is allowed to come into play. Consequently it is a necessity<br />
that there should be a mechanical means of propelling the<br />
cue ball that will never vary.</p>
<p>This was obtained by means of the use of a movable<br />
inclined plane of fixed height, length, and slope, down<br />
which the ball was allowed to roll in a bottomless groove,<br />
and consequently it always started with practically exactly<br />
the same velocity and did not carry any side or screw.</p>
<p>This is proved by the ball when allowed to run up and down<br />
the table, without coming into contact with another ball,<br />
always coming to rest at almost precisely the same spot.</p>
<p>The next necessity is to be able to make the cue ball travel<br />
in any exact required direction, and to be able to make it<br />
strike the object ball at exact desired points or divisions.</p>
<p>It is unnecessary to point out that these requirements<br />
would test the powers of even the most skilled professional,<br />
particularly when it has to be done thousands of times, and<br />
there would still remain the doubt whether there had been<br />
variations in the manner of striking.</p>
<p>The third necessity is to be able to ascertain the exact<br />
spot or division at which the object ball has been struck,<br />
and, if desired, to be able to repeat the stroke as often as<br />
necessary for verification.</p>
<p>And the fourth necessity is to be able to measure the<br />
angle that the direction of the cue ball, after impact, makes<br />
with its direction before impact, measuring from the point<br />
of divergence, which is not the position of the object ball,<br />
and is consequently an unknown spot.</p>
<p>The inclined plane, to which, in the form I have constructed<br />
it, I have given the name of the &#8220;billiard gun,&#8221;<br />
supplies the means of complying with the first two &#8220;necessities,&#8221;<br />
and the &#8220;pointer&#8221; described in the &#8220;Practical Science<br />
of Billiards&#8221; supplies the means of carrying out the third<br />
and fourth, and it is with the aid of these two appliances<br />
that the experiments have been carried out.</p>
<p>The results given may be relied on, as they have all been<br />
repeatedly verified, and the &#8220;pointer&#8221; supplies the means<br />
of testing them to those who desire to do so.</p>
<p>The assumption is made that the objective of the cue ball<br />
is 4ft. from the point of divergence. The effect on the angles<br />
of variations in this respect is explained in the chapter on<br />
&#8220;Rebound&#8221; in &#8220;Practical Science of Billiards,&#8221; and the<br />
matter is only referred to here to complete the full data<br />
of the experiments.</p>
<p>All three kinds of balls have been tested at all the standard<br />
divisions of the balls, viz., 1/8, ¼, 3/8, ½, 5/8, ¾ and 7/8, and the<br />
balls with which the experiments were carried out were all<br />
absolutely new and previously unused so that no question<br />
can be raised regarding the balls being untrue or uncertain<br />
through wear, etc.</p>
<p>Angles.</p>
<p>We can now come to the actual angles of the balls as<br />
found by experiment in the manner described above, and<br />
they are as follows:</p>
<p>Cue Half-ball Angles at No. 2 strength (measured from a<br />
point in the path of the cue ball 4ft. distant from the point<br />
of divergence):</p>
<p>IVORY, 33°30&#8242;.</p>
<p>BONZOLINE, 35°.</p>
<p>CRYSTALATE, 36°35&#8242;.</p>
<p>It will be observed that the bonzoline, instead of throwing<br />
off at a wider angle than the crystalate, has a finer angle,<br />
and lies about midway between the ivory and crystalate.</p>
<p>The strength (for definitions of strength see &#8220;Practical<br />
Science of Billiards&#8221;) at which all the balls were delivered<br />
is No. 2 strength. No. 2 strength is rather faster than the<br />
strength with which the majority of strokes are played,<br />
which are mostly in the vicinity of 1 to 13, but the distances<br />
and nature of the strokes were such that anything less than<br />
No. 2 strength would have been insufficient for many of<br />
them, and it was necessary to adhere to a fixed strength<br />
throughout.</p>
<p>As the strength decreases or increases, the angles for all<br />
three natures of balls, will slightly decrease or increase, but<br />
they will retain very nearly the same relative proportion.</p>
<p>The angles of all three kinds of balls at all the recognised<br />
divisions are given in the following table:</p>
<p>Cue Ball Angles<br />
of Ivory, Bonzoline, and Crystalate Balls when struck<br />
with No. 2 strength, without side or screw, when the<br />
objective of the Cue Ball is 4ft. distant from the Object<br />
Ball.</p>
<div>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="right">Divisions</td>
<td align="right">Ivory</td>
<td align="right">Bonzoline</td>
<td align="right">Crystalate</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="right">1/8</td>
<td align="right">16°28&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">17°54&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">19°34&#8242;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="right">1/4</td>
<td align="right">27°25&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">29°20&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">31°27&#8242;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="right">3/8</td>
<td align="right">32°32&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">34°19&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">36°35&#8242;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="right">1/2</td>
<td align="right">33°30&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">35°</td>
<td align="right">36°35&#8242;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="right">5/8</td>
<td align="right">31°32&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">32°44&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">34°2&#8242;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="right">3/4</td>
<td align="right">27°10&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">28°3&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">28°59&#8242;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="right">7/8</td>
<td align="right">19°54&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">20°29&#8242;</td>
<td align="right">21°5&#8242;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>When changing from ivory to bonzoline, as from bonzoline<br />
to crystalate, or vice-versa, strokes would not be missed,<br />
generally speaking, though without doubt the difference<br />
should be borne in mind, particularly in longish shots. As<br />
between ivory and crystalate, the difference is more marked,<br />
and would require slight allowance for.</p>
<p>If players desire to ascertain to what extent these differences<br />
affect the placing of the cueball in the baulk semi-circle<br />
for half-ball strokes, which is the most common practical<br />
way of judging half-ball angles, they can do so in half a<br />
minute with the aid of the &#8220;pointer&#8221; (using case F, page<br />
130, where full detail of the simple procedure necessary is<br />
given). They will probably be surprised to find how very<br />
much nearer together the true positions are than they<br />
possibly judged them.</p>
<p>Elasticity.The coefficients of elasticity of the three balls<br />
are as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>Crystalate, 0.5 (= ½, a curious coincidence).</li>
<li>Bonzoline, 0.4617.</li>
<li>Ivory, 0.4243.</li>
</ul>
<p>Here, which is also contrary to the general belief, the<br />
composition balls are more elastic than the ivory, the crystalate<br />
being the most elastic of the three.</p>
<p>This is also evident from the angles. The cue half-ball<br />
angle of a totally inelastic ball would be 19 degs. 6 mins.,<br />
and the cue half-ball angle of a perfectly elastic one would<br />
be 60 degs. Whether greater elasticity is an advantage may<br />
be a matter of opinion, but its effect is to make the throw-off<br />
angle wider.</p>
<p>Weights.In each case the three balls of the same kind<br />
were practically of the same weight and size. The weights<br />
of the balls were as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>Ivory, 4 and 61/64ths ozs.</li>
<li>Crystalate, 5 and 13/64ths ozs.</li>
<li>Bonzoline, 5 and 24/64ths ozs.</li>
</ul>
<p>The crystalate were 16/64ths = ¼ oz. heavier than the<br />
ivory, and the bonzoline were 27/64ths, or more than 3/8 oz.,<br />
heavier than the ivory, and 11/64ths, or more than 1/8 oz.,<br />
heavier than the crystalate.</p>
<p>SizeThe respective diameters of the balls were as<br />
follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>Ivory, 2 1/16 = 2 4/64ths inches.</li>
<li>Bonzoline, 2 5/64ths inches.</li>
<li>Crystalate, 2 3/32 = 2 6/64ths inches, less about 1/250th inch.</li>
</ul>
<p>The recognised standard size of a billiard ball is 2 1/16in.</p>
<p>Why the composition balls are made larger I am unable to<br />
suggest. If they were made exactly 2 1/16in. they would more<br />
nearly approach in weight the ivory balls, which they aim to<br />
as nearly reproduce as possible.</p>
<p>Price, appearance, wear, country of manufacture, etc., are<br />
matters outside the province of my experiments, and most<br />
readers are acquainted with the facts regarding these.</p>
<p>C. M. WESTERN, Col.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : December, 1912</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Jottings of the Month</h2>
<ul>
<li>Entries for the B.C.C. professional championship closed<br />
on November 30, with Reece as the challenger.</li>
<li>King George is stated to have a desire that his sons shall<br />
excel at billiards, and the game has been played night after<br />
night at Balmoral. Princess Mary has also been learning<br />
the game and promises to emulate her aunt, the Queen of<br />
Norway, who plays better than any other lady in the Royal<br />
Family.Sheffield Daily Telegraph.</li>
<li>In the Coventry Club annual handicap three spot strokes<br />
and the push stroke are allowed.</li>
<li>At a conference of amateur billiardists in Melbourne<br />
recently, the matter of sending a representative of Australia<br />
to compete in the English amateur championship was mentioned.</li>
<li>After some discussion it was decided that, on the<br />
past year&#8217;s form, there were no players in sight sufficiently<br />
skilled to uphold Australia prestige. When one arrives he<br />
will doubtless be sent.</li>
<li>Seven tables were in requisition for the Jockeys Billiard<br />
Handicap at the Bedford Head Hotel (J. W. Mannock) on<br />
November 28, when S. Donoghue proved the winner.</li>
<li>At the Royal Automobile Club, the head marker, J.<br />
Jevons, plays a fine game with the use of one hand only.</li>
<li>A break of 387 off the red ball has been made at the<br />
Junior Carlton Club, by George Clark, the head marker<br />
there, and in the Leeds Handicap on November 13 Harry<br />
Taylor, the fifteen year old player, scored 390 off the red (an<br />
ivory ball record) in the course of a break of 479.</li>
<li>T. A.<br />
Dennis, professional champion of Nottingham, has just<br />
made a break of 77 at snooker pool.</li>
<li>The draw for the first round of the Press Handicap has<br />
been published. There is a vast number of entries.</li>
<li>In the Leeds £100 handicap great interest was taken in<br />
the heat in which the amateur champion beat by 52 T. Haw,<br />
who wanted 100 for game when Virr wanted 500. By the<br />
way it seems that Mr. Virr has a permit to play with professionals<br />
in this handicap, and does not, therefore, imperil<br />
his amateur status.</li>
<li>Charles Roberts is well enough to play again.</li>
<li>Inman and Reece meet at Leicester Square on a new table<br />
on December 9 to play 18,000 for £100 a side, Reece receiving<br />
1,250. At present Inman is playing Diggle at the same<br />
place and conceding the same start as to Reece in the first<br />
of a series of three matches of 18,000 up for £100 each<br />
time, with additional amounts depending upon the highest<br />
proportional breaks. In reply to a challenge by Dawson<br />
offering 1,000 start in 18,000, Inman dictates the same start<br />
to Dawson as that conceded by him to Reece and Diggle and<br />
six-tenths of the&#8221;gate. &#8220;o W. J. Peall, whom he will<br />
meet at Leicester Square in February, Inman concedes half<br />
the game (spot-barred) and takes the same proportion of<br />
the gate money as stipulated for in Dawson&#8217;s case.</li>
<li>A suggestion has been made that a match might be played<br />
between amateurs of Liverpool and Manchester.</li>
<li>Smith is willing to concede A. F. Peall 2,000 in 16,000 for<br />
£50 a side, with a limit of 25 successive red losing hazards,<br />
after which the balls would be spotted.</li>
<li>The autumn handicap on average is proceeding amongst<br />
members of the B.C. Club and other fixtures are:</p>
<ul>
<li>Dec. 2.<br />
Invitation Inter-Club Volunteer Snooker Pool Championship<br />
for the B.C.C. Challenge Cup. Holders, Wellington<br />
Club.</li>
<li>Jan. 16.B.C.C. Championship (by invitation) open<br />
to members of the B.C.C.; leading London and provincial<br />
clubs and the Oxford and Cambridge Universities. (Entries<br />
close Dec. 31).</li>
<li>Feb. 2.Invitation Inter-club Billiards<br />
Championship for the B.C.C. Challenge Cup.</li>
</ul>
<p>Holders, Junior Constitutional Club. It is also the intention<br />
to arrange a ladies&#8217; night during the season.</li>
<li>Llewellin, the Welsh professional champion, has been<br />
challenged by T. Carpenter, Cardiff.</li>
<li>The match at Newport between Reece and Falkiner was<br />
a particularly fine and interesting one. Reece made breaks<br />
of 248, 204, and thirty others of over one hundred, and Falkiner<br />
made breaks of 232, 209, 207, 206, and sixteen others<br />
of over one hundred. At the finish of the game, with Reece<br />
as the winner, there was only a difference of 88 points between<br />
the players.</li>
<li>The illness of M. Clark, the very well-known head<br />
marker and referee at the Palmerston Restaurant, is stated<br />
to be serious.</li>
<li>Miss Hilda Morley, the seventeen year old daughter of<br />
the Cheshire amateur champion, was one of the competitors<br />
on November 27 in the Manchester Amateur Charity Tournament.<br />
She is the first lady ever admitted into the competition,<br />
and giving a convincing and delightful display, registered<br />
a popular victory against W. Gillett by 138. Miss<br />
Morley was conceded 290 start on the handicap.</li>
<li>The notable event in the Stock Exchange tournament<br />
thus far has been the defeat of Mr. P. Wood, although this<br />
fine player had, of course, to concede a long start to his<br />
opponent.</li>
<li>The tenth annual contest for the amateur championship<br />
of Leeds was concluded on November 23, the players being<br />
the holder, A. W. A. Smith, and B. Hardwick. The game<br />
was 500 up, played with crystalate balls on a standard table,<br />
and the winner holds the Crystalate Cup, value 25 guineas<br />
( which has to be won three times in all) for twelve months.<br />
Closing scores:Smith 500, Hardwick 494. Mr. J. H.<br />
Teague presented the prizes, as follows:Cup and gold<br />
medal, A. W. A. Smith; silver cigarette case, B. Hardwick;<br />
cue and case and the balls played with for the largest break<br />
of the tournament (60), J. Henry, jun.; and cue and case,<br />
J. W. Vine. Messrs. A. W. A. Smith, H. Dawson, and<br />
J. W. Vine have each won the cup twice, and Messrs. B.<br />
Hirst, F. Moore. W. D</li>
<li>Reporting the Inman-Diggle afternoon session of November<br />
26, The Daily Express said:&#8221;The most exciting incident<br />
of the afternoon was when Inman passed a summary<br />
death sentence on a moth that made a series of volplanes<br />
from the lamp bracket towards Inman&#8217;s face. This so disconcerted<br />
the player that the game was temporarily stopped<br />
while Inman made violent digs at it with his cue. The<br />
marker and the spot boy also joined in. Candidly, the billiards<br />
was not nearly so exciting as this moth hunt.&#8221;</li>
<li>Alec Taylor, sending a copy of The Natal Mercury, says:<br />
&#8220;In it you will see that I have made five breaks over<br />
100 in 800 up. The paper described it as a world&#8217;s record.<br />
I know it is so for England and South Africa.&#8221;</li>
<li>Diggle was good at draughts and various other games<br />
before he became famous with a cue. Even now he gets<br />
visits from people eminent at various simple pastimes, who<br />
want to play him. One evening, just after a championship<br />
round at Soho Square, he was handed the card of somebody<br />
who described himself as &#8220;Amateur Champion of<br />
Thanet.&#8221; &#8220;Thanet?&#8221; gasped Diggle. &#8220;I know draughts,<br />
and ping-pong, and jig-saw, but what on earth&#8217;s Thanet?&#8221;<br />
London Opinion.</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5994</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Billiard Monthly January 1913</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5957</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5957#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2013 12:42:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[The Billiard Monthly January 1913]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5957</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913  A Journal of Interest and Value to Amateur Billiard Players No. 27, January, 1913 Price 1/6 per annum to any part of the world. Single Copies 1d THE BILLIARD MONTHLY PORTRAIT GALLERY XXVII.MR. G. M. ROBERTS MR. G. M. ROBERTS: A &#8216;Nine Average&#8217; member of the Billiards Control Club. [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div>
<div>
<div>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/billiardMonthlyLogo1.gif"><img alt="billiardMonthlyLogo" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/billiardMonthlyLogo1.gif" width="450" height="115" /></a></p>
<div></div>
<div> A Journal of Interest and Value to Amateur Billiard Players</div>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="40%">No. 27, January, 1913</td>
<td width="60%">Price 1/6 per annum to any part of the world. Single Copies 1d</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<h2>THE BILLIARD MONTHLY PORTRAIT GALLERY</h2>
<h3>XXVII.MR. G. M. ROBERTS</h3>
<div>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/gmRoberts.jpg"><img alt="gmRoberts" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/gmRoberts.jpg" width="300" height="429" /></a></p>
<div>MR. G. M. ROBERTS:<br />
A &#8216;Nine Average&#8217; member of the Billiards Control Club.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>The Roberts v. Gray Action</h2>
<h5>Dismissal of the Appeal</h5>
<p>In the Court of Appeal on December 16, before the Master<br />
of the Rolls, Lord Justice Farwell, and Lord Justice<br />
Hamilton, the action of Roberts v. Gray was an application<br />
by the defendant for judgment or a new trial on appeal<br />
from verdict and judgment at trial before the Lord Chief<br />
Justice and a special jury.</p>
<p>The action was for damages for alleged breach of contract,<br />
as reported in The Billiard Monthly of March and<br />
May last. It appeared that in 1910 the plaintiff was in<br />
Australia, and on May 12, 1910, an agreement was entered<br />
into between him and the defendant for a tour round the<br />
world. The defendant had already agreed to play in England<br />
from October, 1910, to the end of March, 1911, and<br />
the agreement was therefore only to come into force on<br />
April 2, 1911, and was to last for 18 months from that<br />
date. On April 20, 1911, the defendant by his solicitor<br />
repudiated the agreement, and the plaintiff therefore<br />
claimed damages for breach of contract.</p>
<p>The defendant put in a number of defences, including a<br />
plea that he was born on March 28, 1891, and was an<br />
infant at the time of his signing the contract. This was<br />
not denied by the plaintiff, but he contended that as the<br />
contract was for the infant&#8217;s benefit he was bound by it.</p>
<p>Another defence was that the plaintiff had induced the<br />
defendant to enter into the contract by a misrepresentation<br />
that his obligation to play billiards with bonzoline balls<br />
expired on March 31, 1911.</p>
<p>The jury found that the plaintiff did not make the false<br />
representation alleged, and assessed the plaintiff&#8217;s damages<br />
at £1,500.</p>
<p>A legal argument followed as to the effect of the defendant&#8217;s<br />
infancy on his position, and the Lord Chief Justice<br />
held that the contract of May 12, 1910, was a contract of<br />
employment, and that, as it was for the benefit of the defendant,<br />
it would bind him, although he was an infant<br />
when he signed the contract. And he entered judgment for<br />
the plaintiff on all the issues.</p>
<p>The defendant appealed, and in the present action the<br />
Master of the Rolls, in the course of his judgment, said<br />
that the appeal had been ably argued by Mr. Matthews,<br />
but, having heard all that he had urged upon the Court he<br />
(the Master of the Rolls) was bound to say that he saw<br />
no reason to differ from the view taken by the Lord Chief<br />
Justice. The attention of the Court had been called to a<br />
great number of cases dealing with the extent to which an<br />
infant might be bound by a contract made by him during<br />
his infancy. He did not mean to say that there had been<br />
no development of the law on the subject since the date<br />
when the earliest cases were decided, but it was important<br />
to remember that as early as Lord Coke it was laid down<br />
that the doctrine that an infant&#8217;s contract for necessaries<br />
was binding upon him applied not only to a contract for<br />
bread and cheese and clothes, but also to a contract for education<br />
and instruction.</p>
<p>That had been construed by the Court of Appeal in Walter<br />
v. Everard (1891, 2 Q.B., 369), in which case Lord Justice<br />
Fry had said that education must not be taken in the<br />
narrow sense as being education to enable a man to work<br />
to maintain himself as an artisan, but applied to education<br />
and instruction suitable to the social state in which the<br />
infant might expect to find himself when he became adult.</p>
<p>Then what was the effect of a contract entered into by an<br />
infant in respect of necessaries including instruction? It<br />
had been argued that such a contract might be good so far<br />
as the consideration was executed, but that it could lot be<br />
enforced so far as it was executory. So far as his Lordship<br />
was concerned he was not aware of any authority for<br />
that proposition, and he thought that the Court was bound<br />
by the decision in Clements v. London and North-Western<br />
Railway (1894, 2 Q.B., 482).</p>
<p>In that case the Court considered the contract as a<br />
whole. Lord Esher said:&#8221;If upon consideration of the<br />
whole agreement there is a manifest advantage to the<br />
infant, he cannot avoid it.&#8221; Lord Justice Kay said:&#8221;I<br />
agree with the Divisional Court that, on examination of<br />
the whole contract, it is for the benefit of the infant,<br />
although it contains terms that, standing alone, would not<br />
be for his advantage. There is, therefore, no right on the<br />
part of the infant to repudiate the contract.&#8221; Lord Justice<br />
A. L. Smith quoted with approval the judgment of<br />
Lord Justice Fry in De Francesco v. Barnum (45 Ch.D.,<br />
430). &#8220;There is another exception which is based on the<br />
desirableness of infants employing themselves in labour;<br />
therefore, where you get a contract for labour and you have<br />
a remuneration of wages, that contract, I think, must be<br />
taken to be, prima facie, binding upon an infant.&#8221; Prima<br />
facie, the contract was binding upon the infant. If the<br />
contract fell within the class to which the doctrine of necessaries<br />
applied, and on the whole was for the benefit of the<br />
infant, there was no foundation for the argument that the<br />
infant was not liable for damages. The Court had acted<br />
on that view in Gadd v. Thompson (1911, 1 K.B., 304),<br />
where an infant had been restrained by injunction from<br />
committing a breach of a covenant in an apprenticeship<br />
deed.</p>
<p>It only remained, therefore, to consider what was the<br />
nature of the contract. Could it be doubted that playing<br />
in company with so noted a player as the plaintiff was instruction<br />
of the most valuable kind for an infant who<br />
desired to make his living by billiard playing? The Lord<br />
Chief Justice had held that the contract was capable of<br />
being enforced as a contract for necessaries. He (the<br />
Master of the Rolls) entirely agreed with that construction<br />
of the contract looked at by itself. The Lord Chief Justice<br />
then had held that the case came within the doctrine<br />
laid down in Coke on Littelton (172A) and in Clements v.</p>
<p>London and North-Western Railway (supra), and had<br />
given judgment for the plaintiff against the infant. He<br />
(the Master of the Rolls) thought that judgment was perfectly<br />
right, and that the appeal must be dismissed with<br />
costs.</p>
<p>The Lords Justices also delivered judgments dismissing<br />
the appeal.</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Things that Matter in Billiards</h2>
<h3>XXIV PRACTICE</h3>
<p>In billiard playing, as in golf, and all other, games that<br />
are played with a stationary ball, much depends upon the<br />
attention that is given at the very outsetand preferably<br />
under professional or other competent supervision, to the<br />
primary act of striking. How the cue or club is held and<br />
swung, the position of the body, the direction of the eyes,<br />
and the estimation of strength, are bedrock essentials and<br />
far and away more important than any attempts, whether<br />
successful or unsuccessful, at actual playing. No sane<br />
tutor either of billiards or golf would permit a student to<br />
hit a ball before he had learned how to hold and swing<br />
his cue or club, and no student, who intended to excel,<br />
would dream of attempting to drive or to score before he<br />
had mastered the elementary principles apart from which<br />
any success worth having is impossible of attainment.</p>
<p>Yet, if those who seriously study billiard or golf essentials<br />
at the outset may be reckoned by hundreds those who<br />
plunge blindly and crudely into these games are to be<br />
counted in thousands. Let any public billiard room bear<br />
its testimony to the accuracy of this assertion. Let the<br />
majority of the players be watched and almost every possible<br />
billiard error will be found to be illustrated in the<br />
course of a hundred up. An object ball will be missed<br />
altogether, proving that the player&#8217;s body position was<br />
wrong or that he had raised his cue and caused the cue ball<br />
to swerve without adjusting his aim for the emergency; the<br />
white object ball will be lost in a pocket or behind the baulk<br />
line, proving that the striker had not taken the line of its<br />
probable direction or had played too hard or too gently; the<br />
cue ball will be stabbed or stunned when light or high cueing<br />
is essential, proving that no thought had ever been given<br />
to cue ball rotation; and to the &#8220;rotten, rotten, rotten,&#8221;<br />
of the striker himself the onlooker will feel inclined mentally<br />
to apply an emphatic &#8220;hear, hear.&#8221;</p>
<p>Under these circumstances a few lines under the head of<br />
&#8220;Things That Matter in Billiards&#8221; devoted to simple and<br />
profitable methods of initial practice may be found to be<br />
not unacceptable to many readers of The Billiard Monthly.</p>
<p>There is only space to consider, in the present article, three<br />
points, and these are: Cueing, strength, and ball direction.</p>
<p>The fundamentals of stance and cue swing may be learned<br />
without balls, without a table, and even without a cue.</p>
<p>Let the left hand be placed flat On any table or bench with<br />
the fingers and thumb together and the knuckles be raised.</p>
<p>That is the bridge, and the cue will pass over the knuckle<br />
of the thumb, the tip of which may be raised a little if<br />
preferred. The next thing to observe is that the right foot,<br />
with the leg straight but easy, is in a straight line behind the<br />
hand and that the left foot, a little out to the left, is pointing<br />
towards the hand. Now the right elbow is to be raised<br />
until the upper arm is exactly horizontal and the fore-arm<br />
hanging perpendicularly from it. Meanwhile the face is<br />
broadside to the hand, with both eyes in equal focus, and<br />
thus, hand, chin, elbow, and the ball of the right foot<br />
occupy an identical straight line. If now a billiard ball<br />
were placed on the table nine inches in advance of the left<br />
hand and a cue, with its tip touching the ball were placed<br />
in the right hand in its state of pendulum suspension, the<br />
exact position at which the cue should be lightly held would<br />
be automatically discovered, and a little gentle swinging of<br />
the tip at equal distances behind and before the ball&#8217;s imaginary<br />
position might be indulged in.</p>
<p>So much for the body position and cueing, and now for<br />
the vital question of strength. Numberless degrees of<br />
strength are used by indifferent players, but it is doubtful<br />
whether more than four or five are ever required, and these<br />
may be learned for all time by a little preliminary practice<br />
on a good full-size table. For the purposes of this article<br />
we will call them Nos. 1, 2, 3, and A strength, and make<br />
them correspond to a table length of travel of the cue ball,<br />
with one cushion intervening for each length. At the outset<br />
a chalk mark should be made six inches above the<br />
pyramid spot and the three balls placed in a line across the<br />
table at this point a few inches apart. No. 1 strength<br />
should bring the balls back to the baulk line off the baulk<br />
end cushion; No. 2 strength, played (with slightly more<br />
than &#8220;stringing&#8221; strength) from the baulk line should<br />
bring them again to the baulk line off the top and the<br />
baulk cushion; No. 3 strength to the same position after<br />
three cushion contacts; and No. 4 strength again to the<br />
baulk line after four cushion contacts. After the strokes<br />
have been perfected in order, they should be taken irregularly,<br />
and then the principle should be applied in the case of<br />
No. 1 to the cross top loser or the loser from the middle<br />
pocket to the spot; in the case of No. 2 to the in-off from<br />
the pyramid spot; in the case of No. 3 to the long in-off<br />
from the centre spot; and in the case of No. 4, to a forcing<br />
stroke into a top pocket. The extension of the same system<br />
and principle to other requirements and intended positionings<br />
would follow, as a matter of course until proper<br />
strength selection became instinctive and automatic.</p>
<p>There remains to be considered the question of ball direction,<br />
which is a great stumbling block with many amateurs.</p>
<p>Professionals develop a species of double-sight in this particular<br />
as the result of sustained observation and experience,<br />
but anyone who has never seen a billiard table can easily<br />
be shown how to forecast the run of an object ball. Such<br />
an one would only need to remember that the ball must<br />
take a direct course from the point at which it is struck and<br />
that the aim must always be twice as for from the centre<br />
of the ball as viewed direct, as is the distance from such<br />
centre of the part of the ball to be struck. Thus, when<br />
the point to be struck is half an inch from the centre as<br />
viewed from the position of the cue ball, the aim must be<br />
at the edge, whereas if the part to be struck is the extreme<br />
edge, the aim must be an inch wide of the edge, and so on.</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>The Billiard Room as A Social Rendezvous</h2>
<p>Some serious-minded persons were (says The Gentlewoman)<br />
discussing the lamentable growth of card gambling<br />
among women and the disastrous effect it is producing upon<br />
the morals, the manners, and the purses of those who constantly<br />
indulge in the habit. Various alternatives were suggested,<br />
such as devotion to philanthropic work, outdoor<br />
exercise, public service on boards, and so forth, when it was<br />
pointed out that these occupations, admirable as they were,<br />
Could not be continued at all hours, and that it was highly<br />
necessary that women should be furnished with some sort<br />
of indoor recreation which should take their minds completely<br />
away from the more serious duties of life. Cards<br />
being barred on account of their unhealthy excitement, some<br />
one mildly hinted at Billiards. The idea was taken up<br />
with enthusiasm, and in a few weeks&#8217; time it became so<br />
popular that in a number of houses the deserted billiard<br />
room became night after night the centre of life and<br />
activity.</p>
<p>It is remarkable how the billiard room in most houses<br />
has been neglected. A couple of decades ago it was the<br />
favourite resort of men and women after dinner, but the<br />
fair sex never made any great show at the game, perhaps<br />
for the reason that they preferred the gossip to be found<br />
there to the game itself Yet what better indoor game<br />
can be found? Every muscle of the body is brought into<br />
activity, the eye is trained to accurate sighting, deftness of<br />
touch is obtained, and nothing can be more graceful than<br />
the sight of a beautiful woman bending over a table to take<br />
her shot. Moreover, there 1s nothing of the rancour of<br />
cards about the game, because very rarely is it played for<br />
money, and no pastime is better calculated to foster a fine<br />
sporting courtesy.</p>
<p>There is no reason why Billiards should not be the evening<br />
corollary of golf. One can conceive of few better<br />
training grounds for the &#8220;putting&#8221; green than the learning<br />
of the strength of a table. District clubs could be formed<br />
for handicaps. Mayfair, with its many sumptuous private<br />
billiard rooms, might lead the way, and there is no reason<br />
why, in these days of rapid inter-communication through<br />
motor cars, country matches should not take place. There<br />
is the germ of a movement in the suggestion, which might<br />
lead to a much healthier way of killing time than the long<br />
sedentary hours at cards with their heavy liabilities and<br />
nerve-wracking anxieties. If only a few distinguished<br />
leaders of society would take it up a revolution might be<br />
effected in the postprandial habits of women, which should<br />
be accompanied by untold benefits to the general health of<br />
the sex.</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>A Billiard Oracle</h2>
<h3>An Instrument that &#8216;Answers&#8217; Any Billiard Question</h3>
<p>As considerable interest appears to have been raised in<br />
billiard and general circles regarding the &#8220;Billiard Pointer,&#8221;<br />
evidenced by some remarkable articles that have lately<br />
appeared in several of the leading newspapers, we have<br />
deemed that it might be useful to present this month<br />
an exact photographic representation of this instrument, by<br />
means of which Colonel Western is able to arrive at such<br />
closely-reasoned and accurate conclusions with regard to the<br />
behaviour of all<br />
classes of billiard<br />
balls under all sorts<br />
of conditions.</p>
<p>It will be observed<br />
that the pointer consists<br />
of five flat steel<br />
arms, which are<br />
moved on the pantograph<br />
principle and<br />
can be locked in any<br />
position by means of<br />
the wing nut at the<br />
top of No. 2 arm.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/billiardPointer.jpg"><img alt="billiardPointer" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/billiardPointer.jpg" width="200" height="294" /></a></p>
<div>The Billiard Pointer</div>
</div>
<p>The small hole in<br />
No. 2 arm marks the<br />
position of the object<br />
ball and the arm<br />
itself indicates the<br />
direction taken by<br />
the object ball if a<br />
correct contact is<br />
made. No. 2 arm<br />
shows the direction<br />
of the cue ball previous<br />
to contact, and<br />
the small hole at the<br />
joint in this arm<br />
marks the position of<br />
the cue ball at the<br />
moment of its coming<br />
into contact with<br />
the object ball. The<br />
various aims and<br />
contacts are provided<br />
for by the scales on<br />
No. 1 and No. 3<br />
arms, those on the<br />
former fixing the<br />
points of contact and<br />
aim, and those on<br />
latter the angles of<br />
divergence.</p>
<p>We should perhaps<br />
mention here that<br />
the slide on No. 2<br />
arm, which shows<br />
the exact point to<br />
the one-sixty-fourth<br />
of an inch where the<br />
object ball has been,<br />
or should be, struck,<br />
does not stand out very clearly in the photograph, but it<br />
can be seen at the ½ division.</p>
<p>The cue half-ball angles and the angles at all divisions<br />
are, of course, shifting quantities according to the nature of<br />
the balls and cueing, but taking 35 degrees as an average,<br />
a cord stretched from the small hole in No. 2 arm marked<br />
P, to 35 on the scale on No. 3 arm, will always show the<br />
exact direction in which the cue ball will travel at whatever<br />
division it may be struck, when No. 2 arm is pointing to<br />
the starting position of the cue ball, and No. 1 arm is<br />
pointing in the direction to which the object ball should<br />
go, or when the slide on No. 1 arm is standing at<br />
the division at which it is desired to strike the object ball.</p>
<p>All the operations are purely mechanical and no calculation<br />
or knowledge of any sort is required.</p>
<p>There is one further<br />
point to which<br />
we must allude, of<br />
which most of the<br />
reviewers that have<br />
referred to this ingenious<br />
instrument<br />
have fought rather<br />
shy, probably because<br />
it is a subject<br />
regarding which so<br />
extremely little is<br />
known. All the<br />
marks below about<br />
37 on No. 3 arm,<br />
which is the upright<br />
one on the right of<br />
the photograph, refer<br />
to the SCREW<br />
angles, and precisely<br />
as with the natural<br />
angles, and again<br />
without any calculations<br />
of any sort, the<br />
path that the cue<br />
ball will follow when<br />
struck with screw<br />
under any, and<br />
every, condition is<br />
pointed out. Enormous<br />
possibilities are<br />
here indicated. It<br />
will hardly be questioned<br />
that screw is<br />
very little used except<br />
at very close<br />
strokes because<br />
players do not know<br />
exactly what will<br />
happen, or exactly<br />
where they should<br />
strike the object ball<br />
to produce a desired<br />
result. Players have<br />
the power and the<br />
skill, but not the<br />
knowledge. With<br />
the knowledge which<br />
the &#8220;Pointer&#8221; supplies,<br />
the whole table<br />
is opened up, instead<br />
of play being confined<br />
to a few specially-known angles. We foresee great<br />
results when this is realized.</p>
<p>Finally, the authors claim, which as far as our experience<br />
goes is justified, that the &#8220;Pointer&#8221; will answer any question<br />
regarding how a stroke can be made or has been made,<br />
suggests to us that it is entitled to the cognomen of the<br />
&#8220;Billiard Oracle,&#8221; with, we think, a greater pretence to<br />
that designation than the oracles of old, who might answer<br />
but were not always right, and we have consequently so<br />
styled it in our heading. It has at all events answered<br />
two hitherto unsolved problems, viz., the relative angles of<br />
the different natures of balls set forth in our last issue, and<br />
the correct positions of balls for true half-ball strokes, and,<br />
as far as we can see, it is quite capable of answering any<br />
other conundrums relating to the direction of balls that may<br />
be required.</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Billiard Players in Council</h2>
<h5>Is the Bonzoline or Crystalate Throw-off Greater?</h5>
<p>To the Editor.</p>
<p>I have read with interest Col. Western&#8217;s article in this<br />
month&#8217;s issue of The Billiard Monthly, but he has overlooked<br />
the fact that different sets of billiard balls, though<br />
of the same material, often throw different angles. Taking<br />
ivory balls first, I remember years ago playing with a<br />
set, the half-ball angle of which was quite as wide as that<br />
of average bonzoline balls, and on the other hand a professional<br />
I believe it was Cookhas told me that he once<br />
played a match with ivory balls which threw so narrow an<br />
angle, that when playing the long in-off from the D with<br />
the object white on the centre spot, the cue ball had to be<br />
placed on a spot nearly 6 inchesinstead of the customary<br />
3½ inchesfrom the end of the D line. Indeed, it is a matter<br />
of knowledge that professionals often speak of a certain<br />
set of ivory balls as being wide-angle or narrow-angle balls<br />
as the case may be.</p>
<p>Again, good players who have played with many different<br />
sets of bonzolines or crystalates, are well aware that there<br />
is often a considerable difference in the throw-off angles of<br />
two sets of balls of the same size and make.</p>
<p>It would appear that Col. Western&#8217;s exhaustive tests have<br />
been entirely confined to three sets of ballsone of ivory,<br />
one of bonzoline, and one of crystalateotherwise he would<br />
not have made the error of stating that, contrary to the<br />
general belief, bonzoline balls, instead of throwing a wider<br />
angle than crystalates, throw a narrower one. I do not for<br />
a moment doubt that this is the case with the sets which<br />
Col. Western used in his experiments, but this is certainly<br />
not my experience, nor is it the general one. I feel sure<br />
that Col. Western will readily allow that the angle which is<br />
thrown by any set of ballsnot in degrees and minutes but<br />
to practically the centre of the pocketcan be found by any<br />
decent playersay a player who regularly makes sixties and<br />
seventieswithout recourse to mechanical devices. A few<br />
trials by such a player of the long in-off from the D with<br />
an object ball on the centre spot is all that is necessary to<br />
discover which of two sets of balls throws the wider angle,<br />
and if, as Col. Western remarks, the general opinion is<br />
that bonzolines throw a wider angle than crystalatesthis<br />
opinion, of course, refers to the average balls of each make<br />
he may safely take it that this opinionwhich indeed is<br />
not an opinion but knowledgeis founded on truth.</p>
<p>My own experience derived from games played with many<br />
sets of all three kinds of balls is that average crystalates<br />
come off just slightly wider than average ivories, and average<br />
bonzolines just slightly wider than average crystalates.</p>
<p>Col. Western&#8217;s experiments have all been made at No. 2<br />
strength, but such a stroke played without screw or side is<br />
a somewhat different stroke in a game of billiards from<br />
what it must be in his experiments. The reason of this is<br />
because a No. 2 stroke is a fastish one, and for such a<br />
stroke without side or screw the cue ball would almost<br />
always be struck well above the centre with the result that<br />
the curve after contact would be fairly pronounced.</p>
<p>Like Col, Western I have absolutely no financial interest<br />
of any sort in any make of ball, but I cannot help wondering<br />
what the makers of crystalate balls will say if they read<br />
that a crystalate ball diverges from the object ball 3 inches<br />
more in 5 feet than an ivory ball when the contact is halfball,<br />
and 4 inches more when the contact is quarter-ball.</p>
<p>Col. Western is wrong when he states that the recognised<br />
standard size of a billiard ball is 2 1/16. The standard<br />
size is 2 1/16 to 2 3/32. Consequently the composition balls,<br />
2 5/64 and 2 3/32, with which Col. Western made his tests,<br />
though larger than the ivory balls used by him, were not<br />
over-size but strictly standard. As a matter of fact, professionals<br />
when making a match often stipulate for 2 5/64<br />
balls, which size is, of course, the mean between the<br />
extreme limits of standard size.</p>
<p>In conclusion, may I state how very delighted I have<br />
been to come across the current number of The Billiard<br />
Monthly so far away from home.</p>
<p>Riso LEVI.</p>
<p>Shepheard&#8217;s Hotel, Cairo.</p>
<p>Dec. 10th, 1912.</p>
<h5>Suggested Reversal of Red and White Ball Values</h5>
<p>To the Editor.</p>
<p>I have a suggestion to make that I think is worth consideration,<br />
as it appeals to the amateur style of play. As<br />
the ruling of the game stands now, the winning hazard is<br />
barred practically; the cannons are limited; and they are<br />
talking of checking the losing hazards If they do, then the<br />
whole of the game is penalized. My opinion is, and it is<br />
backed by the majority of West End club membersthat<br />
the only thing that should be barred is the push stroke, the<br />
spot, cannons, and losing hazard remaining in, as in the<br />
original game. If professionals excel at certain shots let<br />
them in their matches or tournaments to make their own<br />
stipulations.</p>
<p>It is the billiard-interested public that keeps the game up.</p>
<p>What would the professionals do without them. Therefore<br />
the rules should be made for billiard players generally.</p>
<p>Now for my suggestion. Instead of the red ball counting<br />
3, let the white count 3 and the red ball 2that is all. If<br />
a player is good at losers he naturally will play on the highest<br />
scoring ball, which would then be the white, and he<br />
cannot regain position by potting that ball as he could at<br />
present do with the red when his strength was faulty. The<br />
white should be the highest counting, not the red. The<br />
white is penalized if potted by remaining dead, the red is<br />
spotted. Therefore the red should be regarded as the minor.</p>
<p>GEO. CLARKE,</p>
<p>Head Marker, Junior Carlton Club.</p>
<p>Dec. 7, 1912.</p>
<div>[The suggestion is a sound one, but even this would<br />
involve a certain limitation and change, and personally we<br />
should prefer to see the full game played by amateurs, with<br />
no legitimate stroke barred.Ed. B.M.]</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Anecdotes About Dawson</h2>
<h5>(By George Nelson, in The Yorkshire Evening Post.)</h5>
<p>Charles Dawson&#8217;s reappearance in London reminds me<br />
that just before his retirement, some four years ago, I played<br />
the Yorkshireman six day games, and during that time<br />
Dawson mentioned some humorous reminiscences of his<br />
long career. Dawson told how, before he became a professional,<br />
he once won both the first and second prizes offered<br />
in a big Christmas handicap played at Huddersfield. Asked<br />
how he accomplished this apparently impossible feat, he<br />
explained it by saying he won the first prize, and the man<br />
who won the second sold it to someone who offered it as<br />
first prize in another handicap which he, Dawson, also won.</p>
<p>Dawson and Peall once got a week&#8217;s engagement in<br />
Paris to play English billiards. Dawson told me he did<br />
not wish to play there any more. English billiards was too<br />
deadly dull for the excitement-loving French. The only<br />
thing they would look at was pyramid playing, for they<br />
could understand a ball being potted, and, besides, they<br />
could bet on the short games. So pyramids it had to be<br />
and two French bookmakers were installed, who quickly<br />
became more important personages than the players. Before<br />
each game the players had to wait whilst the two bookmakers<br />
invited the public to back M. Dawson or M. Peall.</p>
<p>As soon as all the money was got on, the game had to be<br />
played.</p>
<p>I think Dawson has played for more money in England<br />
than any living player, but he did not fancy the French<br />
style of betting, which treated the players much as though<br />
they were numbers in the game of rouge et noir.</p>
<p>A more kindly experience of Dawson&#8217;s was at Harrogate,<br />
a place he was very fond of staying at. On one of his<br />
visits he strolled into the billiard room of the hotel he was<br />
staying in, and there encountered a party of five monks<br />
from one of the conventual establishments. One of them,<br />
not knowing Dawson, challenged him to a game. Dawson<br />
declined at first, but, on being pressed, offered to play all<br />
five of the holy fathers a 100 up level. These gentlemen,<br />
who were fair players, thought they would teach such a<br />
presumptuous player a lesson, so promptly took him at his<br />
word. All the five followed each other, and did their best<br />
to leave the balls, and only mustered 35 at the first attempt.</p>
<p>Dawson then just missed a cannon and the monks next, by<br />
more careful manipulation, took their total to 76, but left<br />
Dawson a good opening, which he utilized to get position<br />
for the &#8220;spot&#8221; stroke, from which he ran to game. On<br />
being told who Dawson was they were highly amused and<br />
delighted at what they evidently thought was a very good<br />
joke.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Billiards: the Strokes of the Game</h2>
<p>We have received Part III. of what may almost be termed<br />
a monumental work on the game of billiards. Even if it<br />
be true that no two strokes in the game of billiards are<br />
alike, we should still conjecture the belief that they must<br />
all be here, for even in this third part there are no fewer<br />
than 422 diagrams, each accompanied by precise wording,<br />
which is further elaborated in the general letterpress. Altogether<br />
the three handsome quarto volumes run to nearly<br />
800 large pages, in which no space is lost, as the thousand<br />
or so of diagrams are all embedded in the text. If a page<br />
had been devoted to each, the entire work must have run<br />
to something like three times its already liberal bulk.</p>
<p>The author, Mr. Riso Levi, has been engaged on his<br />
work for several years, and he now says that if he had<br />
known how heavy a task he was undertaking he might<br />
have hesitated before beginning. All the same, we consider<br />
that he has rendered a distinct service to billiards by<br />
his nine years&#8217; work, which now places in the hands of<br />
students of the game an answer to most queries than are<br />
likely to arise in the mind during practice.</p>
<p>The subjects dealt with in Part III. are:Screw cannons<br />
from the D; long distance cannonsobject balls close together;<br />
cannonshitting a cushion first, gathering cannons; cannons off double baulks; nursery cannons and close<br />
cannons; rocking cannons; pendulum cannons; cradle cannons; the jamb stroke; getting position for a drop cannon;<br />
drop cannons; getting position for top-of-the-table play;<br />
top-of-the-table play; pique and masse strokes; single<br />
and double baulks; safety play; some little-known strokes;<br />
and transmitted side and cushion-imparted side.</p>
<p>An interesting and useful portion of the volume is the<br />
prefatory pages, in the course of which the author reviews<br />
such intimately interesting points as centre pocket in-offs<br />
(in which the avoidance of side is counselled); the down-to-the-cue pose (which is advocated); the ball to look at last<br />
(which the author thinks should be the object ball); and<br />
the best class of balls (in which matter compositions are<br />
advocated).</p>
<p>If the very exhaustiveness of this work should tend to<br />
act as a deterrent to some purchasers two points might profitably<br />
be borne in mind. One of these is that the volumes<br />
are extremely valuable for reference as well as for sustained<br />
reading, whilst the diagrams, with their brief illustrative<br />
foot-notes are a separate and easily-grasped work in themselves.</p>
<p>Measurements are given in all cases, and the student<br />
who glanced through these clearly-pictured strokesin<br />
nearly all cases leading to subsequent good positionand<br />
made notes of those which he regarded as offering some<br />
new suggestion, would not be long in deriving substantial<br />
benefit from his investigation.</p>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>A Few Cue Tips.XXVII</h2>
<ul>
<li>Quick play is better than unduly slow play, if only for<br />
the reason that it engenders confidence instead of nervousness<br />
and indecision, but a stroke should never be made,<br />
however quick the play, until a clear decision has been<br />
taken and the proper body attitude assumed.</li>
<li>The very best class of private practice is to place the balls<br />
in a given position and endeavour from that position to<br />
make as long a break as possible. This compels attention<br />
and care with every stroke, apart from which good billiards<br />
cannot be played.</li>
<li>If inclined at any time to believe that you can strike a<br />
ball accurately, try the following experiment. Place a<br />
white ball on the pyramid (or even the centre) spot and put<br />
one of the other balls on each side of it. Now get a thick<br />
postcard and, with your finger on the spotted ball press the<br />
card gently down on each side of this ball so that, when<br />
the central ball is removed, the distance between the remaining<br />
two balls is 2 1/8 inches or slightly more. Now try how<br />
many times you can send the cue ball through this space<br />
without touching either of the balls.</li>
<li>It is usually believed that the angle of incidence on a<br />
billiard table cushion equals the angle of reflection. It does<br />
not, however, even with gentle strokes. To prove this<br />
make two marks on a bottom side cushion, one exactly<br />
midway between the centres of the two pockets and one<br />
an inch below it. If you aim at the lower mark the ball<br />
will strike the upper oneor the exact centre of the cushion<br />
 but it will reach the lower shoulder of the opposite corner<br />
pocket instead of its centre.</li>
<li>In thick run-throughs with side the tendency is to deflect<br />
the cue slightly, but if apparently central aim is taken the<br />
side corrects the inaccuracy. Central striking and accurate<br />
aim are, however, preferable, as slight differences in<br />
angles can be provided for in this way.</li>
<li>When in the cross in-off the cue ball is anywhere below<br />
the lower shoulder of the top pocket running side is much<br />
better than check side. The stroke is easier and the subsequent<br />
middle pocket position is surer and better.</li>
<li>A treacherous stroke is the quick thin in-off designed to<br />
bring the object ball out of baulk. The quicker the stroke,<br />
especially at short range, the finer must be the contact, or<br />
the near shoulder of the pocket will inevitably be taken.<br />
These strokes are better taken without side unless the pocket<br />
is very blind.</li>
<li>Occasional practice should be given to short gathering<br />
cannons off a cushion. Put two balls near together, a<br />
couple of feet from a cushion and try to preserve a series<br />
of cannons by sending the object ball to the cushion and<br />
back to the other two.</li>
<li>A stroke to be much cultivated is the short stun stroke,<br />
by means of which an object ball can easily be sent two<br />
table lengths, whilst the cue ball travels but a few inches<br />
and disturbs the cannon ball only slightly. This gathering<br />
stroke is quite simple, although viewed with some awe by<br />
many players</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div>
</div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Questions and Answers</h2>
<h5>Are Ivories or Compositions Easier to Play With?</h5>
<p>206.&#8221;Why is it always suggested that it is easier to play<br />
with composition balls than with ivory?&#8221;</p>
<p>Taking the game<br />
all round, we doubt whether the fact is as stated. Although<br />
there may be a little more latitude for error with the extra composition<br />
throw-off in half-ball play, the run-through shot is<br />
rendered proportionately more risky. Even in red ball play the<br />
advantage has always seemed to us to be slight, so far as the<br />
making of long breaks is concerned, as the player who is so<br />
deficient in strength or direction as to get outside the wide latitude<br />
of the half-ball, or easy shot, area is not very likely to<br />
make long breaks under any conditions.</p>
<h5>Putting Life Into the Stroke</h5>
<p>207.&#8221;Seated in a club room recently I amused myself by<br />
noting the ways in which the players at the different tables<br />
addressed the ball, and I noted the following distinct and, in<br />
many cases, opposite methods. One player just placed his cue<br />
almost touching the ball, drew it once back, and delivered the<br />
stroke. He played in this way every time. Another, without<br />
putting the cue near to the ball at all, swung the cue several<br />
times, and in one of the swingssometimes the third, sometimes<br />
the fourth, fifth, or sixthsent it at the ball. A third gave the<br />
cue several preliminary swings and then stopped it dead before<br />
making his stroke. Surely all these methods cannot be right,<br />
and I should be glad to know which is favoured by the best<br />
players?&#8221;</p>
<p>There is no general rule and never can be. The<br />
same thing occurs in golf, and it is simply a reflection of the<br />
personal equation. There are no two billiard professionals even<br />
who address the ball alike. John Roberts gets swift but sure<br />
alignment and then draws the cue twice back, once for strength<br />
and once for the stroke. Stevenson does not unsimilarly, but<br />
with a lower pose of the body, and an accentuation of the cue<br />
action at its penultimate approach to the ball. Inman seems to<br />
be perfecting his aim at each successive swing and is loath to<br />
let go until quite assured of his accuracy. On the whole, we<br />
think that the best average system is two or three even and gentle<br />
swings and then an almost stationary, but slightly &#8220;trembling,&#8221;<br />
poise of the cue near to the ball before withdrawing it for the<br />
final and decisive swing.</p>
<h5>Training the Eye</h5>
<p>208.&#8221;Although I have played billiards for some years, I am,<br />
not even yet sure of the half-ball and other angles. What is the<br />
best course to adopt to improve in this respect?&#8221;</p>
<p>There are<br />
several fixed positions on the table that are, as nearly as possible,<br />
half-ball strokes and these should be practised regularly, especially<br />
as they afford a varied range of strokes, with the object<br />
ball both near and at a distance. Put the red ball on the middle<br />
spot of baulk and, striking high, play a gentle half-ball into<br />
middle or baulk pocket from back of the D and baulk corner<br />
spot respectively. Notice the angle at, say, eighteen inches<br />
beyond the object ball in the direct line to the pocket, and adopt<br />
this method with all strokes. At this distance all strokes look<br />
alike, which is not the case when the full distance to be travelled<br />
by the cue ball is taken into account. The other set positions<br />
from baulk are 24 inches up the centre of the table for stroke<br />
into middle pocket from baulk end spot; centre table spot for<br />
stroke into top pocket from position four inches inside baulk<br />
end spot; pyramid spot for top pocket from baulk end spot; and<br />
billiard spot for top pocket from upper shoulder of middle or<br />
top pocket.</p>
<h5>Imperfect Aim</h5>
<p>209.&#8221;In making a long loser into a top corner pocket from<br />
the centre spot I find that I get into the right-hand pocket better<br />
by aiming a trifle full and into the left-hand pocket by aiming<br />
a trifle fine. Can you kindly explain this&#8221;</p>
<p>Your body positioning<br />
is probably at fault and you need to stand an inch or<br />
so to the right. Try the following plan: Put the cue ball on the<br />
baulk centre spot and settle down in your ordinary way for a<br />
straight drive up the centre of the table. But before letting the<br />
cue go, look down on to the rail to see where your cue is in<br />
relation to the spot in the rail. You will probably find it on the<br />
left; and we should be interested to hear whether such is the<br />
case.</p>
<h5>Finishing a Break Handicap</h5>
<p>210.&#8221;I should feel much obliged if you would settle the undernoted<br />
point in a billiard handicap. A. plays B. 100 up and gives<br />
him a 5 break. Both players stand at 99. A. makes a cannon.<br />
A. contends that he has won the game, and pleads that it is the<br />
usual custom that the player giving the break need not complete<br />
it when it does not require the full break to end the game. B.<br />
contends that A. must make five before he scores and finishes<br />
the game.&#8221;</p>
<p>Clearly A. should finish his break or not score it.</p>
<h5>Judging Angles</h5>
<p>211.&#8221;Your column &#8216;A Few Cue Tips&#8217; is very instructive and<br />
interesting to all amateur billiard players. If, one week, you<br />
could show us how to make the different shots on the billiard<br />
table and as a guide quote the different spots on the table,<br />
similar to the last paragraph of the December issue, it would be<br />
appreciated. For amateurs it is very difficult to remember how<br />
many inches you have to hit the cushion to get a certain position,<br />
whereas you could remember to play over one of the spots<br />
from a certain point, which seems much easier.&#8221;</p>
<p>Perhaps the<br />
answer to Question No. 209 in the present issue may assist you.</p>
<p>In taking a cushion, either before or after contact, with another<br />
ball the thing to do is to get what may be termed an equal angle,<br />
i.e., let two imaginary lines drawn from the cue and object<br />
balls to the cushion present to the eye the same divergence from<br />
the cushion.</p>
<h5>An Error</h5>
<p>212.&#8221;I notice an apparent discrepancy in the article re<br />
&#8216;Angles&#8217; on page 1 of the December issue, if the figures given<br />
are compared with those at top of first column on page 2. I<br />
venture to point this out as the subject has interested me for some<br />
time.&#8221;</p>
<p>Many thanks. It was purely an error, and the figures<br />
given in the body of the article were the correct ones.</p>
</div>
</div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : January, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Jottings of the Month</h2>
<ul>
<li>Reece has followed up his defeat of Inman in Australia<br />
by defeating him also in this country. The result of his<br />
money match with his old rival after a fortnight&#8217;s play at<br />
Leicester Square, ending on Dec. 23, being Reece (rec.<br />
1,250) 18,000, v. Inman 16,293, or a victory on actual points<br />
scored of 457. In the course of the play Reece scored his<br />
record break of 740 against his best previous break of 692,<br />
which was also made against Inman, and whom Reece has<br />
now defeated for the first time in a money match.</li>
<li>Harry Taylor, the Leeds boy player, has been making<br />
some excellent breaks during the month, both in the Leeds<br />
£100 Handicap, and in subsequent matches against G. Nelson.</li>
<li>On the afternoon of December 24 the representatives of<br />
the sporting press, who so ably chronicle the daily proceedings<br />
at the Soho Square tournament throughout the season,<br />
had a handicap in the Salon on their own account, with<br />
heats of 100 up, and the winner of the final was Mr. George<br />
Reid (rec. 30), who beat Mr. F. A. Poxon (rec. 40) by 29 in<br />
100 up.</li>
<li>In aid of the funds of the Mount Vernon Hospital, Hampstead,<br />
a charity handicap, kindly organized by Mr. L. V.<br />
Jones, a member of the Stock Exchange Billiard Association,<br />
has been progressing during the month at the Black<br />
Lion, High Road, Kilburn, and the second round is commencing<br />
with the New Year.</li>
<li>A keen match in which much interest was manifested,<br />
took place at the Soho Square Salon on December 27 between<br />
George Clarke, head marker at the Junior Carlton<br />
Club and Fred Bass, head marker at the Conservative<br />
Club. In an afternoon and evening match of 1,200 up,<br />
Clarke proved victor by 1,200 to 1.027.</li>
<li>The Press Handicap commenced in the Minor Hall at<br />
Leicester Square on Dec. 30 with the largest number of<br />
entries on record.</li>
<li>Claude Falkiner has been doing well in the matter of<br />
breaks during the month. Playing against Miss Ruby<br />
Roberts, to whom he conceded half the game in 9,000 up,<br />
he made amongst other breaks one of 365 and another of<br />
354. Sparrow also made a good series of runs when playing<br />
against an amateur at Woking.</li>
<li>Mr. A. R. Wisdom, an ex-amateur champion, was one<br />
of those who took part at the Palace Hotel, Southend-on-<br />
Sea, in a benefit to J. B. Clark, the head marker.</li>
<li>Miss Hilda Morley, the seventeen year old daughter of<br />
the Cheshire champion was, as stated in last month&#8217;s number,<br />
one of the competitors in the Manchester Amateur<br />
Charity Tournament. Receiving 290 in 600 Miss Morley<br />
won two heats in excellent style and was only defeated in<br />
the third round after an exciting contest by six points by<br />
Mr. R. M. Metcalf, who was also the winner of the final.<br />
The other finalist was Mr. Allen Lonsdale, son of the ex-amateur<br />
champion.</li>
<li>A welcome return to billiards was made on Dec. 23 at<br />
Leicester Square by C. Dawson, who met C. Harverson in<br />
a level game of 7,000 up for £25 a-side. It was in the<br />
same hall that Dawson some years ago made his great<br />
break of 823 under Rimington-Wilson rules. In the present<br />
instance Harverson won by 1,271 points.</li>
<li>Play in the London Charity Handicap is to commence<br />
on Jan. 2.</li>
<li>Professional players, including M. Inman, T. Reece, W.<br />
Cook, and C. Harverson, are understood to be in favour of<br />
a restriction of red ball losing hazard sequences, and it is<br />
stated that a representation in this matter has been forwarded<br />
by them to the Billiards Control Club.</li>
<li>The Amateur Championship of Leeds has again fallen to<br />
Mr. A. W. A. Smith, who defeated Mr. B. Hardwick by<br />
6 points in a match of 500 up.</li>
<li>W. Osborne, of Leicester, and E. C. Breed, of Derby,<br />
will again play for the championship of the Midlands.</li>
<li>The suggested amalgamation of the Billiards Control<br />
Club and the Billiard Association has been decided to be<br />
undesirable at the present moment.</li>
<li>The first round of the Stock Exchange Handicap was<br />
completed on December 24, and the second round is now in<br />
progress.</li>
<li>The benefit to M. Clarke at the Palmerston Restaurant<br />
on Dec. 16 and 17 was of the most gratifying and successful<br />
nature. On the Monday Mr. S. Harwitz and Mr. P. Wood<br />
engaged in a match of 600 up, the former winning by 75,<br />
and on the following evening M. Inman, the present champion<br />
of English billiards, kindly played Mr. V. L. Harrington<br />
a match of 300 up and ran to game with 298 unfinished<br />
at his third visit to the table. M. Clarke is, we are glad<br />
to hear, improving in health.</li>
<li>The Christmas Handicap at the Albert Club was won by<br />
Mr. Bratt by three points.</li>
<li>There was a very interesting and successful flying handicap<br />
at Soho Square on Dec. 23 on the occasion of the benefit<br />
of the referee of the Salon, Arthur Williamson, whose<br />
popularity was well attested by a hall crowded to the doors.</li>
<li>The professionals who kindly took part were T. Reece, T.<br />
Aiken, T. Newman, B. Elphick, W. H. Sparrow, E. Hoskin,<br />
and A. Williamson himself. The honours went to B.<br />
Elphick, receiving 23, who in the final beat T. Reece, owing<br />
10, by 9.5. An interesting feature, and one that proved very<br />
popular, was the sealing of each handicap so that no player<br />
knew when he had won until the allotted moment arrived.</li>
<li>Inman and Diggle were unable to take part through absence<br />
in another part of the country. In addition to the excellent<br />
programme proper, the extremely clever hand stroke<br />
billiardistR. de Kuypergave one of his extraordinary<br />
and fascinating displays, which was loudly applauded.</li>
<li>Breed and Pindar are placing a match of. 7,000 level at<br />
Leeds for £100 a-side.</li>
<li>In his match against Aiken, Newman made a 380 break<br />
but in the match as a whole Aiken&#8217;s fine and consistent<br />
play was too much for him, notwithstanding the 750 points<br />
received.</li>
<li>The Leeds £100 handicap resulted in a victory for J.<br />
Harris, of Manchester, who defeated Mr. Harry Virr, the<br />
amateur champion, in the last stage.</li>
<li>In the Stock Exchange Handicap, Mr. W. H. L. Goolden,<br />
the champion of the &#8220;House,&#8221; who owed 300, was<br />
defeated by Mr. M. Best, who received 10, by 106 points.</li>
<li>It was Mr. Goolden who last year defeated Mr. Colin<br />
Smith in a memorable match by one point.</li>
<li>The Grays are stated to be due in Melbourne (Australia)<br />
on March 3, while Stevenson is expected in London on Feb.<br />
28. Meanwhile Stevenson v. Gray are due to open in Calcutta<br />
on Jan. 6, where they have several engagements.</li>
<li>The business of Messrs. Cox &amp; Yeman, Ltd., we understand,<br />
is now carried on in conjunction with that of Messrs.<br />
Burroughes &amp; Watts, Ltd., Soho Square, W.C, and at that<br />
address only.</li>
<li>The Northern qualifying round of the Billiard Association<br />
Amateur Championship will commence at Manchester on<br />
February 10. The semi-final and final will also be played<br />
in Manchester, beginning on March 10.</li>
<li>During the month Falkiner has twice beaten his own previous<br />
best break of 315 on a standard table, with 354 and<br />
365, in each instance against Miss Roberts.</li>
<li>A snooker club has been formed at the Bedford Head<br />
Hotel, and held its first competition recently for prizes presented<br />
by Mr. J. P. Mannock and others. The winners<br />
were C. Wilson, J. Roe, and S. Marks, with L. A. Whitby<br />
as the winner of the highest proportionate break prize.</li>
<li>The Sporting Life understands that S. H. Fry, amateur<br />
champion in 1893, 1896, and 1900, and who temporarily forsook<br />
billiards to earn distinction at golf, contemplates competing<br />
in the forthcoming Billiard Association championships.<br />
He is said to be hard at practice with this object in<br />
view.</li>
<li>Entries for the Billiards Control Club championship (amateur)<br />
closed on Dec. 31. The event, which commences on<br />
Jan. 16, is open to members of the B.C.C. and leading<br />
London and provincial clubs, and also Oxford and Cambridge<br />
Universities. The present holder is Mr. H. C. Virr,<br />
of Bradford, the British and English amateur champion.</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5957</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Billiard Monthly February 1913</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5896</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5896#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2013 11:49:16 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Billiard Monthly February 1913]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5896</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A Journal of Interest and Value to Amateur Billiard Players No. 28, February, 1913 Price 1/6 per annum to any part of the world. Single Copies 1d THE BILLIARD MONTHLY PORTRAIT GALLERY XXVIII T. NEWMAN T. NEWMAN: Probably the finest player of his age in the profession. The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913 The B.C.C [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div>
<div>
<div>
<div id="Content">
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/billiardMonthlyLogo1.gif"><img alt="billiardMonthlyLogo" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/billiardMonthlyLogo1.gif" width="450" height="115" /></a></p>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div>A Journal of Interest and Value to Amateur Billiard Players</div>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="40%">No. 28, February, 1913</td>
<td width="60%">Price 1/6 per annum to any part of the world. Single Copies 1d</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<h2>THE BILLIARD MONTHLY PORTRAIT GALLERY</h2>
<h3>XXVIII T. NEWMAN</h3>
<div>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/tomNewman19.jpg"><img alt="tomNewman19" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/tomNewman19.jpg" width="140" height="193" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div>
<div style="display: inline !important;">T. NEWMAN:</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>Probably the finest player of his age in the profession.</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<div>
<p>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</p>
</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>The B.C.C and B.A. Amalgamation and Chairmanship Proposals</h2>
<p>The following communication from Mr. G. H. Nelson,<br />
secretary of the B.C.C. was issued to the Press on January<br />
8:</p>
<p>For reasons which seemed to them sufficient, the Council<br />
of the Billiards Control Club have hitherto abstained<br />
from replying to the many and repeated references in the<br />
public Press to their position in the matter of the proposed<br />
amalgamation with the Billiard Association.</p>
<p>This reserve they would prefer, on general grounds, to<br />
maintain; but the terms in which the more recent allusions<br />
to the subject have been couched notably the article by<br />
&#8220;Hazard&#8221; in the &#8220;Sporting Life&#8221; of December 31st last<br />
have suggested to the Council that their powers of usefulness<br />
may conceivably be impaired by the attitude of simple negation<br />
which they are incorrectly assumed to have taken up.</p>
<p>Since frequent mention has been publicly made of the<br />
point which led to the failure of the recent negotiations,<br />
there can, it is submitted, be no advantage in treating it<br />
as other than a known fact. I refer, of course, to the<br />
chairmanship of the two bodies subsequent to amalgamation.</p>
<p>The Billiards Control Club Council were originally given<br />
to understand that the proposals for amalgamation could<br />
not be entertained unless a certain member of the Billiard<br />
Association was accepted as a permanent chairman of the<br />
future joint council. This condition was plainly an impossible<br />
one, and upon the occasion of the meeting between<br />
the sub-committee of the B.A. and the B.C.C., a modification<br />
of this proposal was put forward, and our representatives<br />
were informed that the member in question must be<br />
the chairman for the first year, with a council under him<br />
of equal numbers of B.A. and B.C.C. members, in which he,<br />
as such chairman, would have casting-vote.</p>
<p>At this point it became necessary to say that the members<br />
of the Council of the Billiards Control Club were not willing<br />
to serve under the chairmanship of the member of the<br />
B.A. referred to, that the fact of the unwillingness was<br />
known to and admitted by the sub-committee of the B.A.<br />
before they attended the meeting of the representatives on<br />
November 7th, 1912, and that it was openly referred to at<br />
the meeting itself. Notwithstanding this knowledge, the<br />
chairmanship of the gentleman in question was over and<br />
over again insisted upon as an absolute sine qua non. There<br />
was no question of the &#8220;plums of office&#8221;; no reference to<br />
any other shares in those refreshing fruits (except the<br />
secretary of the B.A., as to whom it was quite<br />
agreed that he should be provided for); and no indication or<br />
suggestion whatever that the &#8220;B.C.C. object to any of the<br />
plums going in the direction of the B.A.&#8221;</p>
<p>The point upon which the negotiations broke down was<br />
the insistence upon the chairmanship, and casting-vote<br />
being conferred upon the B.A. nominee. This proposition<br />
duly reported to a subsequent meeting of the B.C.C<br />
Council as one from which no departure could be considered<br />
the members of the latter body were reluctantly obliged<br />
to regard as barring the way to any further pour-parlers.</p>
<p>This result is to be regretted. At the same time it is the<br />
opinion of the Council of the Billiards Control Club that<br />
the formulation by arrangement between the two bodies of<br />
one set of rules for billiards is in the highest degree advisable<br />
in the interests of the game.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Billiards Control Club</h2>
<h3>Autumn Handicap on Average</h3>
<p>The results in the above competition (the heats of which<br />
are 500 up) are:</p>
<ul>
<li>Mr. P. G. Ernst (av. 8) beat Dr. G. W. Isaac (av. 8) by 85.</li>
<li>Mr. A. N. McNicoll (av. 6) beat Sir Arthur Conan Doyle<br />
(av. 7) by 23.</li>
<li>Rev. D. J. Thomas (av. 5) beat Mr. Alfred J. Peters (av. 7)<br />
by 103.</li>
<li>Mr. G. M. Roberts (av. 9) beat Mr. S. L. Mann (av. 8) by 73.</li>
<li>Mr. W. J. Gask (av. 9½) beat Mr. A. E. Fox (av. 7) by 217.</li>
<li>Dr. C. S. Murray (av. 8) beat Mr. W. J. Jacomb-Hood (av.<br />
5) by 16.</li>
<li>Mr. J. H. Kino (av. 7) beat Mr. A. W. Webb (av. 7) by 75.</li>
<li>Mr. C. S. Morris (av. 7) beat Mr. W. Herbert Fowler (av.<br />
10) retired.</li>
<li>Mr. R. K. Inman (av. 5) beat Mr. C. Baker (av. 5) by 4.</li>
<li>Rev. R. du F. Bryans (av. 7) beat Mr. W. Bessemer<br />
Wright (av. 7½) by 103.</li>
<li>Colonel G. Ommanney (av. 8) beat Mr. A. Hatchard (av.<br />
10) by 175.</li>
<li>Mr. W. Burlinson (av. 10) beat Mr. H. Sharman (av. 5) by<br />
130.</li>
</ul>
<p>In the 2nd Round the results are as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li>Sir J. Dimsdale (av. 6) beat Mr. M. Roberts (av. 8) by 24.</li>
<li>Mr. P. G. Ernst beat Mr. Spencer H. Gollan (av. 9) by 136.</li>
<li>Mr. A. N. McNicoll beat Rev. D. J. Thomas by 11.</li>
<li>Mr. G. M. Roberts beat Mr. W. J. Gask by 54.</li>
<li>Mr. J. H. Kino beat Dr. C. S. Murray by 108.</li>
<li>Mr. C. A. Morris beat Mr. R. K. Inman by 61.</li>
<li>Colonel G. Ommanney beat Rev. R. du Bryans by 153.</li>
<li>Mr. W. Burlinson beat Mr. H. Sharman by 130.</li>
</ul>
<p>In the 3rd Round:</p>
<ul>
<li>Sir John H. Dimsdale beat Mr. P. G. Ernst by 32.</li>
<li>Mr. G. M. Roberts beat Mr. A. N. McNicoll by 137.</li>
<li>Mr. J. H. Kino beat Mr. C. A. Morris by 59.</li>
<li>Colonel G. Ommanney beat Mr. W. Burlinson by 301.</li>
</ul>
<p>Semi-Final.</p>
<ul>
<li>Mr. G. M. Roberts beat Sir John Dimsdale.</li>
<li>Colonel G. Ommanney beat Mr. J. H. Kino.</li>
</ul>
<p>Final:</p>
<ul>
<li>Mr. G. M. Roberts beat Colonel G. Ommanney.</li>
</ul>
<div>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Billiard Players in Council</h2>
<h5>Suggested Reversal of Red and White Ball Values</h5>
<p>To the Editor.</p>
<p>My letter which you inserted in your last issue only partly<br />
conveys my meaning. There are three points which I am<br />
greatly interested in at the present moment, and I should<br />
like to hear other opinions thereon. My first is that the<br />
rules should bar nothing except the push. My second is<br />
(as was mentioned in my last letter) that the red ball and<br />
the white should change values.</p>
<p>My opinion is that the red, having no penalty when potted,<br />
should represent the minor score, viz., two points. The<br />
white when potted is dead to the player, so that the object<br />
white has a limited life. This is my strong point in favour<br />
of making the white count more than the red, instead of<br />
less, as it does now.</p>
<p>I agree that this would mean a vast change to the game.</p>
<p>Well, the rules of late have had a lot of altering, but, under<br />
the present different rules, the game is still not perfect.</p>
<p>My third point is of rather a personal character, as it<br />
concerns my colleagues as well. We markers, under the<br />
Billiards Control Club Rules, are in rather a delicate position,<br />
as we have to claim all fouls on our own authority and<br />
at times our only support is the rules.</p>
<p>GEO. CLARKE,</p>
<p>Head Marker, Junior Carlton Club.</p>
<p>January 4, 1913.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>February, 1913</p>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>The &#8220;Billiard Room&#8221; of the House Agent</h2>
<h5>(From Punch)</h5>
<p>There was no possible mistake about it. &#8220;Billiard room&#8221; those were the words; and as a billiard-room was<br />
a sine qua non, and the rest of the description of the house<br />
seemed satisfactory and its situation was agreeable, I chartered<br />
a car at enormous expenseno one can call tenpence<br />
a mile anything but enormous expenseand hurried away<br />
with an &#8220;order to view.&#8221;</p>
<p>It was not a bad house. The agent&#8217;s printed words<br />
and the edifice cannot be said exactly to have run in double<br />
harness; but it was not a bad house. I don&#8217;t say I should<br />
myself have called it precisely &#8220;old world,&#8221; but then I am<br />
rather fastidious about epithets; and it was obvious that if<br />
one of the alleged seven bedrooms was used as a dressing room<br />
the number of the bedrooms would be reduced to six;<br />
that is to say. the house possessed either seven bedrooms<br />
and no dressing-room, or a dressing-room and six bedrooms,<br />
but under no conditions seven bedrooms as well as a dressing-<br />
room, as the specification would have you think. Still,<br />
it was not a bad house.</p>
<p>Having seen all over it I asked the &#8220;caretaker on premises&#8221; if I might now look at the billiard-room.</p>
<p>&#8220;Billiard-room?&#8221; she said vaguely.</p>
<p>I showed her the agent&#8217;s list, with the smiling announcement<br />
in black-and-white.</p>
<p>She read it, but was still nonplussed. At last a light<br />
broke in. &#8220;Oh, yes,&#8221; she said, &#8220;I suppose they mean<br />
the attic&#8221;; and she again led the way upstairs to a point<br />
on the top landing beneath a trap-door in the ceiling.</p>
<p>&#8220;They mean that,&#8221; she said. &#8220;Would you like to go<br />
up? There&#8217;s a ladder close by.&#8221;</p>
<p>I declined. A half-size bagatelle-board might conceivably<br />
be insinuated through this trap and erected on the unstable<br />
floor; but nothing bigger or heavier; and as for light&#8230;..</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Things that Matter in Billiards</h2>
<h3>XXV.A PLEA FOR STANDARDIZATION</h3>
<p>Can any game be mentioned in which there is such a<br />
lack of standardization as is the case with billiards? Here<br />
is a great national pastime, with two governing bodies, three<br />
sets of rules, three kinds of balls, and tables and appliances<br />
made with little or no regard to standardization, except in<br />
so far as the occasional use of pocket templates is concerned.</p>
<p>In the different sets of rules points are omitted<br />
by some that are covered by others and some essential<br />
points are not covered at all. With the three kinds of<br />
balls, widely differing results are obtained in actual play, and<br />
this even may also apply to balls of a given kind of manufacture<br />
when one set differs from another in weight or other<br />
essential feature. Full-size tables are not always constructed<br />
in the same proportion, the pocket openings vary both as<br />
to size and shouldering on different tables and sometimes<br />
even on the same table; cues are any weight from 14 to 20<br />
ounces and differently balanced; and cushions vary in resiliency<br />
as much as cloths do in thickness and nap.</p>
<h5>The Rules</h5>
<p>If the day of single control in billiards is not yet, and<br />
championships must be played and other things done under<br />
different auspices, one would think that at least the various<br />
rules as to the game might be codified by common arrangement.</p>
<p>This is a point that affects the ordinary amateur<br />
player vitally and the present anomalies, inconsistencies, and<br />
contradictions irritate him not a little. Scarcely a week<br />
passes in which The Billiard Monthly is not asked by some<br />
subscriber for a ruling as to this or that difficulty arising<br />
in the course of play, and not infrequently the cause of disagreement<br />
betwixt two players is found to be referable to the<br />
circumstance that one player has consulted one set of rules<br />
and his opponent another. Need the case in favour of<br />
codification be further carried?</p>
<h5>The Balls</h5>
<p>In advocating a standard billiard ball one feels to be on<br />
less secure ground and the difficulties in the way of a realization<br />
of this ideal are obviously greater than in the case of<br />
the rules, as important commercial considerations are<br />
involved. The manufacture of the ivory, bonzoline, and<br />
crystalate balls represents separate enterprises, and<br />
each of the three classes of balls has strong support<br />
amongst the followers of the game. Ultimate standardization<br />
could only be the result of the abolition of ivory as a<br />
playing medium and the amalgamation of the bonzoline and<br />
crystalate business interests, and, as we have already said,<br />
this representsat the present moment at all eventsan<br />
ideal that is impossible of attainment.</p>
<h5>The Table</h5>
<p>The same cannot be said as to the present variations in<br />
table proportions, cloths, and cushions, and there would<br />
seem to be no logical or business reason why all tables<br />
should not be built on the uniform two-square principle<br />
the length between cushions being exactly twice the width<br />
and with pockets to standard templates which should never<br />
vary on tables of equal size. On the smaller tables the<br />
pocket openings and balls should naturally bear the fame<br />
relation to each other as on the full-size, and in all cases<br />
where composition balls were used there should at least be<br />
no difficulty in fixing an invariable diameter. With ivories<br />
the same uniformity cannot be obtained because of the<br />
adjustments that are necessary from time to time. As<br />
regards the cloths and the cushions the question of quality<br />
and cost comes in as a powerful factor, but here again<br />
some improvement might be effected by the discouragement<br />
of the startling variations as to nap and resiliency that are<br />
at present observable.</p>
<h5>The Cues</h5>
<p>Perhaps the individual preferences and prejudices of<br />
players operate more powerfully in the matter of cue selection<br />
than in any other branch of the game, and it may at<br />
once be said that if a player is not thoroughly suited with<br />
a cue the fault lies with himself and with no arbitrary conditions<br />
or circumstances such as rule in connection with<br />
some of the other accessories of the game. There are<br />
players who like heavy cues and others who are partial<br />
to very light ones. Some prefer one balance and some<br />
another. Others, again, like a thick butt, or broad tip, or<br />
both, whilst the more slender butt or the finer tip have also<br />
their special votaries.</p>
<p>At the same time it would, in the opinion of many, be a<br />
distinct gain to billiards if all cues were uniformly proportioned<br />
as to length, weight, substance, thickness, taper, and<br />
balance. If only big men used light cues and small men<br />
heavy ones, or vice versa there might be a case for difference,<br />
but the physical make of the cueist has nothing to do<br />
with his cue selection, and it is a matter of fancy or habit<br />
and nothing more. Meanwhile the result is disastrous, as<br />
anyone who tries to play with a cue of different weight,<br />
balance, and grip from that to which he has accustomed<br />
himself, knows from painful experience.</p>
<h5>The Conclusion</h5>
<p>To sum up we should like to say that the game of billiards<br />
is intrinsically so difficult and beset by so many<br />
snares and pitfalls that it is a pity that these difficulties<br />
should be arbitrarily increased by lack of uniformity in the<br />
playing media. When the student has grasped, as the<br />
result of long and dolorous experience, how easily a stroke<br />
can be missed by inattention to any one of a dozen necessary<br />
principles, it is more than a little hard upon him that he<br />
should have to face, in addition, except when playing on a<br />
familiar table or under familiar conditions, a succession of<br />
physical difficulties, many of which need not be infused into<br />
the game at all. Ideal standardization may not be yet, but<br />
if ruling bodies and manufacturers would address themselves<br />
without, delay to such improvements in the desired<br />
direction as are both obvious and feasible they would earn<br />
the gratitude of all to whom the game of billiards appeals<br />
in its scientific as well as in its recreative aspect.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div>
</div>
<h2></h2>
<h2>A Suggested Scoring Alteration</h2>
<p>Writing to The New Witness, &#8220;X. L.&#8221; says:</p>
<p>My suggestion would be that each successful shot should<br />
count 1, whether a winning or losing hazard off the white<br />
or red, or a cannon. A cannon-pocket would thus count 2<br />
instead of an arbitrary 4 or 5, and a &#8220;cannon-floorer&#8221;<br />
which can only be a fluke, would reckon 4, instead of an<br />
arbitrary 9 or 10.</p>
<p>I have chatted this subject over with one or two friends<br />
of late. One of them keeps a billiard room. He saw my<br />
point, but suggested that the unit should be 3 instead of 1.</p>
<p>I saw his point, too, and countered it with the proposition<br />
that he should charge, under the new regime, should it<br />
ever be introduced, a shilling for 50 instead of for 100 up.</p>
<p>Where the table is paid for by the hour billiard room proprietors<br />
would not be affected.</p>
<p>Another opinion, gleaned from a distinguished amateur,<br />
was antagonistic. He emphasized the skill required in<br />
manipulating the balls with a view to obtaining control of<br />
the red. It seems to me that clever losing-hazard play off<br />
the white should, if anything, be more generously rewarded<br />
than losing-hazard play off the red, since, if you happen to<br />
drop the red by accident or design, it is replaced on the<br />
table, but the object white, once lost, is lost altogether so<br />
far as that individual break is concerned. Hence the necessity<br />
for the exercise of greater skill in keeping it in play.</p>
<p>I don&#8217;t deny that there is force in my friend&#8217;s argument,<br />
but I do not think it is impregnable.</p>
<p>To the foregoing J. C. Squire replies in the same paper:</p>
<p>The real and irrefragable case is based on the undoubted<br />
fact that, within limits, variety appeals to the normal<br />
human mind more than uniformity. &#8220;X. L.&#8221; may be a<br />
severely logical man with a passion for exact mathematics;<br />
most of us are not. Amongst people who are interested in<br />
Rugby football there are always a certain number who<br />
object stronglyon the grounds that the performance isn&#8217;t<br />
relatively worth the points to the allocation of four points<br />
to a drop goal. They are the same people who are extraordinarily<br />
angry if a side is beaten by two goals to three<br />
tries. The try&#8217;s the thing, they say; and they believe that<br />
only tries should count. Grant them their desire and they<br />
would probably push their demands further, and want to<br />
award points to each try in inverse proportion to the distance<br />
between the spot at which the scoring player<br />
grounded the ball and the middle point between the goalposts.</p>
<p>Limit the number of consecutive red losing hazards if you<br />
like; but leave, oh leave us a few of our sportive differences,<br />
our varieties, our freaks, our approximations, our surprises.</p>
<p>Let &#8220;X. L.&#8221; keep a guard upon his austere and<br />
frigid mind, or he will next find himself requesting that<br />
after every stroke a player should be compelled to declare<br />
before a commissioner of oaths whether or not his shot was<br />
a fluke; the balls, in the event of an admission of fluking,<br />
being spotted. And let him remember that games: are but<br />
models of greater things, and that just as there is one glory<br />
of the sun and another glory of the moon, so also is there<br />
one glory of the red and another of the white.</p>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>Sir A. Conan Doyle and the B.A. Amateur Championship</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h5>(By &#8220;Pyramid&#8221; in The Daily Chronicle.)</h5>
<p>The entry of Sir Arthur Conan Doyle in the B.A. Amateur<br />
Championship is especially gratifying to those who desire<br />
to see the amateur championship placed on its proper pedestal.</p>
<p>Not so much because he occupies a unique position<br />
in the literary world and a foremost place in the world of<br />
sport generally, but more by reason of the splendid example<br />
set to others in his own social circle who are known to have<br />
the best credentials for competing for the blue riband of the<br />
amateur billiards world.</p>
<p>Much is known of Sir Arthur&#8217;s ability as a cricketer and in<br />
other forms of sport, but very little of his capacity as a billiard<br />
player. I am, however, told by those qualified to express<br />
an opinion that Sir Arthur Conan Doyle is no mean<br />
cueist.</p>
<p>Tuition from Mr. Mannock, the well-known billiard<br />
coach, and some practice games with good players at the Billiards<br />
Control Club, of which he is a member, to say nothing<br />
of concentrated practice on his own table, have made of<br />
Sir Arthur a very fine player indeed. He is, I am informed,<br />
of the sound rather than the brilliant type of player; but<br />
that is in his favour, for your brilliant exponent is rarely<br />
consistent. And sound consistency in billiards, more especially<br />
in championship contests, is a more valuable asset in<br />
the winning of games than mere occasional flashes of brilliance.</p>
<p>Sir Arthur, I am told, is a fine hazard striker, but is no<br />
means a &#8220;slave&#8221; to the stroke made famous by the young<br />
Australian, George Gray. On the contrary, his repertoire<br />
of strokes is fairly extensive, and, if favourably drawn in<br />
the approaching competition, he is likely to run pretty well<br />
into the event.</p>
<p>Altogether, the participation of Sir Arthur Conan Doyle<br />
in the big amateur billiards event of the year must have an<br />
enormous effect for good on a game of which he has become<br />
one of the keenest devotees. One may express the hope<br />
that it will mark the dawn of a new era in what ought to<br />
be the finest sporting function of the year in billiarddom.</p>
<p>Another notable entry is that of Mr. S. H. Fry, whose return<br />
to the game after an absence of several years is particularly<br />
welcome. Since he won the billiard championship<br />
in 1900 (he was also champion in 1893 and 1896) Mr. Fry<br />
has earned a world-wide reputation at golf, among his great<br />
achievements at the sister game being his victory in the<br />
St. George&#8217;s Challenge Vase in 1901 and his second to Cecil<br />
Hutchings in the amateur championship at Hoylake the<br />
following year.</p>
<p>If Mr. Fry gets back to the form displayed a little over ten<br />
years agoand he has been putting in a vast amount of<br />
practice recently one would hardly look beyond him to<br />
supply the winner of the southern section of the amateur<br />
billiards championship. Moreover, he would also prove a<br />
serious menace to the holder of the title itself Mr. C.<br />
Virr, of Bradford.</p>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Questions and Answers</h2>
<h5>Commencing Billiards at Fifty</h5>
<p>213.&#8221;Is it possible for a man of thirty to take up the game<br />
of billiards and make a decent show?&#8221;</p>
<p>Certainly, or of fifty<br />
either. We know a gentleman who is well on his way towards<br />
making a 100 break and who had not touched a cue before he<br />
was fifty. With a proper study of contacts, angles, and ball<br />
rotation, anyone who can keep a cue easily swinging along the<br />
line of the intended travel of the cue ball and deliver it on the<br />
intended portion of the cue ball is bound to make frequent<br />
breaks. The real difficulty is for the man of fifty who has been<br />
playing badly since he was 20 to make any improvement. At<br />
the same time, we think that the &#8220;personal equation&#8221; comes<br />
in more with a player at fifty than at twenty, and that, however<br />
well he may play, he is less sure, under certain circumstances,<br />
of developing his real game.</p>
<h5>Nomination Billiards</h5>
<p>214.&#8221;Two gentlemen were playing a game of nomination.<br />
If they play a jenny cannon from baulk and double red at same<br />
time (cannon nominated), they are allowed five whether cannon<br />
is made before or after the double. The shot in dispute<br />
was nominated as &#8216;in off red, from baulk to left hand corner<br />
pocket,&#8217; the red being near centre pocket and white about 18<br />
inches from top left hand pocket. The shot, being played, resulting<br />
in a very slight cannon and in off, for which I gave five<br />
away. Was I right?&#8221;</p>
<p>There are no rules governing nomination<br />
games, but if a lucky pot is allowed when making a cannon,<br />
we think a lucky cannon should also count when nominating an<br />
in-off, even though this helps the in-off. Our own opinion is<br />
that the only satisfactory non-fluke game is one in which the<br />
player stops after any score not played for.</p>
<h5>Another &#8220;Push&#8221; Point</h5>
<p>215.&#8221;When the player&#8217;s ball is close to the ball he is playing<br />
on, how is it to be decided when he has made a foul stroke?<br />
When taking a fine shot may the cue pass beyond the object<br />
ball?&#8221;</p>
<p>We think that the answer to question No. 218 applies<br />
to this question also, and we can only repeat that a striker who<br />
knows anything about billiards knows at once whether he has<br />
&#8220;pushed&#8221; or not. In making a very fine stroke the cue can go<br />
right past the cue ball without pushing. When the stroke is<br />
foul both balls move freely away, but with a fair full stroke the<br />
cue ball lags, and with a fair fine one the object ball has comparatively<br />
little motion imparted to it.</p>
<h5>Balls Touching at Snooker</h5>
<p>216.&#8221;What should be done at snooker when the white remains<br />
touching a coloured ball (say, pink, all reds gone). The<br />
player should play at pink. If he does he necessarily fouls. Can<br />
he play away and not be penalised for missing? Or should the<br />
pink be spotted as in the Russian game? There is no rule in<br />
the Billiard Association set for this occurrence in snooker pool.&#8221;</p>
<p>The B.C.C. rule as to cue ball touching in snooker is as follows:&#8221;If the cue ball is touching a red or coloured ball when<br />
such red or coloured ball is playable, the striker cannot give a<br />
miss. If the cue ball is touching a red or coloured ball when<br />
such red or coloured ball is not playable, the striker may play<br />
directly or off a cushion on a ball that is playable, provided he<br />
plays away from the touching ball and does not move it, and<br />
may score any points that he makes.&#8221;</p>
<p>Consequently, in the<br />
diagram that you send, with only pink and black on the table and<br />
the cue ball touching pink, the cue ball must be played away from<br />
and back on to pink without moving it in the first instance if<br />
the six away is to be avoided.</p>
<h5>What is Check Side?</h5>
<p>217.&#8221;Under &#8216;Questions and Answers,&#8217; No. 202, I observe a<br />
definition of side which, I think, is worthy of comment. From<br />
your reply I gather that if a player in making the opening miss<br />
put the wrong side on his ball, this also would be &#8216;running<br />
side,&#8217; as it receives no &#8216;check,&#8217; etc. Theoretically, and for all<br />
purposes of argument, I am of opinion that we may only describe<br />
both left hand side and right hand side as&#8217; running &#8216;side when<br />
the ball approaches the cushion exactly at a right angle. I<br />
would, therefore, suggest that the side used in playing the opening<br />
miss is &#8216;check&#8217; side, and this will make itself apparent if<br />
in attempting the stroke the player plays his ball several inches<br />
out of baulk.&#8221;</p>
<p>If the effect of the stroke is to widen the angle<br />
of return in the desired direction, we think that it should be<br />
classed as running side.</p>
<h5>What is a Push Stroke</h5>
<p>218.&#8221;I am sending you a sketch of a shot which occurred<br />
during a match at our own club. The balls were left as shown<br />
by the last player, and his opponent played off the red into the<br />
pocket. The other player at once claimed a push stroke and<br />
started playing before appealing to the marker or hearing his<br />
decision. The marker gave it as a fair stroke. Was he right<br />
or wrong? Could you also give me a definition of a push stroke,<br />
as no one seems very clear on that point.&#8221;</p>
<p>The stroke you instance<br />
is quite easy without the push. If the cue is off the cue<br />
ball when the cue ball touches the object ball it is not a push.<br />
Nor is it a push if the stroke is played very finely. On the other<br />
hand, when the two balls take practically the same course and<br />
keep almost close together, the stroke is probably a push In<br />
the case you describe this test could not apply, and the marker<br />
evidently observed the manner of playing the stroke. A striker<br />
who understands billiards always knows whether he has pushed<br />
or not, as he feels the triple contact, and if he is a sportsman he<br />
at once stops playing, whether a foul is claimed or not.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Professional Results of the Month</h2>
<ul>
<li>*Newman (rec. 2,250), 9,000, v. Reece (rec. 1,000), 8,475.</li>
<li>Smith (rec. 1,000), 10,000, v. Aiken, 9,645.</li>
<li>Harverson, 8,000, v. Falkiner (rec. 2,000), 7,334.</li>
<li>Pindar, 7,000, v. Breed, 6,404.</li>
<li>*Smith (rec. 2,250), 9,000, v. Peall (rec. 3,000), 6,431.</li>
<li>Diggle (rec. 1,250), 18,000, v. Inman, 17,372.</li>
<li>Reece, 9,000, v. Falkiner (rec. 2,250), 7,581.</li>
<li>*Inman, 9,000, v. Aiken (rec. 1,500), 7,278.</li>
<li>Reece, 9,000, v. Diggle, 4,472.</li>
<li>*Newman (rec. 2,250) 9,000, v. Smith (rec. 2,250), 7,569.</li>
<li>Carpenter 9,000, v. Llewellin 4,916.</li>
<li>Reece 4,000, v. Harverson 3,436.</li>
<li>Smith 9,000, v. Taylor (rec. 2,000) 8,009.</li>
<li>Smith (rec. 1,000) 10,000, v. Aiken 9,654.</li>
</ul>
<p>*Professional Tournament.</p>
<p>Playing against Aiken on January 14 Inman carried an<br />
unfinished break to 570 and scored another break of 368.<br />
In the same session Aiken made a 531.</p>
<div>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>The Professional Tournament at Soho Square</h2>
<h5>RESULTS TABLE UP TO DATE</h5>
<div>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="right"></td>
<td align="right">W</td>
<td align="right">L</td>
<td align="right">Aggte</td>
<td align="right">Ave</td>
<td align="right">Pts</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left">Inman</td>
<td align="right">2</td>
<td align="right">0</td>
<td align="right">18,000</td>
<td align="right">34.14</td>
<td align="right">23</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left">Aiken</td>
<td align="right">2</td>
<td align="right">1</td>
<td align="right">25,278</td>
<td align="right">36.09</td>
<td align="right">36</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left">Smith</td>
<td align="right">3</td>
<td align="right">2</td>
<td align="right">42,033</td>
<td align="right">27.42</td>
<td align="right">52</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left">Newman</td>
<td align="right">2</td>
<td align="right">2</td>
<td align="right">34,085</td>
<td align="right">29.79</td>
<td align="right">38</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left">Peall</td>
<td align="right">2</td>
<td align="right">2</td>
<td align="right">32,955</td>
<td align="right">22.55</td>
<td align="right">44</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left">Reece</td>
<td align="right">1</td>
<td align="right">2</td>
<td align="right">26,373</td>
<td align="right">38.16</td>
<td align="right">25</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left">Diggle</td>
<td align="right">0</td>
<td align="right">3</td>
<td align="right">21,266</td>
<td align="right">28.62</td>
<td align="right">17</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>Merit Breaks:Inman, 570, 471 (unfinished); Aiken, 531,<br />
420, 389; Smith, 431, 365, 323; Newman, 380, 374, 341,309;<br />
Peall, 299, 258, 246, 229, 226, 203; Reece, 751, 489; Diggle,<br />
412.Sporting Life.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>The Futility of Barred Strokes</h2>
<p>Although the barring of certain strokes in billiards may<br />
have tended to the development of other possibilities of the<br />
gameas in the case of the winner-cannon movement at<br />
the top of the table when the spot stroke was practically<br />
barredsuch restrictions are practically futile so far as<br />
their main purpose is concerned, and this has been neatly<br />
proved during the month by Smith, of Darlington,<br />
who would apparently be able to make almost as many<br />
losing hazards as he liked, even if the continuous stroke off<br />
the red into the middle pocketsalthough this is not at all<br />
likely, by the way, to happenhad to go the way of the<br />
spot stroke and the close cushion cannon.</p>
<p>Smith&#8217;s method is to keep both the white and red balls<br />
in something like playable position for the middle pockets,<br />
instead of following the much less scientific and interesting<br />
system of getting the white out of the way and specializing<br />
on the red alone. We do not know whence Smith got this<br />
idea, but we venture to hazard thereon a guess. It will be<br />
remembered that when Inman returned from his recent tour<br />
it was stated that he had a new stroke off which one could<br />
score so long as one felt inclined. It may have been a<br />
coincidence merely, but in his first match in the tournament<br />
on his return, Inman made prolific losing hazard use of both<br />
the red and the white ball by directing them again and<br />
again to points a little below the centre of the table. It<br />
may again have been a coincidence, but his opponent during<br />
that second week of the tournament was Smith, whom<br />
Inman beat by over 1,500 in 9,000 up, after having furthermore<br />
conceded him 2,250 start. Smith, consequently, had a<br />
good deal of looking-on in this game, and probably observed<br />
and thought a good deal as well. At any rate, when he<br />
came to meet Reece he managed to pull off a victory by a<br />
few points (after being conceded 1,250 on actual points<br />
scored), and in subsequent matches against Diggle and Peall<br />
he simply ran away with the score.</p>
<p>The device by which Smith is thus preparing himself for<br />
any possible (although not probable) eventualities of the<br />
future, is simple in the extreme, and is, indeed, an application<br />
to the lower part of the table of a similar movement to<br />
that which has now become crystallized as &#8220;form&#8221; at the<br />
top of the table. The white ball is made the medium not<br />
only of evading rules, or possible rules, restricting the consecutive<br />
use of the red ball, but also of aiding materially in<br />
the maintenance of a break. By its aid the cue ball, whether<br />
by means of gentle cannon, or losing hazard, can see its way<br />
back to hand, with the object balls restored to their destined<br />
positions below the middle spot and between the central<br />
line and the middle pockets, or in positions for top-pocket<br />
losers which will soon restore them to the lower reaches of<br />
the table. Occasionally a red &#8220;pot&#8221; may be required, but<br />
in Smith&#8217;s game this rarely happens. His method is pure<br />
billiard artistry, and he is ever searching for the simplest<br />
and easiest sequence of strokes. Yet the movement is<br />
endowed with ample variety and is of such a nature that it<br />
could never be barred, either by rules of the game or by that<br />
still severer censorship which is known as &#8220;public opinion.&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>B.A. Amateur Championship</h2>
<p>The following is the draw and order of play in the London qualifying<br />
competition of the Billiard Association amateur<br />
championship, which will be begun at Olympia, Addison<br />
Road, Kensington, W., on Monday, February 3. The heats are<br />
1,000 up, play commencing at 3 and 8 p.m. daily. Ivory<br />
balls will be used.</p>
<h5>First Round</h5>
<ul>
<li>Byes C. H. Mortimer, H. Evans, Sir A. Conan Doyle,.<br />
G. W. S. Willins, A. W. Sellar, R. H. New. L. Stroud, S. H. Fry, S. L. Mann, A. W. T.<br />
Good, R. M. Hilton, J. S. Stafford, B. J. Munro.</li>
<li>Monday, February 3.Heat 1 W. B. Marshall v. L. J.<br />
Petre.</li>
<li>Tuesday, February 4.Heat 2: W. J. Hart v. V. R. Gill</li>
<li>Wednesday, February 5.Heat 3: W. R. Wall v. A. S.<br />
Gurney.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Second Round</h5>
<ul>
<li>Thursday, February 6.Heat 4 C. H. Mortimer v. H.<br />
Evans</li>
<li>Friday, February 7.Heat 5 Sir A. Conan Doyle v. G.<br />
W. S. Willins.</li>
<li>Saturday, February 8.Heat 6. A. W. Sellar v. R. H.<br />
New.</li>
<li>Monday, February 10 Heat 7: Winner of Heat 1 v.<br />
winner of Heat 2.</li>
<li>Tuesday, February 11 Heat 8: Winner of Heat 3 v. L.<br />
Stroud.</li>
<li>Wednesday, February 12.Heat 9: S. H. Fry v. S. L.<br />
Mann.</li>
<li>Thursday, February 13.Heat 10: A. W. T. Good v. R.<br />
M. Hilton.</li>
<li>Friday, February 14.Heat 11: J. S. Stafford v. B. J,<br />
Munro.</li>
</ul>
<p>The entrants for the Northern Section of the B.A.<br />
Amateur Championship are: G. A. Heginbottom (Stalybridge), Sergt.-Major G. Briggs (Clayton, Army and Navy<br />
champion in 1908-9-10), F. Todd (Durham), E. J. Bagnall<br />
(Middleton), T. Siddall (Cheetham Hill, Manchester), and<br />
T. A, Hill (Newcastle-under-Lyme).</p>
<div>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>B.C.C. Amateur Championship</h2>
<p>The draw for the first heats in the B.C.C. amateur<br />
championship resulted as follows: G. M. Roberts v. C. J.<br />
Rivett-Carnac, Col. G. Ommanney v. W. Burlinson, H.<br />
Crosland v. Major R. T. Russell, R. Hill New v. Alfred<br />
J. Peters, Lewis Stroud v. A. Hatchard, W. J. Gask v. V.<br />
W. Robinson, H. C. Virr v. G. Chetwynd, Sir A. Conan<br />
Doyle v. J. H. Kino, A. W. Sellars v. W. Herbert Fowler,<br />
S. Saunderson v. E. H. S. Berridge. W. Bessemer<br />
Wright and C. A. Morris drew byes.</p>
<p>It will be noted that H. C. Virr, the present holder, has<br />
teen drawn in the first heats. This happens as the Council<br />
have this year altered the conditions, whereby the holder<br />
has to play through all the heats.</p>
<p>The final game is to take place on Wednesday, March 5,<br />
afternoon at 3.0, and evening at 8.15, 1,000 points up.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>Jottings of the Month</h2>
<ul>
<li>W. Pindar is 6ft. 4in. in height and C. Falkiner is 5ft.<br />
3in. John Roberts is 65 years old and T. Newman is 20.</li>
<li>The Irish Amateur Billiards Championship commences at<br />
Dublin on or about February 20.</li>
<li>The Welsh professional champion is now T. Carpenter,<br />
who decisively beat Llewellin by 9,000 to 4,916 on January 25.</li>
<li>In his tournament heat against Peall, Smith averaged 47<br />
for the entire weeka great performance.</li>
<li>Both Mr. P. Wood and Mr. S. Harwitz, two of the most<br />
heavily penalized of the Stock Exchange Handicap players,<br />
are now out of the contest.</li>
<li>With the view of promoting contentment and good feeling<br />
among the staff, the Cardiff Guardians have decided to provide<br />
a billiard table at the workhouse.</li>
<li>The annual break handicap held by the Stock Exchange<br />
Billiard Association, was won on January 24th by E. C.<br />
Garland, with a break of 32. The highest break was 37,<br />
by W. D. Waite.</li>
<li>It has been arranged for the contest for the Midlands<br />
Championship and £25 aside between E. C. Breed, Derby,<br />
and W. Osborne, Leicester, to be played at the Athenaeum<br />
Rooms, Derby, commencing February 3rd.</li>
<li>For a fifteen-guinea trophy, which has been twice previously<br />
won by Mr. J. Bailey, of Penzance, and the amateur<br />
championship of Cornwall, play has commenced in the Central<br />
Club, Penzance.</li>
<li>Reece was in great form against Diggle on January 14,<br />
scoring 751 to 93 in the afternoon session, and at the afternoon<br />
session on January 16 he averaged 134 against 36 by<br />
Diggle.</li>
<li>In connection with the Sheffield and District Championship<br />
a special prize was offered for the biggest break. W.<br />
Hardinge and W. Andrews each made a break of 75 in the<br />
course of the games, and on January 23rd these two played<br />
250 up for the prize. Andrews now put together a fine break<br />
of 103, and ran out an easy winner, as follows:W.<br />
Andrews, 250; W. Hardinge, 125.</li>
<li>Playing Gray in India, Stevenson seems, from such records<br />
as are to hand, to have had the greater success of he<br />
two. The players remained in Bombay a fortnight, and<br />
then started on a comprehensive tour across country to Calcutta,<br />
They had obtained introductions to a number of<br />
native chiefs, and have played exhibition games at some of<br />
their palaces. They part at Colombo on February 15th,<br />
Stevenson to go to Burma and Gray to sail home for<br />
Australia after an absence of three years. There has been<br />
a good deal of rough travelling to be done. In the first<br />
week in December last they were playing on the borders of<br />
Afghanistan, where they had plenty of ice and extreme cold,<br />
and the week following, in Lahore, under extreme heat.</li>
<li>A match for £25 between G. Clarke and H. Holliwell (old<br />
opponents) is suggested by a supporter of the latter player,<br />
who is prepared to back his opinion with a stake of £25.</li>
<li>One of the entrants for the B.A. Amateur Championship,<br />
playing 600 up against C. Roberts at Leigh-on-Sea, made<br />
breaks of 125, 61, 57, 48, and 44.</li>
<li>J. Brady and E. Hoskin will play 7,000 up for £25 a-side<br />
at Soho Square during the week commencing March 24.</li>
<li>Amongst the entrants for the B.A. Amateur Championship<br />
are Sir A. Conan Doyle and Mr. S. H. Fry.</li>
<li>In the Stock Exchange Handicap a break of 112 was<br />
made by Mr. V. L. Harrington. Apart from this and a 40<br />
by W. Blumenthal, the breaks for the month have been<br />
somewhat small.</li>
<li>Inman and Reece will meet level in two matches in April<br />
and May for £250 a-side, the gate proceeds to be equally<br />
divided. They will also meet in the Tournament, at Glasgow,<br />
and in the championship.</li>
<li>The third and final match of 18,000 up between Inman<br />
and Diggle is proceeding at Leicester Square. Each has<br />
won one match and on the result of the present one £150<br />
a-side depends. At the half-way on January 25 the scores<br />
were: Diggle (rec. 1,250) 9,234, Inman 7,954.</li>
<li>In the Welsh markers&#8217; tournament there was a replay<br />
for the third prize between Tuxworth and Turner, in which<br />
the former proved successful. The prize for the highest<br />
break (157) went to Hannam and the red ball break prize<br />
to Carpenter, who scored 90 by this means.</li>
<li>Playing against Newman in the professional tournament<br />
at Soho Square, on January 2, Reece made a break of 751,<br />
and scored 2,737 in the course of two sessions. The break<br />
was both a personal and an ivory ball record under existing<br />
rules. In recognition of this great combined feat a cheque<br />
was presented to the player on behalf of Messrs. Burroughes<br />
and Watts.</li>
<li>When playing Reece at Leicester Square on January 17,<br />
Diggle made remarks whilst playing, which annoyed Reece,<br />
who protested. Diggle thereupon left the hall for a short<br />
time, and stated on his return that he had a perfect right<br />
to talk during his own play if he chose, as there was no<br />
rule against it. He furthermore said that he was agreeable<br />
to the session being abandoned and the money returned<br />
to the spectators!</li>
<li>Although met with magnificent play on the part of Reece<br />
in the 9th heat of the professional tournament Newman,<br />
who received 2,250 in 9,000 against 1,000 received by Reece,<br />
won the heat by 535 points. On January 25 he again rendered<br />
a good account of himself by defeating Smith in the<br />
Tournament by 1,431 points. It will be remembered that<br />
in the level match between these players at the end of last<br />
season Smith was the winner largely by grace of a 736<br />
break put up towards the close.</li>
<li>Carpenter&#8217;s successful assault upon the Welsh professional<br />
championship is mentioned elsewhere in this issue.</li>
<li>In one of his breaks, it may be added, he exceeded the 200.</li>
<li>Although not so prominently to the fore this season so<br />
far as leading fixtures are concerned, Harverson has been<br />
playing with great consistency and ability and has achieved<br />
several notable wins.</li>
<li>Great as was Smith&#8217;s week&#8217;s average of 47 against<br />
Peall it pales as a record against the phenomenal 89.83 by<br />
Stevenson in that memorable season in which the exchampion<br />
made one thousand breaks exceeding 100.</li>
<li>There have been some good breaks in the Professional<br />
tournament during the month, in addition to Reece&#8217;s 751.</li>
<li>Reece made one of 497 against Aiken and Aiken replied<br />
almost immediately to a 570 by Inman with one of 531 on<br />
his own account.</li>
<li>As mentioned in another paragraph Pindar beat Breed in<br />
their match of 7,000 level at Leeds. As regards speed the<br />
match illustrated the fable of the hare and the tortoise.</li>
<li>Breed is a very quick and attractive player to watch, but a<br />
trifle less speed and a little more consideration would often<br />
carry him farther.</li>
<li>Breaks have ruled low in the press handicap. There<br />
have been very few in the thirties and forties and not many<br />
in the twenties. The highest thus far is 49, by T. W.<br />
Morris. This handicap, by the way, is being played under<br />
&#8220;Rimington-Wilson&#8221; rules, which only allows a miss after<br />
a double baulk. The red must also be played upon at the<br />
opening of the game.</li>
<li>Inman and Harverson have been in communication during<br />
the month with regard to a match, but nothing is yet<br />
settled. The idea is that Harverson should receive 1,500 in<br />
18,000 for £100 a side and that Inman should take six-tenths<br />
of the admission receipts. Smith also wants a match with<br />
Harverson on the basis of 1,000 points conceded in 16,000<br />
for £100 a side.</li>
<li>The Lord Mayor of Leeds (Mr. A. W. Bain) has consented<br />
formally to open the new club for Leeds shop assistants<br />
of both sexes, warehousemen, and clerks, on February<br />
19th. One of the first players at the billiard tables was<br />
a young lady member, who exhibited a surprising degree of<br />
skill. Already some of the non-playing lady members have<br />
announced their intention of taking up the game.</li>
<li>In a sense Newman won his tournament heat against<br />
Reece twice over. The game seemed to be his before Reece<br />
put on that wonderful 751 and equally wonderful day&#8217;s<br />
total, and to rise superior to such a &#8220;back-hander&#8221; was<br />
grit indeed on the part of the winner. By the way, Newman,<br />
on the afternoon of January 24, in his heat with<br />
Smith, averaged 112, and altogether he has shown himself<br />
well worthy of his position in this month&#8217;s Billiard Monthly<br />
portrait gallery.</li>
<li>In the B.A. Amateur Handicap at the Temple Restaurant<br />
several breaks exceeding 50 have been made. P. S. Fewings<br />
made 54 and 57, A. &#8220;Shaw&#8221; 60, J. G. Taylor 64, W.<br />
S. Jones 53, G. Samwell 60, J. L. Taylor 58, and A. C.<br />
Edwards 56, and eclipsing all these was a fine 137 by Mr.<br />
A. W. T. Good. The following were the winners of the<br />
five prizes: First prize (presented by the B.A.), W. G.<br />
Holmes; second prize (presented by Mr. Eumorfopoulos),<br />
A. C. Edwards; prizes for players beaten in the semi-finals,<br />
A. &#8220;Shaw&#8221; and S. S. Fewings; highest proportionate<br />
break prize (presented by the president), A. W. T. Good.</li>
<li>The Professionals&#8217; Association Handicap and Championship<br />
will be commenced at the Bedford Head Hotel on February<br />
17.</li>
<li>A Welsh Billiards Association has been formed, including<br />
such members as A. F. Hill, an old International football<br />
player, J. L. Perry, Welsh ex-amateur champion, etc.</li>
<li>Lancashire and Yorkshire have many billiard champions.<br />
John Roberts, E. Diggle, and T. Reece are Lancastrians.<br />
C. Dawson and H. Stevenson are Yorkshiremen. During<br />
the past ten years the amateur championship has been won<br />
five times by Yorkshiremen and once by a Lancastrian.<br />
Yorkshire Evening News.</li>
<li>Members of the B.C.C. who have entered the Billiard Association<br />
championship event include Sir Arthur Conan<br />
Doyle, R. Hill New, Lewis Stroud, and A. W. Sellar, while<br />
the holder of the British and English championshipH. E.<br />
Virris also club champion of the B.C.C.<br />
Since the portion of this issue that contains page 8 was<br />
printed we have been informed that the heals in the London<br />
section of the B.A. Amateur Championship will be<br />
played at Messrs. Orme&#8217;s, in Soho Square, and not at Olympia,<br />
as at first arranged.</li>
<li>Cannot Aiken overcome that habit of tapping the cue ball<br />
on the top whilst taking aim?</li>
<li>The New Year&#8217;s Handicap at the Globe Club resulted in<br />
a victory for Mr. J. Barnett, who beat Mr. G. Summers by<br />
17. The starts in 200 up of the players were respectively<br />
128 and 115.</li>
<li>Why is the better amateur form so much below professional<br />
form? Because professionals in their earlier years of<br />
practice have usually almost the unlimited use of a table.<br />
Moral to aspiring amateurs: Have your own table.</li>
<li>Recent additional members to the Executive Council of<br />
the B.C.C. are:Sir John H. Dimsdale, Dr. Frank Smith,<br />
and Messrs. W. Bessemer Wright and M. H. Spielmann</p>
<div>The Billiard Monthly : February, 1913</div>
<div id="Content">
<div>
<h2>A Few Cue Tips</h2>
<ul>
<li>A good practice forcing in-off is from near the middle<br />
baulk spot off the red on the pyramid into a top pocket. A<br />
free and straight swing of the cue with high cueing is what<br />
is needed.</li>
<li>The necessity of sending the cue tip right through the cue<br />
ball is often (and rightly) urged, but the taking of the cue<br />
well back in making the stroke is almost equally important.<br />
The rule is that the cue ball should be regarded as the centre<br />
of the swing.</li>
<li>A common billiard error is the use of side in what should<br />
be plain screw strokes. The only cases in which side is<br />
needed are when a pocket is blind and when the cannon<br />
is completed off a cushion. With open pockets and direct<br />
cannons side in making screw strokes is worse than useless.</li>
<li>Remember that when cue and object ball are both in<br />
baulk, the effort should be made to direct the ball not pocketed<br />
to the neighbourhood of a middle pocket. This can<br />
be easily done after a little study of contacts and strengths,<br />
with the occasional use of side or other compensation.</li>
<li>Profitable cannon practice may be obtained by attempting<br />
to take the second ball inside, outside, and dead centre,<br />
whilst at the same time directing the first ball in the desired<br />
direction. The elder Roberts used to say that he would<br />
rather miss the cannon altogether than play it wrongly.</li>
<li>There is only one worse thing than tediously slow play,<br />
and that is thoughtless hurrying. Good players may seem<br />
to hurry their game, but if you watch their eyes you will<br />
perceive that they are taking all likely eventualities into<br />
account at the same time.</li>
<li>Cultivate persistently the extra strength thick contacts<br />
for position in place of the much more risky gentle ones.</li>
<li>It is often much better to send the object ball to a cushion<br />
and back again than to endeavour to control it within a few<br />
inches. But the line of travel, to and fro, must, of course,<br />
be accurately gauged beforehand.</li>
<li>Play for position, but do not try to get ideal position in<br />
one stroke when you can work up to it in two or several<br />
strokes. Keep the score going with in-offs until a favourable<br />
cannon opportunity presents itself. On the other hand,<br />
be prepared to take a little risk with an in-off rather than<br />
make a cannon leaving nothing definite.</li>
<li>Try to dissipate the idea that anything is good enough<br />
in billiardsthat the use of the rest does not matter, that<br />
mixing ivory with composition play does not matter, that<br />
careful body positioning and aim do not matterin short<br />
that nothing matters. Instead of anything being good<br />
enough for billiards, nothing, to the minutest detail, can<br />
be too good.</li>
<li>Never strike an object ball in making in-offs or cannons<br />
until you have forecasted its approximate line of travel. It<br />
is here that one great secret of break-making lies, as well<br />
as the antidote for balls lost in pockets or baulk, left safe<br />
under cushions, or spoiling position by kissing. Also, never<br />
pot a ball before deciding where the cue ball ought to come<br />
to rest.</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5896</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>THE AMATEUR CHAMPIONSHIP : A Potted History</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5885</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5885#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2013 21:08:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5885</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[THE AMATEUR CHAMPIONSHIP : A Potted History Part 1 : A controversial beginning The history of a National Championship for English billiard players covers a period of over one hundred years and is packed with incident,controversy, unusual characters and wonderful achievements. In a series of articles, we hope to produce a brief chronicle which conveys [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>THE AMATEUR CHAMPIONSHIP : A Potted History</h2>
<h3>Part 1 : A controversial beginning</h3>
<p>The history of a National Championship for English billiard players covers a period of over one hundred years and is packed with incident,controversy, unusual characters and wonderful achievements. In a series of articles, we hope to produce a brief chronicle which conveys a<br />
flavour of this famous event since its earliest years. We start at the beginning&#8230;.</p>
<p>With the formation of the Billiard Association in 1885 came the<br />
question of starting &#8220;an amateur championship of Great Britain<br />
and Ireland&#8221;. The first reference to the subject appeared at a committee<br />
meeting which was held in 1886 where it was decided to proceed with<br />
arranging a contest, but this evidently ran into some difficulty and the<br />
idea appears to have been dropped. It was therefore left to Messrs.<br />
Orme and Sons, a well-known billiard table manufacturer in Manchester,<br />
to take the matter into their own hands, and in 1887 they made<br />
arrangements to stage the first amateur championship of the British<br />
Isles and Ireland. The company provided a silver cup valued at £100,<br />
which they stipulated would become the property of the player who<br />
held it for three consecutive years or won it six times.</p>
<p><a id="1888mar" name="1888mar"></a></p>
<h4>Orme &amp; Sons&#8217; Championship of Great Britain &amp; Ireland</h4>
<p>The first competition attracted 44 entries who were drawn to compete<br />
at three locations. Players from Northern England (which involved all<br />
those residing north of Warwickshire, and including Ireland) met at<br />
Messrs. Orme and Sons&#8217; rooms, Blackfriars Street, Manchester<br />
between 12th-19th March 1888. A Scottish area qualification was set<br />
up at Dumfries to accommodate the two entries from that country, and<br />
the remainder met at the Argyll Hall, London, between 12th-14th March<br />
1888. Owing to the ownership of the Argyll Hall changing hands whilst<br />
the competition was in progress, the final heat of the Southern division<br />
was played at the Oriental Restaurant, New Bridge Street, Blackfriars.<br />
The winners from the three sections would play the closing rounds at<br />
Orme &amp; Sons showrooms in Manchester.</p>
<div><img alt="Photo of Sam Christey (0k)" src="SamChristey.jpg" width="" height="" /></p>
<div>Sam Christey: disqualified<br />
from the first Championship.</div>
</div>
<p>Controversy was never far away from<br />
this event and it started when the winner<br />
of the Southern section, Sam Christey,<br />
was disqualified on objection from one<br />
of his opponents, W. D. Courtney. The<br />
complaint was based on the fact that<br />
Christey had taken part in a tournament<br />
in April 1887 which involved<br />
professional players, and by so doing,<br />
he was no longer entitled to compete in<br />
an amateur event. The tournament in<br />
question had been advertised as &#8220;open<br />
to amateurs and markers&#8221; who could, if<br />
they chose, play under a pseudonym<br />
and this would not endanger their<br />
amateur status. However, Orme&#8217;s<br />
representatives took a different view and<br />
disqualified Christey. The players who<br />
he had beaten in the qualifying section,<br />
played off to determine the Southern<br />
qualifier. Courtney won this section and<br />
progressed to the closing stages.</p>
<div><img alt="Photo of W.D. Courtney (14k)" src="WDCourtney.gif" width="120" height="167" /></p>
<div>W. D. Courtney: raised an<br />
objection.</div>
</div>
<p>There was further controversy when<br />
Courtney arrived in Manchester to play<br />
what he understood to be a final heat<br />
against the Northern Champion. It was<br />
only then that he found out that there<br />
were three players still in the competition<br />
and he was drawn to play a further qualifying match against the Scottish candidate. He managed to win<br />
this easily enough, but further complication arose when Sam Christey<br />
also turned up at the venue. Before the final could be started, Christey<br />
raised a objection against Courtney playing in the game, saying that, as<br />
he had beaten him in London, he ought to take his place. However, this<br />
protest was overruled.</p>
<p>All these disputes may have affected Courtney, for he was beaten<br />
comfortably in the final by Mr. H. A. O. Lonsdale who by this win,<br />
became the first Amateur Champion of Great Britain and Ireland on<br />
28th March 1888.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1888 Mar.</td>
<td>H. A. 0. Lonsdale</td>
<td>W. D. Courtney</td>
<td>500 &#8211; 334</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1888dec" name="1888dec"></a></p>
<p>After this, the competition reverted to a challenge basis under the<br />
following conditions. &#8220;Any amateur, upon payment of one guinea, can<br />
challenge the holder of the cup, and the game must take place in the nearest city to where the latter resides&#8221;. The Champion was bound to<br />
defend his title within three months of receiving a challenge &#8211; and these<br />
were not long in arriving!</p>
<p>On 12th December 1888, Lonsdale was required to meet the challenge<br />
of A. P. Gaskell (London) in a game which had been extended to 1,500<br />
up in recognition of the competitors proficiency at making breaks with<br />
the &#8220;spot stroke&#8221; &#8211; at this time the most popular method of break<br />
building. The match took place at Orme &amp; Sons Saloon, Manchester<br />
and Gaskell won by 151 points, with the highest break being one of 75<br />
by the loser.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1888 Dec.</td>
<td>A. P. Gaskell</td>
<td>H. A. 0. Lonsdale</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1349</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1889mar" name="1889mar"></a></p>
<p>Mr. Rackets (Boston) was the next challenger for the title, but owing to<br />
illness he was forced to concede the match, which was awarded to<br />
Gaskell.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1889 Mar.</td>
<td>A. P. Gaskell</td>
<td>- declared Champion.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1889jul" name="1889jul"></a></p>
<p>E. W. Alabone next challenged the holder, and the match of 1,500 up<br />
was played at the Royal Aquarium, Westminster. Gaskell retained his<br />
title by 222 points and had the highest breaks with 94 and 88.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1889 Jul.</td>
<td>A. P. Gaskell</td>
<td>E. W. Alabone</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1278</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1890jan" name="1890jan"></a></p>
<p>Within six months Gaskell was in action again to meet the challenge of<br />
Sidney Fry and the match was played at the Prince&#8217;s Hall, Piccadilly.<br />
Gaskell retained his title by 105 points and also made the highest break<br />
of 98. Sidney Fry was at this time receiving lessons from the great John<br />
Roberts, who, after finishing his game at the nearby Egyptian Hall,<br />
attended the match to observe the progress of his pupil.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1890 Jan.</td>
<td>A. P. Gaskell</td>
<td>S. H. Fry</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1395</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1890may" name="1890may"></a></p>
<p>It was a condition of the championship that as soon as a challenge had<br />
been published it was also open to any other amateur to send in his<br />
entry fee and announce his intention to take part. Now three challenges<br />
were received from N. Defries (London), E. W. Alabone (London) and<br />
Harry Hardy (Manchester) who played a round-robin tournament at<br />
The Portman Rooms, Baker Street, for the right to meet the champion.<br />
The games of 1,500 up commenced on 29th April 1890 and the winner<br />
of the eliminating matches was N. Defries who defeated both his<br />
opponents. Defries was a well-known member of John Roberts&#8217; Club<br />
in Gutter Lane where his play was highly regarded. However, he made<br />
no impression in his match against the Champion, going down to a<br />
heavy defeat by 694 points on 1st May. Gaskell made the highest<br />
break with 114 which set a new championship record.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1890 May</td>
<td>A. P. Gaskell</td>
<td>N. Defries</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 805</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1890oct" name="1890oct"></a></p>
<p>Gaskell had now won the title five times and required just one more win<br />
to take possession of the trophy. Challenges were received from two<br />
players, F. A. Lindner (Birmingham) and W. D. Courtney (London)<br />
and they played off at the Prince&#8217;s Hall, Piccadilly on 7th October<br />
1890 for the right to meet the champion. Courtney defeated Lindner by<br />
457 points and the following day met Gaskell, defeating the champion<br />
in an exciting match by 89 points. Courtney had breaks of 111, 89 and<br />
83, while Gaskell had two breaks of 105. There was an unusually high<br />
level of betting upon the game, the holder being a very hot favourite.<br />
When Gaskell took an early lead he was considered such a certainty<br />
that odds of &#8220;£100 to a shilling cigar&#8221; were offered. One person in the<br />
audience was astute enough to take these odds and was promptly paid<br />
after the match. However, Courtney himself was less fortunate. Having<br />
wagered £5 on the result, he never managed to collect his winnings.<br />
Additionally, on returning to the dressing-room, he found that someone<br />
had stolen his coat, together with a five-pound note which had been in<br />
one of his pockets.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1890 Oct.</td>
<td>W. D. Courtney</td>
<td>A. P. Gaskell</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1141</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1891jan" name="1891jan"></a></p>
<p>Following his defeat, Gaskell immediately challenged for the title and<br />
was joined by Sidney Fry, the pair playing for the right to meet Courtney<br />
at Orme &amp; Son&#8217;s Showrooms, Soho Square on 14th January 1891.<br />
Gaskell defeated Fry by 208 points making a new championship record<br />
break of 156 in the process. But in the final, which was held the<br />
following day, he could not overcome Courtney who won easily by<br />
529 points, without either player making a century break.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1891 Jan.</td>
<td>W. D. Courtney</td>
<td>A. P. Gaskell</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 971</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1891apr" name="1891apr"></a></p>
<div><img alt="Photo of A.P. Gaskell (10k)" src="APGaskell.gif" width="120" height="126" /></p>
<div>A. P. Gaskell: retired after<br />
achieving his ambition.</div>
</div>
<p>Undeterred by these two defeats, Mr.<br />
Gaskell again raised a challenge as did four<br />
other players: J. A. Pennycuick who made<br />
the long journey from Airdrie in Scotland,<br />
Arthur Wisdom (Southsea), F. A. Lindner<br />
(Birmingham), and a player using the<br />
pseudonym &#8220;Ormonde&#8221; from London.<br />
The challengers played off to meet<br />
Courtney on a knock-out basis at Orme &amp;<br />
Son&#8217;s Showrooms, Soho Square starting<br />
on 13th April 1891. Gaskell eventually<br />
proved the best of the challengers with a<br />
victory over Arthur Wisdom which included a break of 157. In the championship match, Gaskell defeated<br />
Courtney by 312 points making a new record break of 277 and another<br />
of 136. By this sixth victory, Gaskell took possession of the<br />
Championship cup and having achieved his ambition, he resigned the<br />
title in favour of Courtney, playing very little in public after this date.<br />
However, Courtney would never be seen again in the amateur<br />
championship as he also resigned as &#8220;Champion&#8221; before another contest<br />
could be held and joined the professional ranks.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1891 Apr.</td>
<td>A. P. Gaskell</td>
<td>W. D. Courtney</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1188</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Billiard Association Championship of Great Britain</h4>
<p>On 21st January 1892, the subject of promoting an amateur<br />
championship was revived in earnest by the Billiard Association. At an<br />
Extraordinary General Meeting, it was proposed that an &#8220;Amateur<br />
Championship of Great Britain&#8221; be instigated under essentially the<br />
same terms as those operated by the Orme &amp; Sons competition. But<br />
Orme&#8217;s were not keen to give up their championship. There had been<br />
lengthy correspondence between the two organisations resulting in a<br />
statement from Orme&#8217;s saying that they &#8220;could not see their way to<br />
amalgamating their competition with that of the Billiard Association.&#8221;<br />
Nevertheless, the Billiards Association resolved to proceed with their<br />
own competition.</p>
<p><a id="1892mar" name="1892mar"></a></p>
<h4>Orme &amp; Sons&#8217; Championship of Great Britain &amp; Ireland</h4>
<p>A few days after the meeting of the Billiards Association, the following<br />
advertisement appeared : &#8220;Messrs. Orme and Sons have received from<br />
Mr. W. D. Courtney his resignation of the title of Amateur Billiard<br />
Champion. Gentlemen challenging before February 20th will play off<br />
as soon after that date as is convenient to the challengers, and the game<br />
will be played in London.&#8221; The tournament commenced on 21st March<br />
1892 at Orme &amp; Son&#8217;s Showrooms, Soho Square with the following<br />
players taking part in a &#8220;round-robin&#8221; contest: J. A. Pennycuick<br />
(Glasgow), Arthur Wisdom (Southsea), &#8220;Hazard&#8221; (Manchester),<br />
&#8220;Osborne&#8221; (London). Arthur Wisdom made a break of 225 in his first<br />
match against Pennycuick and another of 241 against &#8220;Hazard&#8221;. In his<br />
final game against &#8220;Osborne&#8221; he bettered both of these with a run of<br />
264 to take the title with wins against all his opponents. There was a<br />
balance of 406 points in his favour at the finish of the contest on 26th<br />
March 1892.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1892 Mar.</td>
<td>Arthur Wisdom</td>
<td>Osbourne</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1094</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1892may" name="1892may"></a></p>
<h4>Billiard Association Championship of Great Britain</h4>
<p>Meanwhile, the Billiard Association were pushing on with preparations<br />
for their championship. In April 1892, a cup weighing 117 ounces was<br />
selected as the championship trophy and by 4th May, which was the<br />
closing date for entries, six players had been accepted, these being<br />
Messrs. Sidney Fry, E. W. Alabone; A. H. Vahid, H. Clark, J. Barcroft,<br />
and Sam Christey. It may be remembered that Christey, after easily<br />
defeating Mr. W. D. Courtney in the first contest for the Championship<br />
promoted by Messrs. Orme and Sons, was declared a professional and<br />
disqualified. Christey, however, had taken the matter before the<br />
Committee of the Billiard Association who considered that his case<br />
presented &#8220;many extenuating circumstances&#8221;, and they decided to<br />
reinstate him as an amateur.<br />
The first Billiard Association championship was played at the Royal<br />
Aquarium, London, on a &#8220;Standard&#8221; table supplied by Geo. Wright &amp;<br />
Co. On 12th May 1892 the competition had resolved itself into a final<br />
match between Sidney Fry and Sam Christey. In the game of 1,500 up<br />
Christey made record breaks of 287 and 297 (98 spots) defeating Fry<br />
by 572 points. Christey was never again challenged to defend his title<br />
and the trophy became his property after three years.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1892 May</td>
<td>Sam Christey</td>
<td>Sidney Fry</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 928</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1893jan" name="1893jan"></a></p>
<h4>Billiard Association : Spot-barred Championship</h4>
<p>Sam Christey&#8217;s superiority with the &#8220;spot-stroke&#8221; was so<br />
overwhelming that it quickly became evident that any attempt to take<br />
the title from him would be hopeless. Under these circumstances, at a<br />
meeting of the Billiard Association, held on 13th June 1892, it was<br />
resolved to limit the spot-stroke by instituting a new &#8220;Spot-Barred&#8221;<br />
Amateur Championship of Great Britain, and another challenge cup<br />
was acquired. This competition was contested for the first time between<br />
15th January and 2nd February 1893, at the National Sporting Club,<br />
London, the six competitors being Messrs. Sam Christey, Sidney Fry,<br />
A. H. Vahid, A. R. Wisdom, J. Barcroft, and W. Bailey. Heats were<br />
1,000-up and the final 1,500-up. In his first round match against Christey,<br />
Arthur Wisdom made a break of 153 and had a session average of 18.55,<br />
establishing a new record. However, Christey, in the last session, had<br />
breaks of 127, 86 and 74, and an average of 13.48 to win the match. The<br />
final was between A. H. Vahid and Sam Christey, with the former -<br />
who was a native of India &#8211; gaining an extremely popular victory by<br />
105 points. However, his reign would not last long as on 20th March he<br />
would resign the title having taken employment as a Marker, and<br />
therefore becoming classed as a professional.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1893 Jan.</td>
<td>A. H. Vahid</td>
<td>Sam Christey</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1395</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1893feb" name="1893feb"></a></p>
<h4>Orme &amp; Sons&#8217; Championship of Great Britain &amp; Ireland</h4>
<p>Meanwhile, in the rival championship, Arthur Wisdom had received a<br />
challenge from Mr. Buxton and the match of 1,500 up was arranged to<br />
be played at Orme &amp; Son&#8217;s Showrooms, Soho Square at the same time<br />
that the closing stages of the Billiard Association championship was<br />
being decided in another part of London. Wisdom was never in danger<br />
of losing his title, winning easily by 648 points on 1st February 1893</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1893 Feb.</td>
<td>Arthur Wisdom</td>
<td>Mr. Buxton</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 852</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1893mar" name="1893mar"></a></p>
<p>A few weeks after this contest, the rivalry between Messrs. Orme and<br />
Sons and the Billiard Association came to an end when Orme&#8217;s announced<br />
that they had decided to bring their Championship to a close in favour<br />
of that promoted by the Association. With this view, their cup, then<br />
held by Mr. A. R. Wisdom, would be contested for outright ownership<br />
on the following rather curious conditions: &#8220;That challengers would<br />
meet to decide who should oppose the holder, and the winner of this<br />
competition would play the best of three games of 1,000 up with Mr.<br />
Wisdom. If the Champion won, the cup would become his property,<br />
but if the challenger proved successful, he and Mr. Wisdom would have<br />
to play a final game of 1,500 up.&#8221; Sidney Fry and A. H. Vahid (in his<br />
last days as an amateur) were the only challengers, and played a game<br />
of 1,000 up at Orme&#8217;s Showrooms, Soho Square, to decide which of<br />
them would play Wisdom. Fry won this match comfortably by 398<br />
points. Fry then defeated Wisdom three times off the reel, 1,000- 989,<br />
1,000-685, and 1,500-1,239 the matches concluding on 16th March<br />
1893. In all these games Fry only made one three figure break (100),<br />
while Wisdom&#8217;s best effort was just 114.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1893 Mar.</td>
<td>Sidney Fry</td>
<td>Arthur Wisdom</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1239</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1894may" name="1894may"></a></p>
<h4>Billiard Association : Spot-barred Championship</h4>
<p>After the resignation of Mr. Vahid, the Billiard Association&#8217;s &#8220;spot-<br />
barred&#8221; championship remained in abeyance until 21st May 1894,<br />
when Messrs. Sam Christey, Arthur Wisdom, J. A. Pennycuick<br />
(Glasgow), W. J. Austin (Australia), A. Vinson, W. T. Maughan<br />
(Middlesbrough), and H. Mitchell (Blackburn) all entered the<br />
competition which was held at the Argyll Hall, London. The entry of<br />
an Australian player seems somewhat strange for a British<br />
Championship, but being of an international character, it should have<br />
proved a great success. Unfortunately, it was just the reverse, being<br />
little more than a catalogue of misfortunes from start to finish. The<br />
problems started when Mr. Christey had to give the game to his<br />
opponent after the first session, owing to the serious illness of one of<br />
his family. Then Mr. Pennycuick was himself too unwell to play at all,<br />
whilst Mr. Austin, after struggling pluckily against indisposition when<br />
leading Mr. Vinson, became much worse, and was forced to resign the<br />
game. In the final Mr. Mitchell just managed to defeat Mr. Vinson by<br />
the narrow margin of 36 points on 25th May 1894.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1894 May</td>
<td>H. Mitchell</td>
<td>A. Vinson</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1464</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1894dec" name="1894dec"></a></p>
<p>The moderate play, and absences due to illness in this championship<br />
probably accounted for the fact that another challenge was issued in the<br />
autumn of 1894. Held at the National Sporting Club, Covent Garden<br />
on a table supplied by Orme &amp; Sons, the heats were 1,000 up and the<br />
final 1,500 up. There were three challengers who played for the right to<br />
meet Mitchell, these were: Sam Christey, W. T. Maughan<br />
(Middlesbrough) and Sidney Fry. The Middlesbrough player beat<br />
Messrs. Christey and Fry in turn, with plenty in hand in each game,<br />
and on 6th December, Maughan went on to take the title by defeating<br />
H. Mitchell in the final. Mitchell made the best break with 92.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1894 Dec.</td>
<td>W. T. Maughan</td>
<td>H. Mitchell</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1202</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1896mar" name="1896mar"></a></p>
<p>Mr. Maughan was allowed to rest on his laurels until March, 1896,<br />
when Messrs. Sidney Fry, Sam Christey, Arthur Wisdom, F. B.<br />
Edwardson, and Walter Lovejoy all joined in a challenge against him.<br />
Due to continuing controversy and public debate about the push-stroke<br />
it was barred from the Amateur Championship for the first time during<br />
this contest which was again held at the National Sporting Club, Covent<br />
Garden. These conditions anticipated a general revision to the rules of<br />
billiards which would take place in 1898. Sidney Fry emerged successful<br />
from the preliminary heats and he then defeated Maughan in the<br />
Championship match. Their best breaks were Fry 73 (three times) and<br />
Maughan 72, the wining margin being only 70 points. No doubt Mr.<br />
Maughan would have taken an early opportunity of attempting to<br />
reverse this verdict, but he died not long afterwards.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1896 Mar.</td>
<td>S. H. Fry</td>
<td>W. T. Maughan</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1430</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1899mar" name="1899mar"></a></p>
<h4>Billiard Association : Amateur Championship</h4>
<div><img alt="Photo of Wisdom and Fry at the table (13k)" src="wisdomFry.jpg" width="337" height="220" /></p>
<div>Arthur Wisdom (at table) defeated Sidney Fry in the 1899 Championship.</div>
</div>
<p>The Championship then lapsed for several years before being revived<br />
by the Billiard Association and played under the new revised rules of<br />
billiards which had now formally barred the push-stroke and restricted<br />
the spot-stroke by introducing the current &#8220;two-pot&#8221; rule. The<br />
competition was staged at the National Sporting Club in March 1899.<br />
Sidney Fry had held the trophy for almost the stipulated three years<br />
which would have made it his property, some also felt that as the<br />
&#8220;spot-barred&#8221; championship had been abolished by the introduction<br />
of the new rules, that Fry had a claim to the trophy on these grounds<br />
alone. However, Fry was willing to defend the trophy and seven<br />
challengers played off in heats of 1,000 up for the right to meet him.<br />
They were E. C. Ogden, Sam Christey, Fred Wear, F. W. Payne, A.<br />
Vahid, M. A. Oxlade and Arthur Wisdom. The latter qualified to meet<br />
the holder in the final, and, playing a fine consistent game, beat him by<br />
203 points, in spite of a record break of 168 by Fry.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1899 Mar.</td>
<td>Arthur Wisdom</td>
<td>Sidney Fry</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1297</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1900mar" name="1900mar"></a></p>
<p>The National Sporting Club was again the venue the following year, the<br />
challengers for Wisdom&#8217;s title on this occasion being Sidney Fry, Walter<br />
Lovejoy, Sam Christey, A. Jordan and F. A. Lindner. Sidney Fry won<br />
through the 1,000-up heats, making a break of 106 in one of his games.<br />
Then a close contest against the holder resulted in Fry being victorious<br />
by a narrow margin of 72 points</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1900 Mar.</td>
<td>Sidney Fry</td>
<td>Arthur Wisdom</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1428</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Sidney Fry subsequently resigned the championship under the<br />
impression that he would have to travel to Australia before he could<br />
defend it. As it transpired this was not the case, but in his absence ten<br />
competitors gathered at the Gaiety Restaurant, Strand, in a straight<br />
knock-out competition to decide a new holder for the championship</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3>Part 2 : A New Millenium</h3>
<p>In the first part of our account we covered the beginnings of the National Championship for English billiard players. The original Orme &amp; Sons<br />
trophy had been won outright by A. P. Gaskell in 1891. This magnificent trophy was capable of holding a case of champagne and was a copy of<br />
the famous Pourtales vase in the British Museum. Their second trophy had become the personal property of Sidney Fry in 1893 when the Orme<br />
&amp; Sons Championship finished. Now the chase was on to take possession the new Billiards Association Championship cup first awarded in 1899.</p>
<div><img alt="Photo of W.S. Jones (13k)" src="WSJones.gif" width="120" height="168" /></p>
<div>W. S. Jones: reached the final of<br />
the 1901 Championship.</div>
</div>
<p><a id="1901feb" name="1901feb"></a></p>
<p>Sidney Fry, winner of the Championship in March 1900<br />
resigned the title due to a pending<br />
business trip to Australia. He<br />
subsequently decided to give up<br />
playing billiards altogether in<br />
preference to his new hobby of golf, at<br />
which he also became one of the best<br />
amateurs in the country. His absence<br />
however, would only be temporary<br />
and some years later he would again<br />
take up his cue on his way to setting<br />
new championship records.<br />
To find the new holder for the Billiard<br />
Association Championship cup, ten<br />
players gathered at the Gaiety<br />
Restaurant, Strand, in a straight knockout competition. The heats were 1,000 up and commenced on 21st<br />
January 1901. The competitors were: F. A. Smith, C. D. Macklem, W.<br />
S. Jones, Ernest Breed, Arthur Wisdom, Albert Good, Sam Christey, E.<br />
C. Ogden, Fred Wear and F. Dennis. For the first time, a professional<br />
player was engaged to be referee and this duty was undertaken by John<br />
Lloyd, now nearing the end of a career which at it&#8217;s height had seen him<br />
hold the Welsh Professional Championship.</p>
<p>The competition had just started when news came through on 22nd<br />
January of the death of Queen Victoria. The Billiard Association<br />
immediately suspended play in the Championship until after the funeral<br />
which was consequently resumed on 4th February 1901. The final of<br />
1,500 up resolved itself into a match between Samuel Christey and W.<br />
S. Jones. Christey made a break of 110 in this match which was the<br />
highest of the competition, winning by 195 points.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1901 Feb</td>
<td>Sam Christey</td>
<td>W. S. Jones</td>
<td>1500 &#8211; 1305</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><img alt="Photo of Lewis Stroud (15k)" src="lewisStroud.jpg" width="120" height="147" /></p>
<div>Lewis Stroud: was also a<br />
famous cyclist, and regularly<br />
entered the Championship over<br />
a period of 30 years.</div>
</div>
<p>In 1902 the championship venue moved to Thurston&#8217;s Grand Hall,<br />
Leicester Square, and was played between 17th-27th February. Although</p>
<p>the heats remained at 1,000-up the final<br />
was now extended to 2,000-up and<br />
John Lloyd was again engaged as<br />
referee. Nine challengers competed for<br />
the right to met Sam Christey. They<br />
were: Richard H. Fry (younger brother<br />
of the ex-champion), Ernest Breed,<br />
Maurice Fitzgerald (Ireland), B. J.<br />
Monro, Fred Wear, D. Sheppard,<br />
Albert Good, E. C. Ogden and Lewis<br />
Stroud. In his day, Lewis Stroud had<br />
the distinction of being one of the<br />
country&#8217;s foremost racing cyclists,<br />
being the English 50-miles champion<br />
in 1893, and at one time held practically<br />
all the tricycle records. He would be a<br />
regular participant in the Billiards<br />
Championship for the next thirty<br />
years.</p>
<div><img alt="Photo of Bert Good (13k)" src="bertGood.jpg" width="120" height="119" /></p>
<div>Bert Good: made a record<br />
red-ball break in 1902.</div>
</div>
<p>Albert Good emerged as the best of<br />
the challengers and then defeated Sam<br />
Christey by 311 points. Christey made<br />
a break of 122 which was the highest<br />
in the competition. Other century<br />
breaks were made by Good 109;<br />
Fitzgerald 116; and Breed 102.</p>
<div><img alt="Photo of Maurice Fitzgerald (15k)" src="mauriceFitzgerald.jpg" width="120" height="153" /></p>
<div>Maurice Fitzgerald: was barred<br />
from Amateur competitions.</div>
</div>
<p><a id="1902feb" name="1902feb"></a><br />
Maurice Fitzgerald was a player of<br />
great potential, and although he did not<br />
make a showing in this Championship,<br />
he came to the event as Irish Champion<br />
and with two double-century breaks<br />
to his credit. A charming personality,<br />
he had made himself immenselypopular whilst in England. However, on his way back to Ireland he<br />
stayed at an hotel for a week, giving exhibitions of his skill every<br />
evening, and accepted in return, payment for his accommodation. This<br />
was reported to the Billiard Association who were obliged to disqualify<br />
him from playing again as an amateur.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1902 Feb</td>
<td>Albert Good</td>
<td>Sam Christey</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1689</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1902oct" name="1902oct"></a></p>
<div><img alt="Photo of A.J.Brown (15k)" src="AJBrowne.jpg" width="120" height="149" /></p>
<div>A. J. Browne: reached the final at<br />
his first attempt.</div>
</div>
<p>Later the same year, the championship was again held at Thurston&#8217;s<br />
Grand Hall commencing on 27th October 1902. Using the same format,<br />
eight challengers competed for the right to meet Albert Good. In addition<br />
to Richard H. Fry, they included another member of the Fry family, R.<br />
S. Fry. The remainder of the field were F. H. Price, Bert Moy, Sam Christey, A. J. Browne, C. V. Diehl<br />
and C. D. Macklem. The latter was a<br />
Canadian National who had been<br />
resident in London for some time. He<br />
took part in the Championship on<br />
several occasions before returning to<br />
Toronto following the 1903 event.<br />
In the final match on 5th November<br />
1902, Bert Good successfully defended<br />
his title by comfortably defeating A.<br />
J. Browne who was making his first appearance in the<br />
Championship. In this match Good made an amateur record of 153 from the red ball in a break of 155. He<br />
subsequently applied to the Billiard Association for a certificate, but at<br />
this time they were not disposed to give certificates to amateur players,<br />
and his request was refused.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1902 Oct</td>
<td>Albert Good</td>
<td>A. J. Browne</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1669</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><img alt="Photo of Arthur Wisdom (24k)" src="arthurWisdom.jpg" width="140" height="209" /></p>
<div>Arthur Wisdom: a Championship record session average of 18.6 on his way to the title.</div>
</div>
<p>The 1903 championship proved to be the most popular since the<br />
inaugural event in 1888, with 18 challengers competing for the right to<br />
met Bert Good. It was again held at Thurston&#8217;s Grand Hall between<br />
2nd-21st March 1903, with heats of 1,000 up and the final 2,000 up.<br />
The players were: C. V. Diehl, W. Bradshaw, J. W. Evison, J. H. Morgan(Glasgow), Richard H. Fry, E. E.<br />
Briggs, H. L. Goldborne, Mr. Park,<br />
Arthur Wisdom, Sam Christey, Fred<br />
Wear, Bert Moy, Ernest Breed, W. S.<br />
Jones, H. J. Moore, J. W. Evison and &#8220;Jerry&#8221; Jeremiah (Wales). In<br />
his opening match against Christey,<br />
Arthur Wisdom made a break of 153<br />
in averaging 18.6 for the afternoon<br />
session, which was a record for the<br />
championship. He proved the best of<br />
the challengers and was favourite to<br />
take the title, partly because Good had<br />
not been in the best of health for some<br />
little time. However, rising to the<br />
occasion, Good secured a useful lead at the end of the first session, but could not maintain the effort in the<br />
evening, as Wisdom averaged 18.0 to take the lead and stay there for the<br />
rest of the match. Good made breaks of 106 and 102, mainly from red<br />
ball play, but could not match the consistency of Wisdom who won by<br />
217 points. The only other century break in the competition was by<br />
Sam Christey who made 127.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1903 Mar</td>
<td>Arthur Wisdom</td>
<td>Albert Good</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1783</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Later that year, Thurston&#8217;s Grand Hall provided the venue for another<br />
championship which was played between 27th November-4th<br />
December 1903. Due to a family bereavement, Arthur Wisdom was<br />
unable to defend the title and seven players competed to find a new<br />
champion. They were: C. V. Diehl, Fred Wear, C. D. Macklem, Herbert<br />
Moy, Sam Christey, E. E. Briggs and Bert Good.</p>
<p><a id="1903dec" name="1903dec"></a></p>
<div><img alt="Photo of C.V. Diehl (16k)" src="CVDiehl.jpg" width="120" height="156" /></p>
<div>C. V. Diehl: played the final<br />
wearing carpet slippers.</div>
</div>
<p>One of the more interesting characters was Fred Wear, who was a good<br />
player with either right of left hand, but never did himself justice in the<br />
Championship where nerves always seemed to overcome him. In one instance after using his handkerchief<br />
to wipe his forehead, instead of<br />
returning it to his pocket, he deposited<br />
it in one of the corner pockets of the<br />
billiard table. Christey won the title<br />
by defeating C. V. Diehl in the final by<br />
686 points, making a break of 125. C.<br />
D. Macklem made the only other<br />
century in the competition with 120 in<br />
one of the earlier heats.</p>
<p>Diehl was a journalist on the staff of<br />
one of the leading newspapers of the<br />
day. There is no doubt that, like many<br />
another aspirant to the Amateur<br />
Championship, he rarely showed<br />
anything like his best form when playing for the highest honour. He stood at the table with his legs more<br />
widely apart than any other leading player, and was in the habit of<br />
wearing a pair of felt slippers when he was engaged in any important<br />
game. This naturally made him the recipient of a good deal of wry<br />
comment, which he always accepted in the most good-humoured fashion.<br />
Although a regular competitor, his appearance in the 1903 final was the<br />
nearest he ever got to the object of his ambition.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1903 Dec</td>
<td>Sam Christey</td>
<td>Charles V. Diehl</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1314</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Shortly after his victory, the champion, Sam Christey, decided to resign<br />
his title amid new rumours regarding his amateur status, so in March<br />
1904 eleven entries gathered to find a new champion. These included<br />
Albert Good, V. L. Sim (New Zealand), Walter Lovejoy, Ernest Breed,<br />
Harry Virr, W. Bradshaw, C. H. Mortimer, and Bert Moy.</p>
<div><img alt="Photo of Walter Lovejoy (14k)" src="walterLovejoy.jpg" width="120" height="142" /></p>
<div>Walter Lovejoy: used a plain<br />
Ash cue weighing 12oz.</div>
</div>
<p>New Zealander, V. L. Sim, had acquitted himself well in exhibition<br />
games with Harry Stevenson when the latter was visiting New Zealand<br />
during one of his numerous tours abroad. His entry came about because<br />
the professional champion, knowing that Sim was coming to England<br />
on business, advised him to try for the Amateur Championship. Unfortunately he had never had the<br />
opportunity to play with anything but<br />
composition balls, which, of course,<br />
was a very serious handicap in a<br />
Championship played with ivories, and<br />
not surprisingly he made an early exit.</p>
<p><a id="1904mar" name="1904mar"></a></p>
<p>Walter Lovejoy was a much improved<br />
player since his previous appearance<br />
in 1900. He averaged 26.31 in the<br />
second session (500 points) of one of<br />
his preliminary matches, which was the<br />
highest seen in the Championship since<br />
records had been taken. In the final heat<br />
he defeated Albert Good making breaks<br />
of 135 and 103 which helped him to a<br />
victory by 269 points. Lovejoy had an extremely unorthodox style of play and used a plain ash cue, weighing<br />
only 12 ounces. Soon after his championship win he resigned the title<br />
and turned professional.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1904 Mar</td>
<td>Walter Lovejoy</td>
<td>Albert Good</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1733</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><img alt="Photo of George Heginbottom (2k)" src="georgeHeginbottom.jpg" width="99" height="127" /></p>
<div>George Heginbottom: made a<br />
record break but still lost.</div>
</div>
<p><a id="1905mar" name="1905mar"></a></p>
<p>The system of challenges was discarded for the 1905 championship<br />
and the present system of annual contests was established. Preliminary rounds were now introduced at regional<br />
venues to ease the difficulty of<br />
competitors travelling to London.<br />
Although invited, Scotland did not enter<br />
any players and qualifying<br />
competitions were held in London,<br />
Manchester, and Dublin. These were<br />
won by Albert Good, George<br />
Heginbottom and A. T. Marsh<br />
respectively. The Competition Proper<br />
was played at Thurston&#8217;s, Leicester<br />
Square in March 1905. The final saw<br />
the Manchester cotton-broker,<br />
Heginbottom, make a championship<br />
record break of 174 but Good took the<br />
title for the third time, winning by 261<br />
points.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1905 Mar</td>
<td>Albert Good</td>
<td>Geo. Heginbottom</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1739</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><img alt="Photo of Ernest Breed (10k)" src="ernestBreed.gif" width="120" height="130" /></p>
<div>Ernest Breed: controversy<br />
caused him to resign and become professional.</div>
</div>
<p><a id="1906mar" name="1906mar"></a></p>
<p>Abandoning their short experiment of<br />
regional locations, the Billiard Association<br />
arranged the preliminary stages of 1906<br />
Amateur Championship for March 1906<br />
at Cox &amp; Yeman&#8217;s Hall in Brompton Road,<br />
London, with the final moving to the<br />
Argyll Hall. Using a different venue for<br />
the final meant that the champion was<br />
not obliged to play against an opponent<br />
who had the benefit of several preliminary<br />
games on the match-table. However, as a<br />
result of general dissatisfaction with the<br />
arrangements for this Championship there<br />
were only seven challengers for the title<br />
held by Albert Good. Amongst these was Samuel Christey who had managed to satisfy the Billiard Association<br />
regarding his amateur status. The remaining players were W. Bradshaw,<br />
C. H. Mortimer, George Heginbottom, Ernest Breed, A. T. Marsh<br />
(Ireland) and A. E. Mainwaring. Ernest Breed won the qualifying<br />
competition and in the challenge round defeated Good by 380 points<br />
with a match average of 18.6. There now followed considerable<br />
controversy regarding Breed&#8217;s status as an amateur player which resulted<br />
in him resigning the title in January 1907 and taking up a career as a<br />
professional player.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1906 Mar</td>
<td>Ernest Breed</td>
<td>Albert Good</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1620</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><img alt="Photo of Harry Virr (2k)" src="harryVirr.jpg" width="99" height="150" /></p>
<div>Harry Virr took his first<br />
Championship win in 1907.</div>
</div>
<p><a id="1907mar" name="1907mar"></a></p>
<p>For the 1907 Championship regional competitions were brought back and arranged for London, Manchester,<br />
Edinburgh and Dublin (which was the<br />
Irish Championship) and all<br />
commenced in February 1907. The<br />
London Qualifying Competition<br />
resulted in a victory for Arthur<br />
Wisdom. Manchester produced an<br />
unexpected win for Harry Virr over H.<br />
A. O. Lonsdale and in Edinburgh, Mr.<br />
J. F. Lessels was lucky enough to be<br />
unopposed. The Irish Championship<br />
was won by Jack Nugent with a<br />
narrow victory over A. T. Marsh. At<br />
one period of this match the referee<br />
had to ask the audience to stop<br />
smoking for a few minutes, owing to<br />
the cloud of smoke which hung over<br />
the table being so thick that play was<br />
becoming impossible. All four regional winners passed to the competition proper which was held between<br />
7th-11th March 1907 at the National Sporting Club, Covent Garden.<br />
Harry Virr defeated Arthur Wisdom by a mere 16 points before taking<br />
the title by holding off a strong challenge by the Irish Champion, Jack<br />
Nugent, in the final. This time winning by just 14 points!</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1907 Mar</td>
<td>Harry Virr</td>
<td>Jack Nugent</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1986</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><img alt="Photo of C.E. Jenkins (8k)" src="CEJenkins.gif" width="120" height="164" /></p>
<div>C. E. Jenkins was the first person<br />
in England to be fined for<br />
&#8216;furious driving&#8217; in a motor car.</div>
</div>
<p>In 1908 a West of England qualifying section was introduced and played<br />
at Plymouth. The other regions were London, Manchester, the Irish Championship in Dublin and the<br />
Welsh Championship. These were<br />
won by M. W. Parkyn, C. E. Jenkins,<br />
George Heginbottom and J. M.<br />
Meldon respectively and they were<br />
joined by the Welsh Champion,<br />
&#8220;Jerry&#8221; Jeremiah. The London<br />
qualifier, C. E. Jenkins, was another<br />
of the more colourful characters to<br />
have graced the championship. He had<br />
been the amateur champion cyclist of<br />
South Wales, and also claimed the<br />
record for the longest authenticated<br />
motorcycle ride (4,600 miles in 52<br />
days) Not least of his achievements<br />
was that he became the first motorist<br />
in England to be convicted and fined<br />
for &#8220;furious driving&#8221; in a motor car. His best all-round break was 228 although during the 1907 season of<br />
cradle cannons he had put together a run of 1,280 by this means.</p>
<p><a id="1908mar" name="1908mar"></a></p>
<p>The various group winners came together in the Competition proper,<br />
playing off for the right to meet the Champion. It was tacitly understood<br />
that the holder would defend his title in the town or country of his residence. For this reason, the closing stages were held at the showrooms<br />
of Messrs. Sykes, Horbury, Leeds, between 9th-14th March 1908.<br />
George Heginbottom, won through to oppose the holder, Harry Virr of<br />
Bradford, having set a new championship record with a break of 188<br />
when eliminating C. E. Jenkins in an earlier heat. However, Virr retained<br />
his title by 159 points in front of his home crowd despite a strong<br />
challenge from Heginbottom which included another big break of 160.<br />
A contemporary reporter said &#8220;the wild scene&#8217;s of enthusiasm at the<br />
close were unparalleled in billiard history.&#8221; After than match Virr<br />
modestly played down his achievement, saying of his opponent &#8220;He is<br />
a lot better player than I am, and in fact, I think, the best amateur who<br />
ever handled a cue.&#8221; Virr is probably still the only champion to have<br />
acclaimed his rival in this way. Yorkshire Professional Champion, George<br />
Nelson, officiated as referee after the first day, and acted as general<br />
manager throughout.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1908 Mar</td>
<td>Harry Virr</td>
<td>Geo. Heginbottom</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1841</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><img alt="Photo of Major Fleming (12k)" src="majorFleming.gif" width="110" height="148" /></p>
<div>Major Fleming won the title<br />
at his first attempt.</div>
</div>
<p><a id="1909may" name="1909may"></a></p>
<p>In 1909, Major H. L. Fleming became the first player since the inaugural<br />
event to win the Championship at his first attempt. In fact his entry only came about<br />
by the greatest stroke of fortune. He had<br />
been stationed in Calcutta at an Indian<br />
musketry school where he and others drew<br />
a sweepstake ticket for a horse which ran<br />
third in the Calcutta Derby. Each member<br />
of the syndicate profited to the tune of<br />
£600 and it was on the strength of this that<br />
he took a trip back to England and entered<br />
the championship.</p>
<p>The final stages of the competition were<br />
held in The Mechanic&#8217;s Institute, Bradford<br />
which had a capacity for about 1,000<br />
spectators. During the two days play of<br />
the final match, the hall was crowded to excess and an even larger number were refused admission, but Major<br />
Fleming, undaunted by the overwhelming support for his opponent,<br />
completed an amazing win by almost 500 points. In one of the earlier<br />
heats he equalled Bert Good&#8217;s amateur record with a break of 153 made<br />
entirely from the red ball.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1909 May</td>
<td>H. L. Fleming</td>
<td>Harry Virr</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1501</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="1910" name="1910"></a></p>
<p>As a compliment to Major Fleming, who came from Scotland, it was<br />
decided that the competition proper for the 1910 Championship should<br />
take place at the Imperial Billiard Rooms, Mitchell Street, Glasgow,<br />
commencing on 28th February.</p>
<p>H. A. O. Lonsdale from Manchester (the winner of the inaugural event<br />
in 1888) and Harry Virr (Bradford) were at this time constant opponents<br />
and rivals, but were also great friends. Lonsdale took the defeat of Virr<br />
very much to heart, and felt so confident of his own ability to defeat<br />
Fleming, that he persuaded his friend not to enter their qualifying<br />
section and &#8220;allow him to bring the Championship back to England&#8221;.</p>
<p>There was quite a good entry which totalled 40 for the various areas.<br />
Three regional groups were set up for the English section in addition to<br />
the Championships of Ireland, Wales and Scotland. In the South of<br />
England Area, Albert Good, a former champion, was compelled to<br />
withdraw owing to the death of his father, but the interest in this area<br />
was nevertheless enhanced by the entry of Mr. E. H. Hinds, who came<br />
from Hong Kong with excellent credentials. These were justified as he<br />
went on to win the Southern Area championship. Lonsdale, in the<br />
absence of Harry Virr, won in the North of England, and they were<br />
joined in the competition proper by C. L. Taylor (West of England), J.<br />
Nugent (Champion of Ireland), R. Blair (Champion of Scotland), and<br />
W. Edgar Thomas (Champion of Wales).</p>
<p>Major Fleming had exercised his right not to play in the qualifying<br />
competition, allowing the others to play-off for the right to meet him.<br />
As he would have been seeded in the opposite side if the draw to<br />
Lonsdale, some thought that this decision was a mistake. Lonsdale<br />
reached the final with the advantage of three matches on the table<br />
before Fleming had struck a ball, and the critics seemed to be justified as<br />
Fleming only began to show good form in the final session, by which<br />
time he was too far behind to affect the result. Thus Lonsdale set the<br />
incredible record of winning the Championship again after a lapse of<br />
almost 22 years!</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Year</td>
<td>Winner</td>
<td>Runner-<br />
up</td>
<td>Score</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1910</td>
<td>H. A. 0. Lonsdale</td>
<td>Major Fleming</td>
<td>2000 &#8211; 1882</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5885</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>World Amateur</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5793</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5793#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2013 20:25:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5793</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[THE FIRST “WORLD AMATEUR CHAMPIONSHIP” The idea of a World Championship for amateur players can be traced back to 1915, when the UK Championship changed its format to allow the entry of recognised champions from Commonwealth counties (which of course represented all the significant billiard playing nations of the world). This was grandly styled as [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>THE FIRST “WORLD AMATEUR CHAMPIONSHIP”</h2>
<div>The idea of a World Championship for amateur players can be traced back to 1915, when the UK Championship changed its format to allow the entry of recognised champions from Commonwealth counties (which of course represented all the significant billiard playing nations of the world). This was grandly styled as &#8220;The Championship of English Billiards&#8221; However, with the strict regulations concerning amateur status requiring that a player met his own travel expenses, it is perhaps not surprising that very few overseas champions made their way to England to take advantage of this opportunity.</div>
<h3>The Foundations</h3>
<p>A separate competition confined exclusively to national champions was first proposed in 1922 by Arthur Walker, president of the South African Billiards Association, but it was not until 1925 that the concept began to take shape. The main problems up to this time had been, a) the cost of travel from countries as far apart as Canada, India, South Africa and Australia; and b) the use of the composition ball in all countries except England, which still used ivory for all championship matches. In 1925, The Billiards Association &amp; Control Council (BA&amp;CC) addressed this latter problem by stipulating that the composition ball would in future be used in all English Championship matches. Even though the majority of amateur players in the United Kingdom were by this time using composition, tradition is a difficult thing to overcome, and this particular change caused deep divisions throughout the game in England. Many of the top players refused to enter the 1926 event in protest, including the reigning Champion, Sidney Fry.</p>
<p>At the same time, the BA&amp;CC decided to allow national associations to meet the travel expenses of competitors without compromising their amateur status, so removing both major obstacles. Under these conditions, the &#8220;Championship of English Billiards&#8221; was discontinued, and a contest to find an English representative was conducted under the title of &#8220;English Amateur Championship&#8221; The first such contest was to be decided in February 1926 and allowed entries only from English and also—somewhat incongruously—Welsh residents. Scotland and Ireland were now obliged to produce their own Amateur Champion and national competitions were organised to this effect.</p>
<h3>The English Championship</h3>
<p>This was an era when the legacy of George Gray, the Australian wonder boy, was engrained into amateur billiards all over the World. There being no restriction on red ball play, all amateurs were basing their game on this scoring technique.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/joeEarlham.jpg"><img title="joeEarlham" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/joeEarlham.jpg" width="155" height="218" /></a></p>
<div>Joe Earlam made a break of 618 at the age of nineteen.</div>
</div>
<p>The standard of play in the United Kingdom, and particularly England at this time, was possibly the highest in the World, but there was no doubt that Australia and New Zealand also had very capable players. The 1925 championship in England had seen the entry of the New Zealand and Australasian Champion J. R. Hooper, who, playing for the first time with the ivory ball, put up a valiant performance and demonstrated that he could well have taken the title had the event been played with more familiar “compositions”. Perhaps encouraged by this performance, the Australian National Champion, George Shailer made application to take part in the 1926 English championship, but with the change in structure of the competition, his entry was refused by the BA&amp;CC.</p>
<p>During the summer of 1925, a 19 year-old player from Cheshire called Joe Earlam had made a break of 506 with ivory balls in practice at the Runcorn Liberal Club. He had also made a break of 618 with composition balls. It was little surprise then, that Earlam took the 1926 English Championship with some ease, after overcoming his only significant rival, Laurie Steeples, in the semi-finals.</p>
<h3>The 1926 Empire Championship</h3>
<p>A meeting of the BA&amp;CC on 16th December 1925, formally ratified that an Amateur Championship of the British Empire would be held, involving the national champions of all eligible countries. The event was to be staged at Thurston&#8217;s in Leicester Square, London, commencing April 1926. All players would meet each other in heats of 2,000 up, involving four sessions played over two days on a single match table. The Champion would be decided on aggregate points over his four matches. Thurston&#8217;s donated a silver trophy and each competitor would receive a gold medal to commemorate his participation. All games were played with &#8220;Crystalate&#8221; composition balls.</p>
<p>Entries were now received and accepted from the following national champions : Joe Earlam (England); Malcolm Smith (Scotland); George Shailer (Australia); Percy Rutledge (South Africa); Tom McCluney (Nth. Ireland)</p>
<p>Earlam was immediately installed as firm favourite. However, a huge controversy was aroused when he publicly declared his intention to turn professional after the event. Voices were raised in the establishment of billiards, insisting that he be disqualified from the competition on these grounds. Despite the protests, Earlam was allowed to compete.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/firstWorldAmateurCompetitor.jpg"><img title="firstWorldAmateurCompetitor" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/firstWorldAmateurCompetitor.jpg" width="321" height="138" /></a></p>
<div>Champions of five countries ( L-R) : P. Rutledge, M. Smith, G. Shailer, J. Earlam, T. McCluney.</div>
</div>
<p>George Shailer was 45 years-old and came with the track-record of having won the championship of Australia five times since 1913. He had been given six months unpaid leave from his job as a police officer and sailed from Sydney on Boxing Day, arriving in England on 6th February 1926, giving himself plenty of time to become acclimatised. There were no great expectations from the other players, with the left-handed Malcolm Smith being regarded as the most likely to upset Earlam and Shailer.</p>
<p>The competition began on Monday 12th April with the heat between Shailer and Smith, in which the Australian demonstrated his class by making a break of 203 in a comfortable victory. Earlam matched this with a break of 205 in his first game, and by the end of the week it already was apparent that the English and Australian champions were in a class of their own. This was fortunate perhaps, as the draw had been arranged so that they would meet in the last heat, and expectations were high that this would provide the decisive climax to the Championship.</p>
<div>First week results:</div>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>G. Shailer<br />
203, 134, 90, 86, 77, 76, 71, 57</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(15.9)</td>
<td>M. Smith<br />
75, 62, 55</td>
<td align="right">1,245</td>
<td>(9.9)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J. Earlam<br />
205, 180, 157, 124, 93, 74, 73, 70, 60, 57, 50</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(20.8)</td>
<td>T. McCluney<br />
144, 52</td>
<td align="right">879</td>
<td>(9.2)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M. Smith<br />
80, 78, 74, 71, 60, 54, 51, 50, 50</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(12.0)</td>
<td>P.W. Rutledge<br />
74, 69, 65, 61, 51, 50</td>
<td align="right">1,801</td>
<td>(10.9)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Earlam completed the second week with a comprehensive victory over the South African Champion who was completely overwhelmed as the young Runcorn player made breaks of 241, 213 and three other centuries to win by 1,242 points. On 21st April, in the second session of his game against Rutledge, Earlam made a sessional average of 83, scoring his required 500 points in six visits to the table. For the full match his average was 35.1 Both of these statistics established new records for an amateur player. His achievements were recognised with a certificate issued by BA&amp;CC.</p>
<div>Second week results:</div>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>M. Smith<br />
120, 117, 106, 94, 89, 84, 76, 66, 59, 58, 56, 52, 52</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(15.0)</td>
<td>T. McCluney<br />
131, 104, 84, 81, 81, 60, 54, 52, 51, 50</td>
<td align="right">1,917</td>
<td>(14.4)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J. Earlam<br />
241, 213, 145, 138, 126, 93, 92, 79, 78, 78, 69, 69, 64, 56, 53, 53</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(35.1)</td>
<td>P.W. Rutledge<br />
64, 59</td>
<td align="right">758</td>
<td>(13.8)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G. Shailer<br />
166, 151, 144, 128, 103, 84, 77, 63, 61</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(16.8)</td>
<td>T. McCluney<br />
70, 66, 64, 64, 62, 55, 53</td>
<td align="right">1,292</td>
<td>(10.9)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>With the favourites both registering comfortable victories, the highlight of the third week&#8217;s play was a break of 184 by Earlam, made against Scottish Champion Malcolm Smith. This could have been much more, but resuming after the interval on 175 unfinished, with just the red ball on the table, he mistakenly picked his opponent&#8217;s ball from the pocket, scoring another 9 points before he was stopped by the referee.</p>
<div>Third week results:</div>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>G. B.<br />
111, 103, 92, 76, 75, 71, 65, 65, 64, 64, 63, 54, 54, 53</td>
<td align="right"></td>
<td></td>
<td>Shailer 2,000<br />
94, 63, 62, 52, 51, 50</td>
<td align="right">15</td>
<td>(.6)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J. Earlam<br />
184, 169, 100, 87, 78, 77, 68, 68, 64, 61, 61, 50</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(21.7)</td>
<td>M. Smith<br />
130, 88, 87, 79, 75, 68, 62, 50</td>
<td align="right">1,324</td>
<td>(14.5)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>P.W. Rutledge<br />
142, 108, 91, 76, 72, 71, 61, 57</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(16.1)</td>
<td>T. McCluney<br />
101, 73, 59, 52, 51, 50</td>
<td align="right">1,529</td>
<td>(12.3)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/thurstonsHall.jpg"><img title="thurstonsHall" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/thurstonsHall.jpg" width="155" height="217" /></a></p>
<div>Thurston&#8217;s match rooms in London, Venue for the Championship.</div>
</div>
<p>As expected, the final heat between Earlam and Shailer, both undefeated to this point, would decide the destination of the championship trophy. The first session of this contest would prove decisive, as everything seemed to go wrong for Shailer. The interval was reached with the Australian trailing 69-500. From there he played an uphill game, and although improving significantly as the match went on, he was never able to redress this initial deficit. In the final session, while Earlam was completing the 500 points he required for victory, Shailer averaged 32.5 over an aggregate of 654 points, making breaks of 107, 129, 145 and 96. By doing this, Shailer had the consolation of setting a new record for the most centuries made in a session of an amateur championship game. Even so, Earlam made a total of six centuries in the match, with a highest break of 282, to claim victory by 606 points on Tuesday 4th May. This gave him an unbeatable aggregate of 8,000 points for the competition, and secured for him a unique place in history of the game.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>Final heat result:</div>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>J. Earlam<br />
282, 181, 138, 138, 112, 109, 80, 75, 74, 73, 64, 59, 53, 51</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(29.4)</td>
<td>G.B. Shailer<br />
145, 132, 129, 107, 96, 89, 61, 56, 53</td>
<td align="right">1,394</td>
<td>(20.8)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>In addition to his gold medal, Shailer received a certificate from the BA&amp;CC in recognition of his record achievement and also an special prize of an inscribed silver teapot, awarded by the Composition Ball Co.</p>
<p>Earlam&#8217;s break of 282 proved to be the highest of the competition and his average of 25.6 for his 8,000 points would have done credit to a good class professional of his time. Earlam, received the Thurston&#8217;s trophy and a replica which became his personal property.</p>
<p>Although the standard of play exhibited both by the winner and runner- up attained a standard of excellence that had never previously been approached in any amateur contest, there was much speculation that this first championship would also be the last. Public patronage had been very disappointing for all matches except those involving Earlam, making it a questionable proposition from the promoters&#8217; point of view. Interviewed on his return to Edinburgh by The Edinburgh Evening News, Malcolm Smith, the Scottish champion, was of the opinion that the Commonwealth champions were unlikely to be enticed to visit England again. &#8220;It is a long and costly journey for these business lads&#8221; he said. Despite this, the BA&amp;CC lost no time in announcing that the competition would be held in London the following year.</p>
<p>However, Joe Earlam would not defend his title. He made good his promise to turn professional and, switching back to ivory balls, made his debut in September 1926. Although he subsequently won the 1930 Junior Professional Championship (open to all professionals under 25 years of age) he never managed to establish himself in the top rank of the professional game, and retired from competitive play in 1931.</p>
<p>Shailer, having returned to Australia, would also not compete in the second Empire Championship, being unexpectedly defeated in an early round of his State championships, and thereby failing to qualify.</p>
<p>So, the stage was set for a new Champion to emerge in 1927. But that is another story &#8230;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>The 1927 World Amateur Championship</h2>
<div>by Peter Ainsworth</div>
<p>The first Championship of the British Empire, which concluded in May 1926 was hailed as a great success with regard to the standard of play, but was nothing short of a disaster in financial terms, with rows of empty seats at Thurston&#8217;s match-room for any game not involving the eventual winner, Joe Earlam. It was confidently predicted that this would be the last we would see of the World Championship for at least several years, and with it&#8217;s lack of patronage, it was unlikely that London would be the venue should the contest be resurrected in the future.</p>
<p>However, shortly after the conclusion of the Championship, Arthur Walker, President of the South African Billiards Association, made his second visit to London. The first had been in 1922, when he presented the concept of a World Amateur Championship to a full meeting of the Billiards Association &amp; Control Council (BA&amp;CC). His eloquent arguments persuaded the council to lay the foundations for the inaugural Championship, which were realised four years later. Now he travelled half-way around the World once more to see John C. Bisset, Chairman of the BA&amp;CC and ensure that his concept of an Amateur Championship did not die.</p>
<p>Shortly after that meeting the BA&amp;CC surprised everyone by announcing that far from shelving the event it would be held again the following year at Burroughes &amp; Watts´ Hall, in London. Additional conditions confirming the continuation of the Championship were also announced. These stated that after this competition, the event would be held every two years in the country of the Holder and a new &#8220;perpetual&#8221; trophy would be made. This trophy was to become the most tangible link with Arthur Walker, as he commissioned it&#8217;s design and manufacture at a personal cost of 100 guineas.</p>
<p>The task was now to find competitors for the Championship, and as predicted, this proved to be difficult for those countries any distance from England. Arthur Walker, who was a great supporter of Amateur ideals and &#8220;a firm believer in the value of billiards as an influence in social life&#8221; immediately pledged that the South African Association would send a representative, but it was a different story from the other remote outposts of the Empire.</p>
<p>In Australia, George Shalier, last year&#8217;s representative, had been eliminated at an early stage of the New South Wales Championship, with Les Hayes becoming the Australian Champion. However, Hayes, a schoolteacher by profession, was unable to obtain a sufficiently long leave of absence and therefore could not take part. It was a similar story in India where their National Champion, R. M. Geyer, could not make the trip due to &#8220;a domestic bereavement.&#8221;</p>
<p>The New Zealand Champion, E. V. Roberts, may well have taken part, but a public subscription failed to raise sufficient funds to finance the journey.</p>
<p>In Ireland, Tom McCluney, who had represented the country last year, had taken a job as manager of a billiard room. This act classified him as professional and ineligible to enter the Irish Amateur Championship.</p>
<p>The Irish Association did not offer a substitute.</p>
<p>The competition was therefore reduced to the National Champions of England, Scotland and South Africa, with contests taking place just before the scheduled start of the Empire Championship to find the names of the players to be involved.</p>
<h3>Rule Change</h3>
<p>In advance of all these National Championships the BA&amp;CC had introduced a important change to the rules of the game which limited consecutive hazards to a maximum of 25. This action had been widely predicted and so came as no surprise. The restriction had first been considered when Australian Professional, George Gray, was displaying the possibilities of red-ball play when he toured England between 1910- 14. His displays were initially hugely popular, but by the end of his visit it was clear that the public would not pay to watch big breaks from the red ball. The professionals therefore, in their own commercial interests, refrained from exploiting the stroke again. However, such commercial considerations did not apply to the Amateur players in England, who readily adopted Gray&#8217;s method of scoring.</p>
<p>The red-ball game was significantly easier to play with composition balls than it was with ivories, due in no small measure to the wider throw of compositions bringing more shots within range. When this medium was introduced for the English Championship of 1926, the best players were only too keen to demonstrate what this difference meant in practical terms. The proliferation of red-ball breaks in the Championship made it apparent to the BA&amp;CC that the game was in danger of stagnating by it&#8217;s overuse. The new rule was therefore the first instance in billiards history where amateur proficiency had directly resulted in the official limitation of a stroke.</p>
<h3>The South African Championship</h3>
<p>The South African Championship was the first to be decided and it came as something of a surprise to observers in England when the news came through that Percy Rutledge, who had represented South Africa in the previous Empire Championship, had lost his title to former South African champion, Allen Prior. Despite being behind for most of their match, Prior finished strongly to regain the title by the narrow margin of 13 points in their match of 600-up.</p>
<h3>The Scottish Championship</h3>
<p>The Scottish Amateur Billiard Association had held out against the introduction of the composition ball when England made the switch in 1926, but this year decided by a narrow majority to discard ivories. The fact that the Empire Championship would be played with Crystalate balls was the deciding factor in this decision. Played at the North British Station Hotel, Edinburgh, there was a record entry of 19 players. From these, Malcolm Smith emerged victorious, taking his third title on 5th March 1927, by defeating W. J. Cairns 2000-1577 in the final.</p>
<h3>English Championship</h3>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/laurieSteeples.jpg"><img title="laurieSteeples" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/laurieSteeples.jpg" width="129" height="218" /></a></p>
<div>Laurie Steeples was favourite to become Empire Champion.</div>
</div>
<p>The new hazard limit was seen as a significant handicap to the best red-ball exponents, but in the absence of the 1926 Champion, Joe Earlam, who had now turned professional, it was another red ball player William McLeod, winner in 1923 and 1924, who was generally regarded as favourite to carry off the English title. However, this prediction proved inaccurate, as McLeod was defeated by Horace Coles in the quarterfinals. Coles, who had been the only entry from the Cardiff qualifying area, went on to contest the final where he was to meet Laurie Steeples. On the way he made a break of 233, which was the highest of the Championship and an Amateur record under the new rules. Laurie Steeples, from Dalton Brook, near Rotherham, had won the UK Boys&#8217; Championship in 1923 and 1924 and having just passed his eighteenth birthday, was playing in only his second English Championship. Even though defeated in 1926, he had shown his potential with a break of 377, which was an Amateur record for red-ball play. Now, in sight of his greatest achievement, Steeples retained his composure to win the final match 3000-2449 on 19th February, becoming the youngest holder of the English Championship.</p>
<p>Wales had traditionally played as a qualifying section of the English Championship, but Horace Coles also held the title of Welsh Amateur Champion at this time, and now his name was put forward as an entry to the Empire Championship as the representative of that Principality. His admission brought the number of contestants to up to four.</p>
<h2>The 1927 British Empire Amateur Championship</h2>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/horaceColes.jpg"><img title="horaceColes" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/horaceColes.jpg" width="128" height="183" /></a></p>
<div>Horace Coles entered as Welsh Amateur Champion.</div>
</div>
<p>Played at the Burroughes Hall, Soho Square, London, the competition was again contested on the &#8220;American&#8221;, or League system. Each match was 2,000-up played in four sessions over two days. The “Crystalate” brand of composition balls was used and the newly introduced 25 hazard limitation was applied.</p>
<p>The first match on the Burroughes &amp; Watts match table commenced on Monday 7th March 1927 and brought into action the South African Champion, Allen Prior, and the Welshman, Horace Coles. Allen Prior had arrived in London on 28th February and was assiduously practising within an hour of his arrival. Modest and unassuming, he gave no clue to his abilities and he was certainly not considered to be in with a chance before the start of the competition. However, this was to change in the very first match when he provided the first upset of the competition by defeating Horace Coles. Prior&#8217;s great height (he was about 6ft 5in) gave him the appearance of having a rather cramped style. He was also a slow, extremely careful player, but a very accurate potter, seldom missing a chance which could be said to be reasonably on. This combination was too much for the Welsh representative who went down to a 467 points defeat.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Allen Prior (South Africa)<br />
133, 101, 92, 88, 84, 81, 80, 72, 71, 56, 54</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(13.98)</td>
<td>Horace Coles (Wales)<br />
77, 72, 68, 61, 58</td>
<td align="right">1,533</td>
<td>(10.72)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Laurie Steeples staked his claim as tournament favourite by making a break of 236 against the Scottish Champion, which established a new Amateur record under the 25-hazard rule. Malcolm Smith was the sole survivor from the inaugural Empire Championship and hung on well to the English Champion, a break of 158 being the highlight of his match. However, the English youth was too strong and won by a margin of 562 points. In this match Steeples also made record averages of 38 and 45 in two of the four sessions</p>
<p>.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Laurie Steeples (England)<br />
236, 180, 138, 103, 99, 79, 78, 77, 61, 58, 50</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(20.40)</td>
<td>Malcolm Smith (Scotland)<br />
158, 61, 60, 56, 52, 51</td>
<td align="right">1,438</td>
<td>(14.67)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>In the third heat, Horace Coles put his earlier defeat behind him to overcome Smith who nevertheless received praise for his tenacity, earning him the sobriquet of &#8220;the plucky wee Scot.&#8221;</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Horace Coles (Wales)<br />
164, 89, 88, 72, 68, 64, 58, 58, 50</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(15.03)</td>
<td>Malcolm Smith (Scotland)<br />
85, 82, 80, 70, 58, 51</td>
<td align="right">1,445</td>
<td>(10.86)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>At the start of the second week of competition, Horace Coles who had been involved in the first upset of the tournament, was now instrumental in providing the second, as he narrowly overcame the challenge of Laurie Steeples. Considering that Steeples had comfortably defeated Coles only a few weeks previously in the English Championship, this loss came as a major surprise.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Horace Coles (Wales)<br />
124, 79, 72, 69, 68, 66, 63, 56, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(11.17)</td>
<td>Laurie Steeples (England)<br />
156, 106, 86, 84, 79, 70, 63, 59, 54, 52, 51</td>
<td align="right">1,943</td>
<td>(10.85)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>During the course of the Coles v. Steeples match, the new Amateur Championship trophy was exhibited for the first time at a luncheon given in honour of the four contestants at Frascati&#8217;s Restaurant, Oxford Street, and it brought forth unqualified admiration. Numerous designs had been submitted by several of the leading firms of silversmiths, but the final selection went to the Goldsmiths &amp; Silversmiths Co, Regent Street which was declared at the time to be &#8220;the finest ever awarded in connection with billiards&#8221;.</p>
<p>Malcolm Smith, looking for his first win in the tournament, again struggled to keep up in his match against Allen Prior. The South African made four century breaks with a best of 184 to hold off the determined Scotsman and win by 384 points.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Allen Prior (South Africa)<br />
184, 116, 110, 101, 73, 72, 69, 58, 57, 56, 55, 54, 51</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(16.00)</td>
<td>Malcolm Smith (Scotland)<br />
90 75, 68, 53, 51</td>
<td align="right">1,616</td>
<td>(12.92)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>A win for Steeples from the final match against Prior would have resulted in a three-way tie and the need for a play-off to decide the Champion. This complication was avoided when Prior produced his best game of the tournament to defeat Steeples, taking the title in convincing fashion on Saturday 19th February. Although Steeples was not in the best of health during the closing stages of the competition, there was a feeling that it was entirely appropriate for the new Championship Trophy to return to South Africa, the home of it&#8217;s donor, Arthur Walker.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Allen Prior (South Africa)<br />
168, 147, 131, 87, 83, 82, 71, 69, 67, 66, 63, 54, 54, 53, 52</td>
<td align="right">2,000</td>
<td>(21.27)</td>
<td>Laurie Steeples (England)<br />
164, 153, 139, 79, 72, 68, 61, 56</td>
<td align="right">1,563</td>
<td>(16.62)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/allenPrior.jpg"><img title="allenPrior" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/allenPrior.jpg" width="170" height="216" /></a></div>
<div>Arthur Walker (left) with the 1927 Empire Champion, Allen Prior.</div>
<p>Horace Coles was runner-up and received an elegant silver rose-bowl which was presented by the Composition Billiard Ball Supply Co; who were manufacturers of the Crystalate ball.</p>
<p>Prior left for South Africa the following week, on Friday 25th March. Two days earlier, he had been entertained to dinner at the Café Royal, with many distinguished guests which included Professional Champion, Tom Newman. A photograph of this dinner party, showing the trophy at the centre of the table, appeared in Friday&#8217;s Daily Mirror. An enterprising newspaper-boy, recognising Prior on Waterloo Railway Station drew his attention to the article and was rewarded by a large number of sales to the Champion and those assembled to bid him farewell.</p>
<p>Two years would pass before the best amateur players would again gather to contest the British Empire Amateur Championship in Johannesburg and for the first time, a World Billiards Championship would be decided outside England.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5793</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Professional Championship</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5790</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5790#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2013 20:24:09 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5790</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Articles and Other Documents : The Professional Championship, 1800-1899 1800 &#8211; 1899 Professional players in the early part of the 19th century tended to be employed as Markers in public billiard rooms or subscription rooms (private clubs). Alternatively, and perhaps more commonly, they would be &#8220;hustlers&#8221; who frequented these rooms looking for money matches with [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div>Articles and Other Documents : The Professional Championship, 1800-1899</div>
<div id="Content">
<h2>1800 &#8211; 1899</h2>
<p>Professional players in the early part of the 19th century tended to be employed as Markers in public billiard rooms or subscription rooms (private clubs). Alternatively, and perhaps more commonly, they would be &#8220;hustlers&#8221; who frequented these rooms looking for money matches with gullible patrons. As a result billiard rooms were generally looked upon as gambling dens and not to be frequented by the better class of person, although there is plenty of evidence that subscription rooms in particular were attended by people of all ranks, including the nobility.</p>
<p>As the only way to make a decent living at billiards was to play money matches, most &#8220;professional&#8221; players tried to disguise their skill rather than display it, so as not to frighten off a prospective victim or to have the handicap of conceding start to a lesser player. Many players would additionally use a pseudonym in order to reduce their exposure to publicity, for to become known as a good player could result in an end to their livelihood. These players have often been recorded in history by these pseudonyms, with their real identity forever a mystery.</p>
<h4>Jack Carr</h4>
<p>The first professional player to achieve universal recognition for his outstanding ability was John Carr. John, generally known as &#8220;Jack&#8221; Carr began life poor if not honest, and as a youth filled the humble capacity of junior &#8220;boots&#8221; in the Grand Pump Room Hotel, Bath then much frequented by the bucks and beau&#8217;s of the period, not to mention the sharps. Going round early one morning to collect boots, Carr heard a heated conversation going on in the apartments of the well-known Mr. Beau Brummell. That celebrated gentleman was then going pretty strongly, it being before he &#8220;took the knock,&#8221; and his argument was with no less a personage than His Royal Highness the Prince Regent. They had just finished playing hazard with Charles James Fox, the great statesman-gambler, and Richard Brinsley Sheridan, and the discussion was on Beau Brummell&#8217;s claim that he would find a marker in Brighton able to beat all the markers in Bath, &#8220;one down the other to come on&#8221;, for 1,000 guineas. Carr heard no more, but this was enough for him to realize the great possibilities of a billiard marker. The following day should have been his day off, but, to the amazement of the hotel marker, he made a voluntary offer to remain in and help in cue-tipping. The following week he even more generously helped to mark the games, and two months later he helped the marker out with his boxes and the day afterwards helped himself to the marker&#8217;s job.</p>
<p>Carr was later employed as a marker for Mr. John Bartley, who was proprietor of the Upper Rooms in Bath. When business was slack Bartley and Carr used to amuse themselves by placing the red ball on the centre spot and attempting to screw into one of the middle pockets without bringing the red into baulk. It should be remembered that with the solid list cushions and course cloth, the table which was much slower than its modern counterpart. In addition, the leather tip for cues had only recently been introduced to England and players were only starting to come to terms with the possibilities it afforded.</p>
<p>For a long time Mr. Bartley was the only person who could achieve this feat and at last he confided to Carr that it was accomplished by striking the cue ball on its side. This well chronicled story is generally regarded as evidence that John Bartley discovered &#8220;side&#8221;. However, articles appearing in 1806 indicate that these effects were known at that time. This was well before the invention of the leather tip when chalk was applied to the plain wooden tip. No doubt the effects achieved by Bartley would have been more dramatic with a good tip, but it would explain why Bartley was so reluctant to make any claim to be the inventor of the effects which Carr would exploit so successfully.</p>
<p>Carr recognised its potential immediately and once the &#8220;secret&#8221; had been revealed to him he proceeded to develop the skill, rapidly overtaking the ability of his instructor. He regularly mystified the patrons of the billiard rooms with the performance of apparently impossible, shots with utmost certainty, time after time. To disguise his technique and maintain his secret, Carr would always aim his cue at the centre of the cue ball, only changing direction at the instant prior to contact.</p>
<p>Seeing an opportunity for easy money, Carr informed the patrons that the stokes could only be accomplished by use of his special twisting chalk, which he would supply as a powder in small pill boxes, for half-a-crown. If this had been the first time chalk was used then perhaps the purchase could be considered a wise investment, but the pill boxes were filled by grinding the sticks of white chalk which were freely available in Mr. Bartley&#8217;s billiard rooms. In fact the use of chalk to prevent miscues had been common knowledge for some time and billiard room proprietors chose to supply sticks of chalk rather than have players grind their cue tips into corners of the ceiling or walls. Mr. E. White, a contemporary of Carr, in referring to the use of un-tipped cues at that time, recommends that the point of the wood should be made rough with a file or &#8220;rubbed over with chalk&#8221;. This single venture of Carr was perhaps the greatest testament to his skill as a salesman and gives an insight into his entrepreneurial flair.</p>
<p>Unfortunately for Carr, in addition to his talent for making money, he had an equal ability to lose it just as readily through an incurable addiction to gambling and in particular to a fondness for a game of &#8220;Hazard&#8221;. After a particularly bad run of luck, Carr decided that a change of scenery would be appropriate and embarked on a trip to Spain. The Spanish game at this time was essentially the same as that played in England with the exception that five wooden pegs were also placed on the table and additional points were scored for knocking these over. Carr&#8217;s business instinct was well founded, as he beat all comers in the Spanish billiard halls. He made a tour of all the principal towns, amazing all who saw his exhibition of the &#8220;side twist&#8221;. However, Spain was even more amply furnished with billiard rooms than England, and although he managed to amass a great sum of money, he lost it as quickly as it was acquired.</p>
<p>He was eventually required to return to England in rather abrupt circumstances arriving in Portsmouth almost penniless. Despite his evident appearance of poverty, a visit to a local billiard room managed to find an opponent from whom he was reputed to have won the sum of £70. Carr proceeded to use some of the money to equip himself in a suit of clothes more befitting a gentleman and returned to the same billiard rooms the next day. His gullible opponent of the previous day was there and not recognising Carr in his new clothes, promptly challenged the stranger to a game, with of course the same result. After the game the gentleman expressed the opinion that he was truly unfortunate to have met two such good players on successive days. Carr then enlightened him of his mistake, thanked him for his money, and bid him good day.</p>
<p>In 1825 news came to England that in Cork there was a player named Jerry Flanagan who had accomplished the unprecedented feat of pocketing the red ball ten times in succession.</p>
<p>Some young bloods brought him to England and on 17th February 1825 Carr was matched to play best of five games, 100 up, against Flanagan who used the pseudonym of &#8220;The Cork Marker&#8221; for 75 guineas at the Four Nations Hotel in the Opera Colonnade, London. Carr won the first three games, 100-92; 100-49 and 100-75 to win the match. In the second of these games he astonished all present by making a run of 22 consecutive spot strokes. The feat was considered exceptional, although the editor of Annals of Sporting and Fancy Gazette which reported the match, makes comment that he had seen Carr previously make a run of 35 consecutive hazards.</p>
<p>&#8220;The &#8216;Cork-Marker&#8217; made good play at starting, the first game being most beautifully contested and eventually won by Carr; his opponent, however, being within eight points of the 100. Certainly Carr was never in finer play; the execution was brilliant, and he made short work of the match, winning the first three games, and rendering further contests on the part of the &#8216;Cork Marker&#8217; needless. The room was crowded by the billiard sporting world, and at the conclusion of the match Captain S-, Carr&#8217;s backer, challenged the metropolitan table, on behalf of his protégé for 100 guineas. In the second game Carr made 22 hazards off the red ball on the spot successively. Twenty-two! Indeed! We have seen him make 35 in succession off the red ball-Annals of Sporting and Fancy Gazette &#8221;</p>
<p>An offer was immediately made by his backers to meet all comers for 100 guineas a side. Carr is regarded by many to have established himself as the first professional champion with this victory. There is no evidence that Carr was universally superior to all other players, apart from the willingness of his backers to support him. But perhaps this in itself is enough to justify the claim.</p>
<p><a name="1825"></a></p>
<h4>Edwin &#8220;Jonathan&#8221; Kentfield</h4>
<p>However, Carr&#8217;s tenure of the &#8220;championship title&#8221; did not last very long. Shortly after he issued his challenge in 1825, it was accepted by Edwin &#8220;Jonathan&#8221; Kentfield. But Carr was fêted and treated altogether too kindly and on the eve of a match against Kentfield, he died. In the absence of any other challengers, Kentfield assumed the title of Champion which he would retain unchallenged for almost 24 years.</p>
<p>[It is known that Kentfield had played at least one game against Carr previously at Brighton, defeating him 100-99, as this is mentioned, without further context, in Mardon's book "Billiards" published in 1844]</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/kentfieldc1835.jpg"><img title="kentfieldc1835" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/kentfieldc1835.jpg" width="180" height="218" /></a></p>
<div>Edwin Kentfield</div>
</div>
<p>Edwin Kentfield, better known as Jonathan, was born in Yorkshire although he spent most of his playing career in Brighton. He was a man of refined taste, very fond of gardening and other country pursuits. Generally not the type of person that would be expected to frequent the confines of a billiard room.</p>
<p>During his time as Champion, Kentfield was proprietor of Subscription Rooms in Manchester Street, Brighton and spent a great deal of his time developing ideas for improving the equipment and tables used for billiards. In this he was supported by John Thurston who operated his own firm of cabinet makers who had switched to the exclusive manufacture of billiard room furniture in 1814. Indeed, this appears to have been Kentfield&#8217;s main contribution to the game, as his record as a player, barely merits his retention of the Championship title for so long. However, John Thurston had a high regard for Kentfield&#8217;s advice which he turned to great commercial advantage, developing his company into the leading English manufacturer of billiard tables and accessories. The association of Kentfield and Thurston was very important to the improvement of playing conditions over the following years and Kentfield&#8217;s subscription rooms were always equipped with the latest innovations.</p>
<p>[Mardon suggests that Kentfield's Room had only one table]</p>
<p>Kentfield was adept at the spot stroke, but did not generally approve of its use or consider it to be true billiards. His preference was the in-off game played at gentle strength. To restrict the spot stroke he developed a table with Thurston which had very small pocket openings and it was on this table that Kentfield always practised. One of the patrons of his Subscription Rooms described it as follows &#8220;The table is extremely difficult. It is perhaps the fastest in England and has pockets of the smallest dimensions. The spot for the red ball is barely 12&#8243; from the cushion, the baulk circle only 18&#8243; in diameter and the baulk line only 22&#8243; from the bottom cushion&#8221;.</p>
<p>It is difficult to gauge the ability of Kentfield compared to the Champions who succeeded him, as the equipment and playing conditions, even in Kentfield&#8217;s &#8220;state of the art&#8221; billiard rooms, were much inferior to those found later in the century. Games also tended to be of much shorter duration, commonly being no more than 24 up. This gave little scope for Kentfield to demonstrate his ability to compile large breaks, although it is recorded that he would regularly complete a game of 24 up at a single visit.</p>
<p>But if conditions were bad for Kentfield they must have been many times worse in most public rooms at the time, where a game of 24 up would have been considered a true test of a player&#8217;s skill. There is however a record of Kentfield having made a break of 196 and a run of 57 &#8220;spots&#8221;, but it can safely be assumed that these breaks were not made on his special table with the 31/4&#8243; pockets, and additionally, there is no record of him having played against any significant opponents.</p>
<p>Regardless of any comparison of his ability to later players, there is no doubt that he was held in the greatest respect during the period of his &#8220;reign&#8221; as champion. During this time he helped to introduce the slate bed, rubber cushions, finer bed-cloth, and an increase in the size of balls from 1 7/8&#8243; to 2&#8243;. All of which were sure to have appeared in his Rooms in the 1830&#8242;s.</p>
<p><a name="1849"></a></p>
<h4>John Roberts Senior</h4>
<p>While Kentfield was consolidating his position as Champion in Brighton, a young Lancashire player called John Roberts began to make a name for himself.</p>
<p>Born in Manchester he spent some time in Oldham, then while still in his teens he moved to Glasgow around 1844 and it was here that the first stories arose of his big-money matches. He narrowly lost a match against professional player John Fleming, who was also a well known billiard table maker from Edinburgh. The match was 500 up for £100, which was a very substantial sum in those days. With the scores at 485 all, Fleming fluked a six shot after missing the cannon he actually tried for, and subsequently ran to game.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/johnRobertsSnr1866.jpg"><img title="johnRobertsSnr1866" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/johnRobertsSnr1866.jpg" width="200" height="259" /></a></p>
<div>John Roberts Senior</div>
</div>
<p>In 1845 John Roberts moved to Manchester where he became Marker of the Billiard Room at the Union Club, where he stayed for the next seven years. It was here that he was taught the &#8220;spot stroke&#8221; by Mr. Lee Birch who was regarded as one of the best amateurs of his day, and who had seen the stroke played in London during a visit to the capital. Roberts realised that an enormous advantage could be gained by any player who could master it and devoted many hours of practice exclusively to this stroke. It was to be Roberts skill with the &#8220;spot stroke&#8221; which would raise his game above all other professionals at that time.</p>
<p>Continuing with his money matches, Roberts defeated Tom Broughton in a match of 500 up for £100 in Broughton&#8217;s home town of Leeds. Although a second encounter had been arranged for a venue in Huddersfield, Broughton preferred to forfeit his guarantee of £10 rather than risk so large a sum again.</p>
<p>Kentfield&#8217;s long and tranquil reign ended in 1849 when Roberts arrived at his Subscription Rooms from Manchester with £100 note and the intention to test himself against the best player in England.</p>
<p>Roberts own account of events, given in his book published 20 years after this meeting, was as follows &#8220;I remember perfectly my first meeting with Kentfield. It was in the beginning of 1849 at Brighton where I went on purpose to see him play. On entering his rooms I met John Pook, who was at that time the manager. After sending up my name, Kentfield came in and inquired my business. I told him that I was admitted to be the finest player in Lancashire, whence I had come to find out if he could show me anything. He inquired if I wanted a lesson. I told him I did not and asked him how many in 100 would be a fair allowance from a player on his own table to a stranger, provided they were of equal skill. He replied 15. I told him 20 would be nearer the mark, but I was content to try at evens. He said &#8216;if you play me it must be for some money&#8217; on which I pulled out a £100 note and told him I would play ten games of 100 up for £10 a game. He laughed and said I was rather hasty and eventually we knocked the balls about and then commenced a friendly 100 up on level terms. He had the best of the breaks and won by 40.</p>
<p>In the second game I pulled off a few North Country shots and won by 30, but he secured the third. Then he put down his cue and asked if I was satisfied he could beat me. I said &#8216;No, on the contrary, if you can&#8217;t play better than this I can give you 20 in 100 easily.&#8217; He replied &#8216;Well, if you want to play me you must put down a good stake.&#8217; I asked how much and he answered £1,000. I said &#8216;do you mean £1,000 a side ?&#8217; Upon which he told me he thought I was a straightforward fellow and he would see what could be done. He then sent Pook back to me and I explained to him how things stood. He replied &#8216;You may as well go back to Lancashire, you won&#8217;t get a match on with the Governor&#8217;. I tried afterwards to arrange terms but he never would meet me.&#8221;</p>
<p>Although it may appear bold for Roberts to express his superiority having lost two games in three, it is likely that the match had been played on Kentfield&#8217;s &#8220;special&#8221; table with 31/4&#8243; pockets and Roberts&#8217; opinions were based on his chances playing on an &#8220;ordinary&#8221; table. In the event, Roberts&#8217; challenge was never met by Kentfield who had been undisputed champion for almost 30 years. He obviously felt that he had much to lose from the challenge and preferred to be known as the &#8220;Retired Champion&#8221;. So in 1849 John Roberts assumed the title of Professional Champion and began a dynasty which would reach into the following century.</p>
<p>At this time it was doubtful that the title of Champion would have provided Roberts with any significant financial advantages as he would have found it difficult to obtain matches for money and anyone he did meet would have expected to receive a sizeable start. Probably as a means to capitalise on his title, Roberts promoted a series of exhibition matches with other leading players. This also had the effect of increasing the popularity of the game as such events were practically unknown before his initiative.</p>
<h4>William Cook</h4>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/williamCook1883.jpg"><img title="williamCook1883" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/williamCook1883.jpg" width="200" height="235" /></a></p>
<div>William Cook was one of a group of young players who were coming to the fore at the end of the 1860s. He was for some time a pupil of John Roberts and during December 1868 was taken on a tour of the Lancashire area with Roberts and his son, playing a series of exhibition matches. It was around this time that Cook developed a friendship and intense rivalry with the son of the Champion, John Roberts Jnr; which was to last throughout their playing careers.</div>
</div>
<p>Within 12 months Cook had improved to such an extent that he scarcely play two games of 1,000 up without making a break in excess of 300. As a result, his challenge for the title in the Autumn of 1869 became inevitable. Roberts took some time in responding to the challenge and it was known that some of his friends tried to convince him that he had nothing to gain from the match and should retire undefeated.</p>
<p>As Roberts contemplated his response, Cook continued to demonstrate exceptional form. On 26th October 1869 he increased the record break with 361 (112 spots) against John Roberts Jnr at Manchester. In another match against Roberts while in Manchester he made breaks of 329; 243 (78 spots) and 311 (99 spots). At this time Cook was playing so much better than the younger Roberts that he would beat him three games out of four.</p>
<p>To complete the year Cook extended his record break to 394 (112 spots) in a match against John Roberts Jnr at the Maypole Hotel in Nottingham on 28th December 1869.</p>
<p><a name="1870feb"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (February 1870) &#8211; First Contest</h4>
<p>Eventually Roberts agreed to meet Cook for the championship in a match of 1,200 up for a £100 a side, at the St. James Hall, Regent Street. The date set was 11th February 1870.</p>
<p>As Kentfield and Roberts had held the title for almost 50 years between them without ever playing a Championship match, there was great public interest in the announcement. At this time there was no governing body for billiards and several variations to the rules existed between billiard rooms around the country. It was therefore agreed that a committee would be established to draw up a set of rules specifically for the championship. This committee was selected from those deemed most likely to compete for the title and representatives from the three leading billiard table manufacturers Cox &amp; Yemen, Burroughes &amp; Watts and Thurston&#8217;s. John Roberts (Champion) took the chair of this committee, the other players being William Cook, Joseph Bennett, John Bennett, and Tom Morris. It was agreed that the table manufacturers would provide the championship trophy and take turns to supply the match table. The committee met at Bennett&#8217;s Rooms to draw up articles for the championship and Alfred Bowles &amp; William Dufton were given the task of making preliminary arrangements for the match.</p>
<p>However, Roberts was well aware that the young Cook (he was still only 20 years of age) was currently the best player of the &#8220;spot stroke&#8221; in the country and to reduce this advantage it was arranged to play on a modified table. Roberts convinced the committee that the truest test of a champion would be a table which required the greatest accuracy in the playing of hazards. Drawing on his experience with the special table developed by Jonathan Kentfield for this very purpose, he proposed that a virtual replica was constructed by Thurston&#8217;s for the match. A model was set up for the players to try. Cook made a sequence of 30 spots and gave his approval for the design. However the cut of the pockets was again changed before the match with the result that the spot stroke became virtually impossible. The pockets of this &#8220;Championship Table&#8221; were 3&#8243; wide instead of the then normal 3 5/8&#8243; and the Billiard Spot would be nearer the top cushion (121/2&#8243; instead of 131/4&#8243;) designed to limit Cook&#8217;s superiority. The baulk-line was set at 28&#8243; from the bottom cushion and the radius reduced by 11/2&#8243; to 10&#8243;. Despite his input to the committee decisions, young Cook evidently did not fully appreciate that the smaller pockets would handicap him to a greater extent than his opponent who did not rely so heavily on this specialist stroke. Conditions were also laid down that the winner must respond to future challenges within two months and any player who held the championship for a continuous period of 5 years would retain the trophy.</p>
<p>Although he was champion, Roberts was not favourite for the match. Cook&#8217;s brilliant play in recent months had encouraged the gambling fraternity to back Cook regardless of the type of table to be used. &#8220;Bells Life of London&#8221; reported &#8220;Many considered the result a foregone conclusion for Cook, nevertheless it began at the outset to excite the most lively interest. When the match was announced the odds laid on Cook were 5-2; but after Roberts had subsequently defeated Joseph Bennett at the Prince of Wales Club, with the spot stroke barred, the price fell to 9-4 and 6-4 was accepted in some quarters at the beginning of the week in consequence of Cook having come off second best in more than one of his late exhibition matches.</p>
<p>So brisk was the demand for tickets, of which 500 were initially issued at £1 each, that the players were obliged to engage the larger room at St. James&#8217; Hall. They were thus able to accommodate another 300 and yet from the commencement of the week no tickets were available from advertised sources and enterprising speculators, who bought up two or three dozen with a view of making a quick profit, were able to command exorbitant prices. In fact it no sooner emerged that the Prince of Wales (later King Edward VII) would witness the match than the tickets, even the back seats, rose immediately in value and seats in the front row were being offered at £5 each.</p>
<p>From 7 o&#8217;clock the hall began to fill and soon every seat was occupied with some spectators in the farther seats coming equipped with opera glasses. It was estimated that over 1,000 people had crammed into 800 seat venue. Extraordinary precautions were in place with the entrance to the grand hall being barricaded and police stationed at all the pay stations. The table was in the centre of the vast hall with a cordon of scarlet rope about three yards all around. In one corner was placed a chair which would be the official post for the referee. Interestingly, the referee for this match was Joseph Bennett who would himself become Champion later that same year. Outside the rope the tiers of benches began sloping up to the galleries and constructed to reach up and beyond the ordinary balconies.</p>
<p>The spectators included representatives of all the leading sports with a significant number of bookmakers and general racing fraternity having secured positions immediately surrounding the table. A private box had been allocated to the Prince of Wales at the left hand corner of the chief balcony.</p>
<p>It was common practice in those days for bets to be shouted across the room with odds given and wagers taken not only on the outcome of the match, but often on the result of individual strokes. Indeed, it was by no means unusual to stop an important money match to enable all the bets to be recorded to the satisfaction of the spectators.</p>
<p>Shortly after 8 o&#8217;clock the spectators began to grow impatient and calls for a start to the match resulted in the appearance of William Dufton who informed the assembly that the players were only waiting for order and they would make their appearance. He was followed by an official who proceeded to weigh the balls. He managed to keep the crowd quiet as he cleverly managed to spin out this operation for a full ten minutes. However the fascination of watching the perfectly balanced scales raised and lowered eventually gave way to impatience once more and the noise from the hall became louder than ever.</p>
<p>When the players eventually made their appearance at 8.15 pm they were received with enthusiastic cheering. Although both were dressed in black and were without jackets, the portly figure of Roberts&#8217; contrasted very much with Cook whose extreme youth surprised those who had not previously seen him play. Roberts, as usual, was wearing his wide brimmed felt hat.</p>
<p>William Dufton then commenced a brief address in which he announced an interval of a quarter of an hour at the completion of the sixth hundred and gave the assembly some advice on the best means of regaining their seats should they have cause to vacate them. This latter remark caused some unintentional amusement, as with over 200 people standing it was clear to all those present that the chance of regaining a vacated seat would be practically nil.</p>
<p>With at least two thirds of the company smoking, the atmosphere soon became painfully close and oppressive, but with perfect order having been attained with some difficulty, the match started at 8.27 pm.</p>
<p>Shortly after the start the Prince of Wales and his party arrived so quietly that for some time their appearance was unnoticed. The only ladies present were the wives of Cook and Joseph Bennett who were accompanied by several female friends. The young Cook more than once looked up and smiled in confidence at his partner.</p>
<p>The tight pockets of the match table quickly made their effect on the game with both players testing this handicap by attempting reds from the spot. When Cook first gained spot position he was greeted with a round of applause, but he could not fulfill the expectations of his supporters, making only five in succession before breaking down. The Prince of Wales watched this with the greatest interest and there was a general feeling of disappointment when the break came to an end. The red ball needed to be played with the greatest of care or it did not go in. In addition, possibly due to the change in the position of the spot, when the red was made, position for the next stroke was invariably lost. As a result, early play was very close with several small breaks from both players.</p>
<p>Cook&#8217;s bearing during the play was reserved and modest, while Roberts performed in his usual jaunty fashion, constantly offering to back himself. Roberts paused early in the match to hand £10 up to Mr. Steel who was seated several rows from the front and had offered Roberts £20-£10. Shortly afterwards one of Cook&#8217;s supporters placed £200 to £100 on his man and Steel not relishing this bet too much attempted to lay it off in smaller amounts.</p>
<p>The players were level at about 450 when Roberts got in. With Cook&#8217;s ball and the red almost touching, he quietly dribbled them down the table making six or seven very pretty cannons in succession. He followed this with a regular &#8216;gallery&#8217; stroke, potting the red at tremendous pace, the cue ball striking several cushions before making the cannon. This shot fairly brought the house down for the first time in the match.</p>
<p>The interval was taken at 10.45 pm with Cook holding the advantage 625 -521. During the interval £100-£40 was offered on Cook, but found no takers. It was generally considered that to this point Roberts had played in too off-hand a manner, giving way to a number of indiscreet shots and showing too little respect for his opponent.</p>
<p>With the resumption of play at 11.20pm, they moved along evenly until Cook was 701 to Roberts&#8217; 593. Directly afterwards, Cook with a series of strokes (some of them the most delicate strength) produced a break of 80 points. At the conclusion of this magnificent performance the clapping of hands lasted for two or three minutes, the Prince of Wales joining heartily in the demonstration.</p>
<p>The jaunty air which many though affected Roberts in the early stage of the play had quite disappeared and he now strained every nerve to catch his youthful opponent. With such steadiness did Roberts now play that in spite of a dashing 63 from his opponent, he immediately responded with a break of 62, his best in the match. At 12.50 am the game stood 1,016-899 to Cook, but at this point Roberts turned the game which had run in favour of Cook until this point. He put together breaks of 39, 31 and 41 to take the lead at 1,041-1,037. The excitement at this point knew no bounds, the company being scarcely diminished in numbers and each stroke was loudly applauded, with the betting reduced to 5-4 and evens. Still Cook&#8217;s nerve did not fail and while Roberts contributed 7 and played for safety the youngster made 26 and 31 to take a crucial lead 1,132-1,083. Then, starting with a fluke cannon Cook put together an unfinished break of 68, the winning stroke being a losing hazard off the red into the middle pocket.</p>
<p>So it was that at 1.38am and amidst great jubilation from his many supporters, William Cook was proclaimed the billiard champion of England by margin of 117 points. Roberts was bitterly disappointed at his defeat but recovered himself after a little while, receiving much support from his friends who crowded around him to offer their consolations. The Prince of Wales meanwhile, had retired at midnight having expressed the opinion that he would have preferred to see the larger breaks which could be achieved on &#8220;ordinary tables&#8221;</p>
<p>Cook was awarded with the new championship trophy which had been purchased at the cost of £120. Half a dozen gold enamelled Maltese crosses, at a cost of £5 each were also manufactured, one of which will be given to every holder of the Championship.</p>
<p>Roberts&#8217; son, who also attended the match, had these comments about his fathers defeat &#8220;In vain his friends put before him the value of retiring with an unbeaten record. He knew as well as anyone what Cook&#8217;s abilities were and could not disguise from himself that it was by no means an easy task. The offer made by Lord Dudley, while the match was in progress, to give my father £1,000 in the event of him winning, rather upset his play for a time and I have little doubt that it defeated its own object by making him too anxious to win. If my father had won this match he would probably have retired. If he had not done so he would only have been putting off the evil day as he must have been defeated within a very short time. After the match he had the intention of trying to regain his title, but his play got worse and with Cook and myself improving daily, he soon saw it would be useless to make the attempt. Had he taken the advice of his friends and retired without playing Cook, he would now, doubtless, be quoted by competent authorities as the greatest billiard player of any time.&#8221;</p>
<p>The loss of the Championship marked the effective end of John Roberts career. Although he still played in public for several years and recorded the occasional success, he eventually faded from the scene as he was overtaken by the new wave of younger players.</p>
<p><a name="1870apr"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (April 1870)</h4>
<p>Cook was immediately challenged by Roberts Jnr to a match for the Championship with a friend in the North of England promising to put up the required £100 stake. After an initial scare that his backer would not be able to come up with the money, the match was eventually arranged for 14th April 1870, again at the St. James&#8217; Hall. It was played under the same conditions as the first championship except that the match was reduced to 1,000 up in an attempt to avoid another late finish.</p>
<p>The game was in its early stages when an unusual incident occurred. Roberts was into a break of 22 with the scores standing at 123-122 in his favour when he played for a cannon by gentle strength off the top cushion. Cook thinking that his opponent had not scored walked up to the table. Roberts claimed a cannon and Cook appealed to the referee who asked the marker, who had also been unsighted. As Roberts was standing in front of the referee during the shot it was impossible for him to decide without an appeal to the spectators sitting at the spot end. To this end Cook, urged by some of his supporters, refused to agree, arguing that the game should be restarted or the whole audience questioned on the point. Roberts, who declared that he had scored, refused to do this and the referee proposed a toss of a coin to resolve the matter. The players agreed and Cook winning, followed on with the balls in the position which they were left. Evidently with the intention of gaining nothing from this advantage, he played the balls for safety, which was greatly appreciated by the audience who gave him tremendous applause. The Sportsman Newspaper subsequently took a poll of several impartial witnesses, sitting in the best position for seeing the stroke and they unanimously declared that Roberts had made the cannon.</p>
<p>With the game standing at 714-299 to Roberts, Cook improved his position with a break of 22 but according to the Sportsman Newspaper he &#8220;continued to be unfortunate. Either the white found a pocket or one of the balls remained in baulk.&#8221; Roberts seeing how things were going took a bet of £100 to £10 from a spectator that he would win by 500 points. But Cook soon after this ran up a break of 53 and Roberts lost his wager. However, Cook manage to score just 522 before Roberts reached game. Exclusive of the interval and the time occupied by the dispute, the match lasted just 3 hours and four minutes. Speaking of Cook the Sportsman said &#8220;At the outset he looked haggard as if travelling and too much play had done him no good. When the pinch came and his physical powers were called on, he gave way altogether and only made 100 while Roberts was making 250.&#8221;</p>
<p><a name="1870may"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (May 1870)</h4>
<p>Immediately after his victory, Roberts was challenged by Alfred Bowles and the match took place on 30th May 1870. There was always some doubt as to the ability of Bowles who was generally considered to be 300 in 1,000 inferior to the elder Roberts. The strength of his game was in cannon play and it was probably the small size of the pockets on the championship table which lead him to think he had a chance of winning the match. St. James&#8217;s Hall was again the venue, but this time the smaller of the two halls was used. The lack of public interest reflecting anticipation of an easy victory for Roberts. At the outset the betting was 10-1 on the Champion and before the score had reach 300 one spectator unable to secure a bet, offered 20-1 against Bowles, which was immediately taken by Roberts! The match was a pedestrian affair with Roberts taking an early lead and never loosing it. Although the cannon play of Bowles drew much applause, his hazard play was poor and although he improved somewhat after the interval, Roberts seems to loose interest in the contest and in winning by a comfortable margin of 246 points, he did not produce anywhere near his best form. This was reflected in the time taken to complete the match which lasted 4 hours 45 minutes. The best breaks were 57 for Roberts and 47 for Bowles. After this match Bowles seemed to accept that he could not win the championship, for he never challenged again.</p>
<p><a name="1870nov"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (November 1870)</h4>
<p>Roberts was challenged for the title again in 1870. This time by Joseph Bennett and the match was played at St. James&#8217;s Hall on 28th November 1870. Prior to his championship challenge, Joseph Bennett had played in a series of matches at the Palais Royal and the standard of play he exhibited gave his backers increased confidence and moreover he showed greater facility at spot stroke striking than he had ever previously shown.</p>
<p>The match was played on a table built for the occasion by Cox &amp; Yemen of Brompton Road which as described as &#8220;a beautiful specimen of their handicraft&#8221; William Cook officiated as referee and the marker was C. Stanton.</p>
<p>There appeared to be almost as much interest in this match as the first championship between Roberts snr; and William Cook. During the progress of play there was much excitement and an immense amount of money was wagered at all sorts of prices. For some time prior to the match Roberts had been favourite at odds of 5-4, but fine form displayed by Bennett, who had been playing with Cook the previous week on a championship tables at his own rooms, caused him to have many supporters.</p>
<p>Although play was scheduled for a 7.30 pm start, the crowded state of the hall delayed the start until just before 8.00 pm. Play progressed slowly but at the interval Bennett had gradually forged ahead and offers of 7-4 against Roberts found few takers. With the scores standing 718-553 to Bennett, the balls which had broken badly for Roberts throughout the evening, now lay more favourably, and pulling himself together he gradually reduced the gap with his opponent. The supporters of the champion were now in ecstasies and so well set did Roberts appear, that it seemed he would snatch the match out of the fire. But Bennett played coolly and with small breaks reached his ninth hundred 136 points ahead of Roberts. With neither player making any significant contributions from this point, Bennett held his lead eventually winning by 95 points. Major Broadfoot observed that &#8220;Bennett with repeated safety misses and double baulks, fairly wore down his opponent.&#8221;</p>
<p>After the match Roberts considered that Bennett&#8217;s victory was very much in the nature of a fluke and was more due to him having become careless in his play which had deteriorated due to keeping late hours and not taking care of himself generally, than due to the excellence of Bennett&#8217;s game. He said that &#8220;the strength of Bennett&#8217;s game lay in his losing hazard play and though he played what may be described as a splendid mathematical game, he ought not to be classed with those players who have the resource to make a game for themselves when they get into difficulty.&#8221; Bennett always regard this win as his greatest achievement and in later life he took out a standing advertisement in the &#8220;Sportsman&#8221; newspaper which proclaimed him as &#8220;The only man living who beat John Roberts for the Championship&#8221;</p>
<p>So it was that after 50 years without a match for the championship, 1870 saw four such contests which produced three different champions.</p>
<p><a name="1871jan"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (January 1871)</h4>
<p>Roberts lost no time in challenging Bennett for the championship and the match was once more held at St. James&#8217;s Hall on 30th January 1871. Roberts was supremely confident that he would reverse the result of the previous match and this was reflected by the pre-match betting which had him a 6-4 favourite.</p>
<p>The table on this occasion was provided by Burroughes &amp; Watts. Bells Life says &#8220;It is one of the most elegant tables we ever saw, treated in decorative gothic manufacture of handsome walnut wood, suitably relieved by ornaments and friezes of light oak, elaborately carved forming a very pleasant combination. The bases of the legs are of walnut, surmounted with richly cut walnut columns and oak niches in which are carved lions supporting shields. The panels are alike varied and full of detail. One of Burroughes &amp; Watts improved illuminated marking boards was used on this occasion. The marker was Mr. C. Stanton.</p>
<p>Bells Life reports the match &#8220;The room was very full but not so uncomfortably crowded as on their previous meeting. A great deal of speculation took place on the event, Bennett having many supporters at even money. Notwithstanding that, Roberts had been playing with Cook in Manchester on one of Messrs Orme&#8217;s championship tables and had made break of 91 which was the largest break hitherto attained with the small pockets. Bennett who has been unwell for some time, was not up to his usual play, the dash and exquisite manipulation of Roberts almost put him in the shade.&#8221;</p>
<p>It was realised shortly after the start that no referee had been appointed and a foul stroke claimed by Roberts was waived in his opponents favour under the circumstances. A well known amateur player was appointed to the office and no further incident occurred to mar the progress of play.</p>
<p>At one point in the match Bennett had his cue knocked out of his hand by a passing waiter just as he was about to make a stroke. Some of Bennett&#8217;s backers subsequently asserted that this was done intentionally although it was more probably the result of carelessness.</p>
<p>During to progress of the game Bennett complained that he was playing with a lighter ball than that used by Roberts and it is to be regretted that it was not discovered before the game commenced. Ivory is such a difficult material to deal with that it is almost impossible to avoid such problems. When the balls came to be weighed during the interval, Bennett&#8217;s conjecture was found to be correct, there being a discrepancy of 240th part of an ounce. This however, was not considered sufficient to cause a change of balls and the game continued with the original set.</p>
<p>With Bennett trailing 262-173 Bell&#8217;s Life report &#8220;Roberts whose luck had deserted him for some little time the placed 55 to his account followed by 24 and 26 and presently 33, reaching 401 while Bennett had only gone as far as 199, and offers of £50 to £10 found very few takers.&#8221; The game progressed with Roberts gradually drawing further away from Bennett, eventually completing the win 1,000-637 in the relatively fast time of three hours twenty two minutes.</p>
<p><a name="1871may"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (May 1871)</h4>
<p>It was largely because of the recent poor results by Roberts that Cook started clear favourite when the two met for the championship on 25th May 1871. The venue was again St. James Hall and the match was 1,000 up. The Referee was John Bennett and the marker Mr. T. Hubble.</p>
<p>At the interval Cook was 150 points ahead, but Roberts passed him in the 620&#8242;s and the scores remained close thereafter. As with their earlier championship match, there was once again a dispute over a cannon made by Roberts. The referee being unable to decide put the matter to a show of hands from the audience, which resolved the matter in Roberts favour. With the game called at 925-921 to Cook, Roberts took the advantage by establishing a lead of 985-965. At this point he was faced with what seemed to be an easy screw cannon which would leave the balls together and winning a virtual certainty, but he missed the shot and left the balls in perfect position for Cook. This was considered all the more incredible because this type of shot was seen as one of Roberts&#8217; greatest strengths. Amidst scenes of great excitement and encouragement from the capacity audience, Cook proved equal to the occasion and scored the necessary 36 points to land the championship by only 15 points.</p>
<p>The period between 1871-1875 was undoubtedly the zenith of Cook&#8217;s career, when he could defeat all comers on any type of table. The strongest part of his game was undoubtedly his delicacy of touch. He was not attracted by the forcing hazards played at &#8220;railroad speed&#8221; so appreciated by audiences. More than any other player at that time, he seemed to realise the rewards of gently nursing the balls and bringing them together, which he could achieve time after time, with perfect strength.</p>
<p><a name="1871nov"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (November 1871)</h4>
<p>Cook next defended the championship against Joseph Bennett at the St. James&#8217; Hall, Regent Street, on 21st November 1871. It was on the same day that Cook&#8217;s wife gave birth to their first son. Attendance was greater than at any championship match apart from the first, when Cook had played Roberts Sen. Large placards had been posted around the building announcing that no betting was to take place. Consequently the traditional shouting of bets across the room was absent. In a slow match, the scores remained close</p>
<p>for much of the game, but towards the end Cook forged what seemed to be a conclusive lead of 919-839.</p>
<p>Bennett, whose game had been deteriorating to this point, then rallied and amongst much excitement made a break of 93, which was the highest seen in the Championship to that date. However, Cook replied with a 40 to retake the lead and with an unfinished break of 38, took the championship be a margin of 58 points.</p>
<p><a name="1872mar"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (March 1872)</h4>
<p>On 4th March 1872, Cook played Roberts once more for the Championship. The match again took place at St. James&#8217; Hall, Regent Street and drew a particularly large attendance. John Bennett was the referee and the marker Mr. W. Hunt of Southsea.</p>
<p>Roberts recalls he was &#8220;dead out of form on that occasion, while Cook was in very good trim.&#8221; Roberts best break was 47, but Cook made the first ever Championship century with a break of 116. When this break stood at 84 Cook brought the balls together near the left hand top pocket and played a sequence of twelve nursery cannons, finishing with an eight shot and a double baulk. When the interval was called at 9.35pm, Cook was leading 501-385. Cook maintained his lead to the end, winning by 201 points. The effect of the championship table on the use of the spot stroke may be gauged by the fact that Cook in winning this match made only one spot hazard!</p>
<p><a name="1874"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (February 1874)</h4>
<p>On 24th February 1874 Cook again played Roberts for the Championship, at St. James&#8217; Hall, the pair having been regular adversaries in exhibition matches since the time of the previous contest. The referee was Mr. T. Cook who spotted the balls in addition to officiating and the marker was Mr. D. Ingarfield. At the very start of proceedings Cook made a break of 121, commencing with a difficult cannon and breaking down with an attempted screw back into baulk for another cannon. He gained spot position twice during the break, but only attempted to hold the position for two or three shots on each occasion. This break set a new record on a championship table. Amidst great applause Cook then went further ahead with breaks of 82 and 40, the scores being called at 244-18 in favour of Cook. Although Roberts responded with some fine play which was loudly applauded by his supporters, by the interval Cook held a 537-397 lead. Cook had the best of the running after the interval and completed his victory by 216 points, just before 11.00pm.</p>
<p><a name="1875may"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (May 1875)</h4>
<p>The next challenge to Cook&#8217;s championship occurred on 24th May 1875 and was again made by Roberts. On this occasion the match was played at the Criterion and was as usual 1,000 up, the referee being Harry Evans and the marker D. Ingarfield. Obviously impressed with the arrangements, one journalist reported that the seats for spectators were covered with cushions &#8220;for the first time in recollection&#8221;.</p>
<p>Roberts started the match well, taking an early lead and at the interval the score stood at 518-375 in his favour. At this point bets were laid of 7-4 on Roberts, although the takers would soon experience some worrying moments. After the interval Cook opened up with a 52, but Roberts immediately responded with 42. Cook&#8217;s cannon play then came to prominence and with several beaks in the 30&#8242;s and 40&#8242;s he took the lead for the first time. There was tremendous cheering from Cook&#8217;s supporters when the score was announced at 582-596. However, Cook was having difficulty in containing Roberts who was performing some excellent hazard play and was trailing 844-811 when breaks of 30, 39 and 40 took Roberts well clear. Cook was unable to close the gap on this arch-rival, losing the match by a margin of 163 points. Up to this point Cook was widely regarded by public opinion to be a far better player than Roberts on both &#8220;championship&#8221; and &#8220;ordinary&#8221; tables, being the holder of the highest breaks on both types of table. However, this loss to Roberts marked the turning point in both their careers as Roberts would confirm his supremacy and forge clear of his closest rival and all other players.</p>
<p><a name="1875dec"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (December 1875)</h4>
<p>This period had seen a general a decline in public interest for exhibition matches. However, this was not evident when Roberts played Cook once more for the championship on 20th December 1875. The room at St. James&#8217; Hall was packed throughout the match although the presence of the Prince of Wales would certainly have helped box office sales.</p>
<p>There was much complaint from the press due to the absence of reserved seating and the poor lighting. The reporter from Bells Life commented on the conditions of the match by apologising that he was unable to give a description of the &#8220;beautiful strokes made by each player, but the room was so dark, the only lights being over the table, that we were not able to write a line, more especially in the &#8216;black seats&#8217; usually afforded to the press on these occasions.&#8221; Many reporters did not manage to gain access to the match at all and with those that did unable to take detailed notes, many newspapers failed to give any account of the match.</p>
<p>The game itself was very closely fought with the lead changing hands regularly. Cook was in front 505-478 at the interval but Roberts with a fine break of 51 eventually took the score to 936-817 in his favour and appeared secure. Cook however was not finished and with the aid of a 38 break pulled up to 961-865, But this was to be his last score as Roberts finished the game at his next visit, winning by 135 points at 11.20pm. Roberts best break was 85 and Cook&#8217;s 54 .</p>
<p><a name="1876"></a>The following year Cook wanted to play again for the championship, but as Roberts was intending to leave on a tour of Australia on 6th April 1876, he declined the challenge. Roberts having failed to meet the original condition that the winner must respond a challenge within two months, Cook assumed the title of champion.</p>
<p><a name="1877"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (May 1877)</h4>
<p>Prior to his return Roberts had issued a challenge to Cook who had assumed the championship in his absence. Roberts arrived back in England on 6th April 1877 having made about £7,000 from his Australian trip. Although Roberts had beaten Cook in the last two championships, Cook was well fancied, having recently made a break of 156, the highest ever seen on a championship table, during a match for £400 against Billy Moss (Manchester).</p>
<p>The match was played on 28th May 1877 at the Gaiety Restaurant. The room was generally considered too small to meet the needs of the occasion and the heat was so intense that it was uncomfortable for spectators and players alike. Due to Roberts refusal to allow the usual facilities to the press, the match did not receive the coverage which it may normally have expected.</p>
<p>In the match, Roberts took an immediate lead, with the best of the running and some observers remaking that Cook was not looking himself. However, Cook put together a fine 59 break, including a series of nursery cannons and several brilliant hazards, and when the score was announced at &#8220;204 all&#8221; it was greeted with a loud cheer. When Roberts was leading 515-496 Cook proposed an interval due to the oppressive heat. Roberts whose turn it was to play, did not agree and went on to make a break of 35. When Cook took the table and was also into a small break Roberts himself suggested an hour&#8217;s rest. Cook consented without finishing his break and went into the interval at 10.20pm with the score standing at 621-501 to Roberts. Some thought this gamesmanship on the part of Roberts for after the interval Cook never had a look-in as Roberts extended his lead with a break of 118 which was the highest ever made in the championship and this put the game beyond Cook&#8217;s reach. Roberts won the match by 221 point at 11.55pm. Bell&#8217;s Life reported &#8220;the popularity of Cook is so great that if good wishes could have ensured success, the result of the contest would have been different. Cook played nervously and though at time played brilliantly, he seemed to be labouring under the knowledge that he had more than met his match.&#8221;</p>
<p><a name="1878"></a>Towards the end of 1877 Roberts left for an extended tour of India and Australia. With the tacit approval of Roberts, Cook claimed the championship by issuing a challenge on 2nd May 1878 and receiving no response within the statutory two months, the title and the cup was passed to him. However, in August of that year Cook left to join Roberts on his tour, and resigned the title, returning the cup to the Billiard table manufacturers who had donated it. The title was held in abeyance until another match could be arranged.</p>
<p>Cook returned to England on 26th January 1880 from Australia, having travelled there from India and separating from Roberts. The tour had not proved to be a financial success as he was unable to find any Australian opponent capable of giving him a worthy match even when conceding 600 in 1,000. As a result, most of his exhibitions were against Yorkshireman Louis Kilkenny who had also been on tour in that country.</p>
<p>John Roberts returned to England in May 1880 and Joseph Bennett immediately issued a challenge to play for the Championship. However, Roberts withdrew his claim to the title in favour of Cook and arrangements were made for a match between these two later in the year.</p>
<p><a name="1880"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (November 1880)</h4>
<p>The match for the Championship between Cook and Joseph Bennett was arranged for St. James&#8217; Hall on 8th November 1880. The stakes were £200 and the match, as usual, 1,000 up. It was to be one of the most exciting and closest championships ever seen.</p>
<p>Bennett took an early lead and aided by an opening fluke added a break of 77 to establish a lead of 242-127. At this point there was some dispute over the balls which were changed, but Bennett continued to increase his lead, aided by some general good fortune. At the interval the match stood 508-386 in Bennett&#8217;s favour. Bennett maintained his lead to 795-698 the luck remaining with Bennett and against Cook. At this point however, Cook made an excellent break of 107 which took him in front for the first time and with the scores standing at 938-864 to Cook, the betting was odds on for Cook and the match seemed to all present to be effectively over. Bennett however, not to be deterred, continued the match with impressive calmness and resolution. He first made 15 leaving the balls so safe that Cook was forced to play a miss. Then, aided by a fluke, made 37 followed by several small breaks which took the score to 993-941 in his favour. Cook appeared to have a chance but when he had made just 6, the balls were left touching and had to be spotted. This was too much for Cook who added only a few more before Bennett made the points he needed, so regaining the title he held for a mere 2 months some 10 years earlier. The match was completed in 4 hrs 8 minutes, which was almost exactly the same time as Cook and Billy Mitchell had taken to play 2,000 up on an Ordinary table the previous month.</p>
<p>The day after his championship match, Cook played an exhibition 1,000 up against Roberts on the same table at St. James&#8217; Hall. In the course of the game he made a break of 165 which at that time was the highest ever recorded on a championship table. Shortly after this Cook and Roberts left on a tour of India billing themselves as &#8220;Ex-Champions&#8221;.</p>
<p><a name="1881jan"></a></p>
<h4>The Professional Championship (January 1881)</h4>
<p>On 12th January 1881 at St. James Hall a Championship contested was begun between Bennett and Tom Taylor. The match did not command much public attention, for although Taylor was recognised as a capable player he was not regarded in the same class as Bennett who had regularly been conceding 50 points in 500 to the same player in handicap tournaments for several years.</p>
<p>The match was played on a Burroughes &amp; Watts table and started 20 minutes after the advertised time of 7.00pm. Bennett began by displaying the same good fortune that had assisted him to take the championship from Cook. In trying for a cannon he put his opponents ball down and after potting the red gave a miss in baulk, shortly afterwards fluking a white loser. But Bennett did not capitalise on his fortune and the scores remained level to the first 100. However, a break of 125 by Bennett, a new record for the championship, opened a gap of 375-129. At this point the balls were changed at the request of Taylor and the improvement was immediate with his next two scores being 79 and 40. Taylor continued to improve and took the lead at the interval, which was taken at 10.00pm. Play resumed after only 20 minutes in an attempt to compensate for the slowness of the play and the players remained level for some time until Taylor, starting with a lucky 5 shot, rattled up a 53 break followed by a 23, 37 and 16, and looked like going away from Bennett with the scores standing at 678-554 in his favour. The play continued in a very cautious manner and some of the spectators were evidently getting tired of the constant misses and double baulks. At length an opening came for Bennett who drew within 77 of his opponent with the score at 703-626. Further breaks of 70 and 45 Bennett took the lead 743-728.</p>
<p>Licensed premises at that time were obliged to close at 12.30am and with this time fast approaching and the careful tactics of both players being unaffected, it soon became apparent that the match would not be finished. Time was called with the scores at 976-882 to Bennett with Taylor in play on 26 with the balls well placed. The referee, J. H. Smith then arranged for the match to continue at 3.00pm and on resumption Taylor only managed to add 2 points to his break. Bennett then tried for a cannon, missed, but fluked his own ball into the centre pocket and scored the remaining 22 points to take the match 1,000-910.</p>
<h4>Shorter&#8217;s aborted challenge</h4>
<p>Fred Shorter then challenged Bennett for the title and the match was arranged to be played on 13th April 1881 at the St. James Hall. Shorter had made a deposit of £10 but failed to make good his final stake money and so at the last minute forfeited the match. However, as expenses had to be met Bennett offered to play Shorter in a non-championship match, offering 100 points start in 1,000 up with the gate money being split between the players (as was normal at that time). The match was played on the same night and venue proposed for the Championship and Shorter actually won by 193 points although the match was exceptionally tedious with neither player showing good form.</p>
<p><a name="1881sep"></a></p>
<h4>Cook reclaims the title</h4>
<p>At this time Delabois Richards looked as though he would be the next challenger for Bennett&#8217;s title. Richards was displaying sustained good form, typified by a defeat of Billy Mitchell in a level match of 1,000 up on a championship table during May 1881. Unfortunately, before arrangements for a championship encounter could be concluded, Bennett suffered a severe carriage accident causing him to be disabled for a considerable time. Bennett was very fond of riding and driving, in both of which he was an adept, although that did not prevent his being thrown out of a trap. He broke his arm in two places and never really got sound again. Indeed, he always believed that this led up to the paralysis, which eventually caused his death many years later. Upon his return to England in September 1881, Cook challenged Bennett for the Championship, but Bennett felt that he was insufficiently recovered from his accident and the title passed by default to Cook.</p>
<h4>John Roberts asserts his superiority &#8211; Cook remains Champion</h4>
<p>January 1882 saw a significant turning point when John Roberts, for the first time, conceded Cook points in a match of 5,000 up at the Palais Royal. Allowing his opponent 500 start he won easily by 1,658 points for the significant sum of £1,000. This match clearly established Roberts as the leading &#8220;all-in&#8221; player of the time although some speculation remained that Cook could still mount an effective challenge at the &#8220;spot barred&#8221; game, or on a championship table. Roberts thereafter called himself &#8220;Champion of the World&#8221; and although Cook then challenged Roberts to play for the Championship shortly after this defeat, Roberts wrote to the Sportsman newspaper stating that he had no intention of ever again playing for the cup.</p>
<p><a name="1885feb"></a></p>
<h4>The Formation of the Billiard Association</h4>
<p>Sunday 1st February 1885: Following the publishing of a critique on the existing rules by Alf Burnett, a journalist for The Sportsman, he and Peter Jennings contacted the professional players to see if they could be brought together with a view to revising the current rules. On 1st February 1885 a meeting was called at the offices of the Sportsman newspaper to discuss the formalising of a common set of rules for the game. It was attended by most of the leading players and trade representatives with Mr. A. H. Collis-Orme chairing the meeting. Here it was proposed by the Chairman that an Association be formed.</p>
<p>At this stage there was still no though of forming an Association and it was only after a suggestion by Mr. Collis-Orme that this was agreed. Hardly underestimating their own importance the full title given to the association was &#8220;The Billiard Association of Great Britain and Ireland, India and the Colonies&#8221;.</p>
<p>A group of players were charged with producing a set of rules which would become the standard for the game. The players involved were John Roberts Jnr (Chairman) John Roberts Sen; William Cook; Joseph Bennett; Fred Bennett; W. J. Peall; Billy Mitchell; John North; Tom Taylor; Joe Sala and George Collins. The Billiard Association, as it was known, met week by week in a room set aside for them by Messrs. Bertram &amp; Roberts in the dining gallery at the Royal Aquarium. The task was eventually completed on 21st September 1885 and the new rules were published shortly afterwards</p>
<p>Sydenham Dixon, then on the staff of The Sportsman newspaper, which was the prime mover behind the formation of the Billiard Association. His proprietors backed him, his many friends helped and in this the first example of billiards government was set in motion. From the first however, this thinly disguised &#8220;newspaper control&#8221; was opposed in quarters that mattered.</p>
<p>The predominant influence still maintained over the new association by the Newspaper would soon result in an irrevocable split with John Roberts, who would refuse to recognise the authority of the Association for the rest of his life. However, in its earliest days, Roberts comforted by his prominent position in re-drafting the rules now decided to play for the Championship again. He issued a challenge to Cook who had been allowed to hold the title for over three years. As Cook failed to respond within the stipulated time the title and trophy was passed to Roberts in February 1885.</p>
<p><a name="1885apr"></a></p>
<h4>The Billiard Association Championship (April 1885)</h4>
<p>Apparently regretting letting the trophy slip so easily from his grasp, Cook immediately issued his own challenge. This was immediately accepted and a match was arranged for the end of March 1885.</p>
<p>The format of the championship had been changed under the new Billiard Association rules to 3,000 up played over three days and the venue was set at the Argyll Billiard Hall, (previously known as the Palais Royal) Argyll Street, London from 30th March-1st April 1885.</p>
<p>Roberts had been suffering from an attack of Malaria which had prevented him from touching a cue for a week prior to the match and he was reduced to hobbling around the table during the match itself. Indeed, at one point it seemed as though him might forfeit rather than appear in such discomfort.</p>
<p>Roberts&#8217; lack of practice was particularly evident, but Cook played no better. Both men continually failed at the simplest of shots, and the spectators must have wondered that they were not watching an amateur game. Cook was the first to make a significant break with an effort of 84, breaking down at a difficult red winner. This seemed to inspire Roberts who replied immediately with a 67 break and worked steadily to overhaul Cook finishing the first day 1,000-971. Play on the second day started dreadfully slowly again. But the Roberts started to display some form. A 50 break was marred by his missing a simple losing hazard into the middle, but on his opponent failing to score, he made a break of 129, which was a championship record. Cook&#8217;s best on the second day was a 67 break, but at the close he was still right behind Roberts at 2,001-1,929. On the final day Cook moved in front 2,570-2,531 with three breaks over 50, the closeness of the game compensating to some extent for the generally low standard of play and the final day was very well-attended. Roberts however, responded with his second century of the match, a break of 123, and drew steadily ahead, with Cook having little run, until he was at 2,905-2,723. Although Cook made a valiant effort to recover, he was eventually beaten by a margin of 92 points.</p>
<p><a name="1885jun"></a></p>
<h4>The Billiard Association Championship (June 1885)</h4>
<p>Immediately following the conclusion of the Championship match with Cook, Bennett, who now felt sufficiently recovered from his accident, challenged Roberts for the championship and the match of 3,000 up was arranged at the Royal Aquarium, Westminster for 1st-4th June 1885.</p>
<p>Bennett, who was still not in the best of health, did not start the match well, and in contrast to his some of his previous championship matches had little luck. Each time he seemed about to make a break the balls ran awkwardly and the first day finished 751-182 to Roberts. The second day started no better for Bennett, with Roberts first visit producing a break of 109, finishing with a double baulk. This was followed by an 83 break and further breaks of 121 and 127 unfinished concluded the second day&#8217;s play with Bennett trailing 1,500-422. The third day saw Roberts take his unfinished break to 155, a new championship record. Bennett however played much better and contributed several breaks over 60 including a best of 92. Roberts, however, in fine form himself, finished the session with a break of 147 bringing his lead to 2,259-1,029. With Roberts&#8217; position appearing secure, the final day of the match was not well attended. The pattern of the match was duly followed with Roberts making a best break of 82 while Bennett only managed a 28 break. Roberts retaining the title with absurd ease, recording a final score of 3,000-1,360. Another Championship record set by Roberts in this match was a sequence of sixteen spot strokes.</p>
<p>This was to be the last match played for the Billiard Association Championship until the rules were changed in 1892. As Roberts was not called upon again to make a defence within the mandatory five year period, the trophy became his property in February 1890. This also saw the end of the Championship table, which was not used for matches again, except by special agreement.</p>
<p>By this time Roberts had discarded the &#8220;all-in&#8221; game, first brought to prominence by his father and played &#8220;spot-barred&#8221; in all but a few matches after this date becoming the acknowledged master of this type of game, while W. J. Peall, who claimed to be &#8220;Champion of Ordinary Billiards&#8221;, and Billy Mitchell, became acknowledged masters at the unrestricted &#8220;all-in&#8221; game.</p>
<p><a name="1887"></a></p>
<h4>Unofficial &#8220;All-in&#8221; Championship (October 1887)</h4>
<p>In early October 1887, W. J. Peall and Billy Mitchell played a match at the Royal Aquarium which was billed as the &#8220;All-in Championship&#8221; although it carried no official recognition as a championship match. However, these two players were unquestionably the greatest exponents on the &#8220;spot-stroke&#8221;, Peall having set a new World record with a break of 2,413 just a few months previously.</p>
<p>Mitchell appeared to be heading for defeat as he came to the final day of the 15,000 up match almost 2,000 points behind Peall. But with almost consecutive breaks of 349; 297; 265; 141; 288; 644; 801; 349; 912 and 53 unfinished, made an aggregate of 4,427 to win the match by 1,267 points. Mitchell had earlier recorded a break of 1,117 against breaks by Peall of 1,159 and 1,086.</p>
<p>These performances show the stark contrast between the &#8220;all-in&#8221; matches being played on ordinary tables at this time and the contests on the &#8220;Championship&#8221; table, which by the nature of the high scoring involved were invariably fought over tens of thousands of points.</p>
<p><a name="1888"></a></p>
<h4>Unofficial &#8220;All-in&#8221; Championship (March 1888)</h4>
<p>Mitchell and Peall contested their second unofficial &#8220;All-in Championship&#8221; at the Royal Aquarium between 12th-17th March 1888. Peall started favourite having recorded a break of 1,314 against Fred White in the week prior to the match.</p>
<p>He found no difficulty repeating the feat against Mitchell winning by no less than 8,247 points, though Mitchell was playing well. His best break was 2,031, containing 633 consecutive spot-strokes, a record then, in its way. He also made breaks of 1,498, 1,203, 1,192, 1,125, 957, 956, 928, and other huge runs.</p>
<p><a name="1889"></a></p>
<h4>George Wright &amp; Co &#8211; Championship of the World Tournament (January 1889)</h4>
<p>With the Billiard Association Championship remaining dormant, Messrs. Geo. Wright and Company, the well known firm of table makers, introduced and promoted a &#8220;Championship of the World Tournament,&#8221; and presented a Silver Cup, value £100, to be played for in heats of 1,000 up, &#8220;all-in,&#8221; the cup to become the property of the first winner of three tournaments, and in addition the winner of each tournament to receive a gold medal.</p>
<p>This was commenced at the Royal Aquarium on January 14th, the following players taking part:-W. J. Peall, Hugh McNeil, Tom Taylor, John Dowland, Billy Mitchell, Fred White, George Collins, and Fred Bennett. The tournament eventually resolved itself into a fight between Mitchell and Peall when they met in their particular heat. Mitchell, however, proved to be in extraordinary form, for soon after the start of the game, with his score standing at 13, he secured position for spot play and ran right out with a splendid unfinished break of 987 (319 spots), leaving the scores: Mitchell. 1,000 Peall, 20; and he finally won the first tournament and became &#8220;Spot Stroke Champion&#8221; on January 28th, 1889.</p>
<p><a name="1890"></a></p>
<h4>George Wright &amp; Co &#8211; Championship of the World Tournament (February 1890)</h4>
<p>The second Championship Tournament was won by W. J. Peall on February 25th, 1890, at the Royal Aquarium, the following players taking part in heats of 1,250 up:-Billy Mitchell, W. J. Peall. John Dowland Fred White, George Collins. Hugh McNeil, Harry Coles, and Fred Bennett. The issue once more was decided in the heat between Peall and Mitchell, the former made breaks of 416 (137 spots) and 531 (176 spots) to win 1,250-121.</p>
<p><a name="1891"></a></p>
<h4>George Wright &amp; Co &#8211; Championship of the World Tournament (February 1891)</h4>
<p>The third and final &#8220;Championship of the World&#8221; tournament promoted by George Wright &amp; Co Championship was played at the Royal Aquarium on May 30th, 1891, and won once more by W. J. Peall. Four players only competed on this occasion-W. J. Peall, Billy Mitchell, John Dowland, and Charles Dawson-in heats of 2,500, up.</p>
<p>Mitchell and Peall played off, and in the first half of the game Mitchell only scored 78 points. Peall made breaks of 773 (256 spots), 390 (7, 28, and 90 spots), and 655 unfinished (214 spots); Mitchell made a break of 650 (213 spots). Scores: Peall, 2,500; Mitchell, 776.</p>
<p><a name="1892"></a></p>
<h4>Billiard Association Billiard Championship (1892)</h4>
<p>The Billiard Association, recognised that this situation regarding the &#8220;spot-barred&#8221; and &#8220;all-in&#8221; games could not easily be resolved and at their meeting on 28th April 1891 decided to take action. Seeking to reconcile both parties, they decided to stage both a &#8220;spot-barred&#8221; and &#8220;all-in&#8221; championship, both for professional and amateur competition. The first of these contests being scheduled for the following season. In addition, the Billiard Association abolished the &#8220;championship&#8221; table with its 3&#8243; pockets and adopted the dimensions of an ordinary table with pocket openings of 3 5/8&#8243; as the &#8220;Standard&#8221; for all future championship matches.</p>
<p>But Roberts sabotaged their plans by declining to play in either of these championships and in April 1891 left for a tour of South Africa and Australia. As a result, and despite the best plans of the Billiard Association, the new competitions became meaningless in the view of the general public.</p>
<p>Not to be deterred by the absence of Roberts, the Billiard Association went ahead with their Championship matches. The first to be played was the &#8220;All-in&#8221; Championship which was officially called the &#8220;Billiard Championship&#8221; had eight entrants including, W. J. Peall, Billy Mitchell and Charles Dawson. The competition was staged at Orme &amp; Sons Showrooms, Soho Square and was concluded on 9th April 1892.</p>
<p>The Championship cups were given by the proprietors of The Sporting Life, The Sportsman, and two or three of the billiard-table manufacturers. These gentlemen met, and various silversmith&#8217;s submitted designs for cups to cost about £100. Messrs. Carrington&#8217;s, of Regent Street, offered them a cup which was not a new one. It appears that it was originally given as a £250 prize for something connected with stag-hunting, and the jewellers had bought it back. It was such a bargain that it was purchased at once and allocated for the Billiards Championship For both championships, cups would become the property of the player winning three times in succession, or six times in all, or holding the title for three consecutive years.</p>
<p>A condition of the championship was that a new cloth should be fitted each day, as it was considered that tracks worn in the nap from repeated potting from the spot, made the stroke easier. The heats were 5,000 up with Peall drawn to play Charles Dawson in the first round with Mitchell receiving a bye. In the event Peall disposed of both Dawson and Mitchell with ease, the scores being 5,000-1,699 against Dawson and 5,000-1,755 against Mitchell. In this latter match Peall made a break of 2,099 unfinished. Peall&#8217;s supremacy with the spot stroke remained unchallenged over the next three years and the championship trophy became his property.</p>
<h4>Billiard Association Spot-barred Championship (1892)</h4>
<p>The &#8220;Spot-barred&#8221; championship attracted five entrants and was played at Thurston&#8217;s Showrooms in the Strand on 25th April 1892. Heats were 4,000 up. The entrants, each staking £100, were Billy Mitchell, W. J. Peall, John North, William Cook and Harry Coles.</p>
<p>Peall was defeated by 140 points in the first round by Harry Coles, who turned in one of the best performances of his career. Billy Mitchell defeated William Cook and John North received a bye. North then defeated Coles and met Mitchell in the deciding tie. Mitchell won by the comfortable margin of 3,000-2,697 to take the title of &#8220;Spot-barred&#8221; Champion. [19 p.97/145][1 p.136][06b p.7]</p>
<p><a name="1893"></a></p>
<h4>Billiard Association Spot-barred Championship (1893)</h4>
<p>On 25th February 1893, Mitchell was required to defend his Billiard Association &#8220;Spot-barred&#8221; championship against John North at the Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly. Mitchell managed to retain his title very easily with breaks of 236; 231 and 212. North&#8217;s best break was 190 and the final score 9,000-6,525 to Mitchell.</p>
<p><a name="1894"></a></p>
<h4>Billiard Association Spot-barred Championship (1894)</h4>
<p>Mitchell was challenged for his Billiard Association &#8220;Spot-barred&#8221; Championship title by Charles Dawson and the match took place at the National Sporting Club, Covent Garden, on 13th January 1894. Mitchell retained his title over a week&#8217;s play with the final score being 9,000-8,163. Mitchell made twenty seven breaks over 100, with the highest being 306, and Dawson had nineteen century plus breaks with a best of 257. Mitchell not only took the stake of £100, but also took possession of the trophy having won it three times in a row.</p>
<p>Mitchell&#8217;s Championship cup was later pawned to Tommy Mander, who kept the Green Dragon in Fleet Street, and years afterwards it became a challenge trophy for the Press Billiard Handicap and the last winner was Mr. J. H. Warland of The Sportsman. It was left in charge of the firm who gave the use of the hall the competition was played in. They got into difficulties and the Official Receiver came in and captured the cup, which has not been heard of since.</p>
<p><a name="1899"></a></p>
<h4>The Billiard Association Championship : 1899</h4>
<p>In new rules which came into operation on 1st October 1898 the Billiards Association finally accepted overwhelming public opinion and barred the push stroke. The rules now stipulated that &#8220;If the striker push his ball, or strike it more than once, he cannot score, such stroke to be a foul&#8221;. The Spot Stroke was also effectively banned by the adoption of a rule which stated &#8220;After being pocketed from the billiard spot twice in consecutive strokes by the same player, and not in conjunction with any other score, it shall be placed on the centre spot&#8221;. The rule was something of a compromise over the most used &#8220;spot-barred&#8221; condition previously applied on a voluntary basis. This allowed only one pot with the red returned to its spot and the stipulation that a different scoring stroke be made before another pot red.</p>
<p>The player most adversely affected by the new rules was W. J. Peall. His invincibility with the spot stroke vanished overnight when the Billiards Association introduced their &#8220;spot barred&#8221; rule. But Peall never complained, having previously recognised the damage caused to spectator interest and typically putting the best interests of the game ahead of his own. In fact Peal supported the change and voted for the new rule.</p>
<p>Soon after issuing the revised rules, the Billiard association announced an open championship. The terms of the competition were that the game by 9,000 up, played on a &#8220;Standard&#8221; table, each competitor to stake £20. The winner would receive three quarters of the stakes, a gold medal from the Association and £100 per annum so long as he held the championship. The runner-up would take one quarter of the stakes and the gate money (after deducting expenses) would be shared equally between the finalists.</p>
<p>In the first contest Billy Mitchell, John North and Charles Dawson were the only entrants, but Mitchell later withdrew leaving North and Dawson to fight for the title. The match took place at the Gaiety Restaurant, Strand from 9th-14th January 1899 and Dawson proved an easy winner by 4,285 points.</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5790</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Walter Lindrum</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5787</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5787#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2013 20:22:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5787</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Walter Albert Lindrum: His Life and Times by Peter Ainsworth The Golden Age of Billiards &#160; &#8220;Lindrum to billiards is what a Shakespeare is to literature &#8211; one of those rare beings, gifted with supreme genius who only appear once in the history of a nation. I think the Lindrum period will go down to [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Walter Albert Lindrum: His Life and Times</h2>
<div>by Peter Ainsworth</div>
<h4>The Golden Age of Billiards</h4>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8220;Lindrum to billiards is what a Shakespeare is to literature &#8211; one of those rare beings, gifted with supreme genius who only appear once in the history of a nation. I think the Lindrum period will go down to history as the golden age of the game.&#8221; &#8211; John C Bissett (Chairman, BA&amp;CC) 1933.</p>
<h4>In the beginning</h4>
<p>Walter Lindrum was born to a family of billiards champions at Kalgoorlie on 29th August 1898. On the night of his birth his father, Fred, won a billiards money match and at a double celebration later it was suggested that the newest Lindrum, the first to be born in Western Australia, should carry the initials &#8220;WA&#8221;. The infant was duly christened Walter Albert and it was in the billiard saloons of the local pubs that he grew up.</p>
<h4>Professional at thirteen</h4>
<p>As a boy he played billiards wherever his itinerant family roamed. Walter&#8217;s father was a very hard task-master, insisting that Walter practised up to 12 hours a day. He converted the boy from a natural right-hander into a left handed player after an accident when 3 years old, in which he had lost the top joint of his index finger on his right hand. Walter&#8217;s role model was his elder brother Fred, who became professional Champion of Australia in 1909. Following closely in his brother&#8217;s footsteps, Walter&#8217;s first professional game came two years later when he was 13 years of age.</p>
<h4>The red ball game</h4>
<p>The accepted scoring technique at this time was red-ball play with the centre pocket in-off suiting the consistent throw of the composition balls used in Australia and New Zealand. Exponents like Fred Lindrum and more particularly the youthful prodigy George Gray, astonished the billiards world by the size of the breaks which were being made. The inconsistent roll and throw of the ivory balls used in the England made the red ball game an unprofitable technique, as both these great Australian exponents discovered when they visited England. At this early age Walter had a natural dislike for the red ball game and made many fine breaks by concentrating on all-round play.</p>
<p>At the outbreak of the Great War, the Lindrum family were at the London Tavern, Elizabeth Street, Melbourne, where father Fred ran three billiard tables on a first floor room which had its own entrance. Here, Walter would practise from 9 or 9.30 a.m. until 11.30 a.m. when he would help his father prepare for the mid-day rush. One of Lindrum&#8217;s contemporaries, Vincent J. Giuliano recalls &#8211; &#8220;From marking Walter&#8217;s private practice, I was the only person outside the immediate Lindrum family, Fred, senior and junior, Walter&#8217;s mother and sister Violet, who knew that late in 1914, in practice Walter was frequently making breaks of 1,000 and over. He would compile these from top of the table play (postman&#8217;s knock) and strings of nursery cannons.&#8221;</p>
<p>With all eyes focused on the red-ball play of Fred Lindrum and George Gray, Walter gradually succumbed to the lure of the consecutive red losers. He quietly continued to practise with this style and his improvement was rapid. At the age of seventeen, playing against the young New Zealand Champion, Clark McConachy in Sydney, Lindrum made breaks of 785 (twice), 766 and 704, returning an average of 78.0 for the two week match.</p>
<p>The professional circuit in Australia was relatively small at this time, and it was inevitable that the Lindrum brothers would be matched against each other. In 1921, Walter began to record some notable victories over Fred to the extent that opinion became split as to who was the better of the two players, but Walter would never play his brother for the Championship of Australia, even when he had established himself as much the better player.</p>
<p>By 1921 his highest recorded break was 802 and of his nursery cannons it was written &#8220;Close cannons in the centre of the table come as easy to him as cushion cannons do to the greatest English exponents. He just chases them along with gossamer touch, and has scored at the great pace of 100 in 3½ minutes by this method.&#8221;.</p>
<h4>Lindrum defeats Stevenson</h4>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The highlight of the Australian season was undoubtedly the regular visits from English professional players, who would discard the use of their favourite ivories and meet the Australian professionals using the composition ball. During the summer of 1922, Walter, now 23 years old, had his first chance to show his worth against ex-professional champion Harry Stevenson. Although past his prime, Stevenson had been one of the great champions and was still highly regarded in the game. In a two week match of 16,000 up, Lindrum defeated Stevenson by a massive 9,455 point margin in Sydney averaging 77.3. This included an Australian record break of 1,417 spread over three sessions, and which, with the exception of two cannons, was made entirely from ball play.</p>
<p>However by this time, the paying public had turned against the red ball game. During the first four days of the match people were turned away and the hall was so crowded that the players could hardly get around the table. By the end of the first week there were only a handful of spectators and they were heard to grumble at the amount of red ball play. Many of Lindrum&#8217;s own supporters felt that he would have achieved the same result with his top of the table play and were disappointed that he resorted to the red ball which had been seen ad- nauseum in Australia over the previous twelve years. Stevenson subsequently cancelled three further games which had been arranged with Walter Lindrum stating that he would only play him &#8220;at billiards played with three balls&#8221;.</p>
<p>Of course the Australian public had no doubt that Walter was at this time the best player in the world &#8211; at least, with the composition ball. However, the recognised champion was Willie Smith who remained firmly in England and although offers were made and challenges issued, all attempts to bring the two together ended in failure.</p>
<p>By 1923, Walter Lindrum&#8217;s dominance of the game in Australia meant that few players were willing to meet him and consequently big matches were few and far between. On the fourth day of a match against veteran professional Albert Williams in Sydney, Walter was due to attend a birthday party and rattled off his session points of 666 in just 45 minutes. Williams added himself to this list of disgruntled opponents when, after the match, he was quoted as saying &#8220;No more Walter Lindrum for me, thank you&#8221;.</p>
<h4>Records tumble against Falkiner</h4>
<p>In 1924, Lindrum set a new record against visiting English professional Claude Falkiner, by completing an average of 108 for a two week match of 16,000 up. With both players making breaks over the thousand mark, (Lindrum made 1,219 and Falkiner 1,001) this also constituted a new record. During their time together, Falkiner tried to persuade the young Australian to return the England with him, but was unsuccessful. Falkiner&#8217;s skill with the nursery cannon was much admired in the English game and some years later, Walter conceded that he had been given many useful tips on this aspect of the game by Falkiner.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/lindrumFalkiner1925.jpg"><img title="lindrumFalkiner1925" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/lindrumFalkiner1925.jpg" width="400" height="249" /></a></p>
<div>Lindrum and Falkiner at the start of their match at Perth Town Hall in 1925 when Lindrum set up an Australian record break of 1,879</div>
</div>
<p>Falkiner returned to Australia the following summer and was matched against Walter in Perth. At his second visit to the table, Lindrum, with a series of nursery cannons and top of the table, ran to 292 before losing the white ball. Undaunted, he created a new Australian record by carrying the break to 1,879 from the red ball.</p>
<p>With the emphasis on providing attractive matches in order to earn a living, the Australian professional scene was becoming stagnant, as an extract from a periodical of the time indicates : &#8220;Practically the only two players in the [Australian] game are the Lindrum brothers, who give an exhibition now and then to tired spectators, owing to the pair being unequally matched. Walter appears to improve at each visit to the billiard table &#8220;.</p>
<h4>Smith refuses Lindrum&#8217;s challenge</h4>
<p>With opponents becoming difficult to find, Walter turned to the New Zealand Champion, Clark McConachy and in an endeavour to revive interest in professional billiards, arranged a series of exhibition matches. Walter additionally made another challenge to Willie Smith &#8220;to play for the world&#8217;s championship of English billiards for £1,000 a side&#8221; offering Smith £200 as expenses to travel to Australia. Smith refused, commenting that &#8220;(1) Lindrum says nothing about coming to England ; (2) £200 is £70 less than actual travelling expenses ; and (3) nothing is said about share of the &#8220;gate.&#8221; Smith&#8217;s counter- proposal was for a £1,000 a side match in both countries, &#8220;gate&#8221; to be equally divided, or alternatively, 60% to the winner. Typical of all previous exchanges, nothing was resolved.</p>
<p>The frustration felt by many of his supporters is summarised by this comment made about Lindrum in 1927 : &#8220;How this young man has wasted his opportunity. That he has all the real skill of the great player there is little doubt. But that great skill lacks the ambition which every young Australian should have, to reach the top rung of his profession. Having no local opponent worthy of his cue, he has been filling in his time issuing challenges and counter challenges to Willie Smith, which, like the snows of winter, melt to vapour when the spotlight is directed on them.&#8221;</p>
<h4>Speed record</h4>
<p>Meanwhile, Lindrum continued his exhibition matches against McConachy, now frequently making four-figure breaks. In June 1927 he claimed a &#8220;world&#8217;s speed record&#8221; when at Melbourne, in an unfinished break, he scored 816 in twenty-three minutes. By this time Lindrum had abandoned red ball play almost totally, and had adopted nursery cannons as his principal scoring technique.</p>
<h4>Willie Smith comes to Australia</h4>
<p>However, things were about to change, as arrangements to bring Willie Smith to Australia eventually came to fruition. Smith had been under contract to Burroughes &amp; Watts for some years and was now authorised by them to go to Australia and conclude provisional negotiations intended to bring Walter Lindrum back to England for the 1929-30 season. In this objective he was successful, and contracts were exchanged to bring back not only Walter Lindrum, but also the New Zealand Champion, Clark McConachy. Lindrum would probably have been encouraged by the recent decision of the English professionals to discard the use of ivories and adopt the composition ball as a standard for their matches.</p>
<p>Although Smith had not entered the Professional Championship since 1923 he was generally accepted as the best player in England and certainly regarded as the &#8220;Champion&#8221; by the Australian public. Smith adopted the &#8220;all-round&#8221; game as practised by amateur players, but to a level never seen before, or since. His refusal to build big breaks by reliance on any of the specialist techniques made him extremely attractive to watch. There was therefore, intense interest in the meeting between him and Walter Lindrum.</p>
<h4>Lindrum v Smith</h4>
<p>The first historic meeting took place on 1st July 1929 in Melbourne. In a game which was closely contested, it was Smith who made the first thousand break with an effort of 1,058. It was one of the finest all-round breaks ever seen in Australia and at its conclusion the game was held up for several minutes by the enthusiasm of the spectators. But Lindrum gradually drew away from Smith in the match and with his best break of 991 on the final day, eventually secured victory by 24,234-22,147. This was the first time Smith had been defeated in a level game for over two years.</p>
<p>With just one day to rest, the second leg started at the YMCA in Sydney on 15th July 1929. The two week match attracted such attention that every session was packed beyond it official capacity of 750. On the afternoon of the third day Lindrum played out time with a break of 1,434 giving a fine exhibition of nursery cannon play. Smith immediately followed with a break of 1,383 made with his usual all-round style. With breaks of 995 on the penultimate day and 1,028 on the final day Smith clinched the match by the score of 23,446-22,317. At the close Lindrum was in play with an unfinished break of 701 which had taken just 34 minutes.</p>
<p>Smith continuing his tour, showed exceptional form in a two week match in Sydney against Clark McConachy, when he made an Australian record break of 2,030.</p>
<h4>The decider</h4>
<p>Public demand was satisfied when Smith and Lindrum agreed to play a deciding match in Sydney which started on Monday 12th August 1929. The Sun newspaper had donated a trophy for the winner and Lindrum&#8217;s girlfriend, Rosie Coates, who had met with a serious motor accident at Melbourne two months previously, had travelled to Sydney to watch the match. Rosie had been Walter&#8217;s girlfriend for two years and had been his companion during several of his exhibition matches in New South Wales and Victoria.</p>
<p>As the match started, Smith, playing his very first stroke let drive at a forcing cannon, and half-an-inch of the cue which he had used for 28 years, went up the table after the cue ball, hit the cushion, and was picked up in the third row of the audience. He realised at once that the match was lost. Despite playing well with his spare cue, Lindrum was consistently the stronger player and steadily built up a commanding lead.</p>
<p>However, this ill-fated match would witness even more tragedy before its conclusion. During the week, Rosie Coates was taken ill and admitted to hospital. On the Thursday evening Lindrum visited his girlfriend in hospital. She was concerned that Walter was neglecting the match due to worry over her condition, and she asked Walter to make a 2,000 break specially for her. Lindrum had never before made a break of over 2,000 but the following day, exploiting every stroke known to the game, he occupied the table for 102 minutes in making a break of 2,002. It was the best made by an Australian in Australia, although Smith&#8217;s 2,030 remained as the official record. As Lindrum neared the second thousand the excitement was intense, and at 1,998 a long white losing hazard brought out a roar from the gallery; &#8220;He&#8217;s missed it,&#8221; as the white ball lingered on the pocket and then fell in. He was given a rousing reception on the termination of this colossal effort.</p>
<p>With just one day remaining, Lindrum held an unassailable lead of 2,123. But the match was never finished. That evening Lindrum visited Rosie in hospital where he found that her condition had worsened. Lindrum left briefly and returned with an Anglican Minister who performed a marriage ceremony at the bedside. Tragically, just a few hours later, on the morning of 24th August 1929, Rosie, who was just 20 years old, died of heart failure. The game was abandoned with Smith technically being awarded the match on forfeit. But Smith would not accept this and insisted that the trophy be awarded to Lindrum. The match averages at the time it was abandoned were Lindrum 114.6 and Smith 102.7.</p>
<p>Lindrum, was understandably upset at the death of Rosie and confided in his niece Dolly that he was considering abandoning his intended tour of England. However, contracts had been signed and in September 1929 Lindrum, Smith and McConachy left Australia for England on the SS Cathay.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-11_lindrumFamilyGroup.jpg"><img title="Mag-11_lindrumFamilyGroup" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-11_lindrumFamilyGroup.jpg" width="496" height="204" /></a></p>
<div>Walter poses with other members of the Lindrum family: His young nephew Horace Morrell (Lindrum), father Fred, and older brother Fred. (Photo courtesy of Jock McGregor)</div>
</div>
<h4></h4>
<h4></h4>
<h4></h4>
<h4></h4>
<h4>Lindrum arrives in England</h4>
<p>On Saturday 12th October 1929 a new epoch in English billiard history was marked by the arrival in London of Walter Lindrum, who was accompanied by Clark McConachy, Willie Smith and Lindrum&#8217;s manager and brother-in-law, H. Morrell. After a reception by Burroughes &amp; Watts the Dominion players moved up to Glasgow where they were matched against each other in order to become acclimatised to local conditions before being required to face any of the English &#8220;big guns&#8221;.</p>
<h4>Lindrum&#8217;s record season</h4>
<p>Lindrum then began a series of games against Willie Smith at various Burroughes &amp; Watts match rooms around the county, and from this point the word &#8220;record&#8221; seemed to appear in every match report. At Leeds the Australian established a new record by making a four-figure break in each of three consecutive sessions and incidentally made his twelfth break over a thousand in his first three matches.</p>
<p>Playing first at various provincial centres, it was November before Lindrum made his debut in London, where he was again matched against Smith. His eagerly-awaited arrival aroused tremendous enthusiasm, and daily, large crowds besieged the Memorial Hall, Farringdon Street, to see the brilliant young Australian perform. They were not to be disappointed as during the match Lindrum completed a sensational feat by making a break of 3,262. It greatly exceeded any break he, or another player of the day had previously approached. When he passed Smith&#8217;s existing World record of 2,743, his opponent came forward and generously congratulated him. The break was concluded when, during a delicate run of nursery cannons, the ball was deflected by a hair from the table brush. For the match, Lindrum averaged 186 and Smith 147. Although Lindrum relied heavily on nursery cannons during his record break, it should be remembered that the rules actually restricted direct cannons to a maximum of 35, so the break would have to be continued by striking an intervening cushion. In addition to his record break, Lindrum made five others over the thousand mark, and inflicted the third consecutive defeat on the previously invincible Willie Smith.</p>
<p>Speaking of Lindrum&#8217;s technique, Willie Smith said &#8211; &#8220;Lindrum is the super cannon player to an extent which makes the limit of 35 cannons ball-to-ball look ridiculous. The cushion is a fourth ball to Lindrum. He is never in danger of losing position through having to play on to a cushion first. He makes this contact as easy as playing direct on to the ball. With his all-round skill, he can beat us all practically as he likes&#8221;.</p>
<h4>A Slight Error</h4>
<p>Of course sometimes Lindrum may have been given a little help by Markers who were not exactly accustomed to adding up big breaks. An error against McConachy to the extent of a thousand points was discovered in the afternoon session of his match with Lindrum at the Memorial Hall, London, on 11th February 1930. Lindrum called attention to the scoreboard, and the referee made matters right by ordering that another thousand should be credited to McConachy.</p>
<h4>1930 Professional Championship</h4>
<p>Despite expectations that all the World&#8217;s great players would at last compete in the professional championship, politics once more conspired against this ideal. Lindrum, Smith and McConachy were under a one-season contract to Burroughes &amp; Watts and could not play on another makers&#8217; table without their consent. However, the BA&amp;CC had already made a commitment to hold the championship final stages at the match hall of their great rivals, Thurston&#8217;s. Burroughes &amp; Watts having paid a substantial sum to bring the Dominion players to England were obviously not happy at the prospect of their rivals obtaining a marketing advantage which would result if Lindrum made one of his record breaking achievements on a Thurston table. This appeared to be the crux of the problem although additionally, Smith had for many years campaigned against the Thurston&#8217;s match room because of its limited seating capacity. The BA&amp;CC stood firm behind their arrangements for the venue, and entries from the three players generally regarded as best in the World, were not forthcoming.</p>
<h4>The &#8220;Big Five&#8221;</h4>
<p>Of the rivals to Lindrum, McConachy and Smith, Joe Davis (Official Champion) and Tom Newman completed what the press had begun to call &#8220;the big five&#8221;. It was noticeable that Joe Davis at this time began to play nursery cannons to a much greater extent than ever before, while Newman, who had always been adept at this aspect of the game also utilised the technique at every opportunity. Both Davis an Newman were to get a chance to play Lindrum during his tour &#8211; and he defeated them both.</p>
<p>Although Davis lost his contest against Lindrum by some 3,000 points, he set a record for the highest losing score in a two week match with a total of 26,172 points. The combined aggregate of the two players was 55,228 for the 48 hour match, which was also a new record. For the whole match the averages were 147 and 132 respectively.</p>
<p>Lindrum&#8217;s other records included the highest break ever made in Scotland (2,140) and the highest aggregate for a one week (24 hr) match when he scored 19,781 against Willie Leigh at Sheffield.</p>
<p>Although Smith had managed to inflict a couple of defeats on Lindrum, he was again on the receiving end when the Australian set another record aggregate of 30,817 during the fortnight [48 hrs] match against him at Manchester. In this match he made 10 breaks over 1,000 with a highest of 2,419. This break was also the hundredth he had compiled of over a thousand during the course of his career.</p>
<p>Another double-thousand came Lindrum&#8217;s way in his match against Tom Newman when he made 2,053 in winning comfortably by nearly 5,000 points. Newman, who was by no means playing badly, was sufficiently inspired to make his own personal record break of 1,765.</p>
<p>March 1930 saw Lindrum&#8217;s final match of the London season and he was once more opposed by Smith. In a remarkable game, the Australian jumped off at the start, and, displaying more concentration than in any of his preceding games, daily added to his lead, to win ultimately by the colossal margin of 21,285 points. Lindrum&#8217;s performance set records galore as he established new figures for: &#8211; the highest individual aggregate, (36,256), the largest winning margin, a record match average (262), and a record number of four-figure breaks (11). Although Smith was so decisively beaten, his actual play was of really excellent quality, considering the long periods of enforced idleness he experienced. For the whole match he returned the excellent average of 109 per innings.</p>
<p>Lindrum then went to Ireland, playing two 1 week matches against Newman. In Dublin Newman managed to inflict a surprising defeat by the narrow margin of just 190 points. This was only Lindrum&#8217;s fourth defeat of the tour, the others having been at the hands of Smith (2) and McConachy. This concluded Lindrum&#8217;s first tour, during which he established yet another record by making a total of 67 breaks in excess of 1,000.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-11_lindrumNewman.jpg"><img title="Mag-11_lindrumNewman" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-11_lindrumNewman.jpg" width="241" height="244" /></a></p>
<div>Lindrum and Newman (standing) with the News of the World Gold Cup</div>
</div>
<p>Lindrum left for Australia on 10th April 1930, leaving behind a string of new records, and a promise to return next season and enter the Championship. In fact arrangement were already in hand for himself and McConachy to meet Davis and Newman in a series of matches, which would unfortunately exclude Willie Smith owing to the latter&#8217;s continuing contractual obligations to Burroughes &amp; Watts. The tour ended with bitter attacks from Lindrum regarding the financial arrangements which were directed at both Burroughes &amp; Watts and Willie Smith.</p>
<p>Shortly after Lindrum&#8217;s departure, Joe Davis continued to show his improvement at the nursery cannon game in retaining the Professional Championship, during which he set a new record break for the competition with 2,052 made on 7th May 1930.</p>
<p>Lindrum arrived back in Melbourne on 12th May 1930 and played no significant matches before his return to England for the new season. The new promoter of this event was W. A. Camkin, who telephoned Lindrum in Australia to discuss arrangements. On coming to the phone Lindrum informed Camkin that he was currently practising hard and had actually been at the table when the call came through being engaged in break which had just passed 2,100.</p>
<h4>Lindrum&#8217;s second tour of England</h4>
<p>When travelling by train between Marseilles and Northern France on his return to England, Lindrum sustained a blow from a falling suitcase which dislodged three teeth. On his arrival in London on Saturday 13th September he obtained dental treatment and was ready for play in his first scheduled match against Claude Falkiner on the Monday. Conceding 8,000 points start in a two week game and playing for the first time on the new &#8220;Janus&#8221; cotton cloth, he evidently experienced some difficulty in coming to terms with the &#8220;napless&#8221; surface. Spectators rolled up in numbers, anticipating a four-figure break from Lindrum, but in the event it was Falkiner who provided the spectacle, making a break of 1,130 which was his first thousand break made in England. Even so, this did not prevent Lindrum from winning by over 9,000 points, averaging 125.5 for the match. Lindrum was a great fan of cricket, and he and Don Bradman were regarded as equally great sporting celebrities of the day in Australia. Bradman, who was touring with the Australian team, attended several session of Lindrum&#8217;s match at Thurston&#8217;s.</p>
<h4>News of the World Trophy</h4>
<p>29th September 1930 saw the start of Camkin&#8217;s &#8220;Empire Tournament&#8221; for which the News of the World had donated a Gold Cup. As a measure of his admitted superiority, Lindrum was required to concede 7,000 points start to all the other players &#8211; who otherwise played from scratch &#8211; in time limit matches of 42 hrs lasting a fortnight. Matches were played on the new &#8220;Janus&#8221; cotton cloth and with all the top players taking part, this event was the focal point of the professional season.</p>
<p>The tournament supplied some sensational performances, not least of which was when Newman (rec.7,000) defeated Lindrum by 1,080 points in Liverpool. This was despite Lindrum making a break of 1,826 which was the highest ever seen in that city.</p>
<p>The ease with which Lindrum subsequently disposed of the improving Joe Davis was a surprise to many people who felt that the 7,000 start would be too much for the Australian. In the event he caught up the start in the first four days and went on to win by 4,500 points averaging 191 for the match.</p>
<p>In his match against McConachy, Lindrum established a new record when he made five four-figure breaks in consecutive sessions, the highest of these being 1,875.</p>
<h4>Record 3,905 break</h4>
<p>In December 1930, in his last scheduled match of the tournament Lindrum made a World record break of 3,905 against McConachy surpassing his own record made the previous year. Proceeding with an unfinished break of three, Lindrum occupied the table for the whole 1¾ hrs of the afternoon session, raising the break to 2,378 unfinished, and incidentally creating another record for the number of points scored in a session. In the evening he continued to score at a rapid rate, when having lost the white in reaching 3,905 he set up a double baulk. The break occupied a total of 3 hrs 5 minutes play. Playing wonderful billiards, he followed this with breaks of 2,331 and 1,137 made in consecutive visits, and had two others over the thousand during the match. Over the second week of the match Lindrum had an incredible average of 313, and having conceded 7,000 points start, he won by almost 6,500. Telegrams of congratulation included one from his father who tersely cabled just two words : &#8220;Wonderful Performance&#8221;.</p>
<h4>Lindrum takes the News of the World trophy</h4>
<p>As the competition finished in a three-way tie, an additional play-off round was arranged on a knock-out basis. In the final, Lindrum took the Gold Cup, by defeating Newman (rec. 7,000) by 8,400 points. In this victory, Lindrum included breaks of 2,835, 451, 1,796 and 2,583 in successive visits. Match averages of 248 for Lindrum and 169 for Newman set yet another record. The number of people wishing to see the match would have filled the Thurston&#8217;s match hall ten times over. Thousands of people crowded Leicester Square and at the end of the game, when Lindrum emerged with the trophy, he was given a rousing reception by his many admirers.</p>
<h4>1931 Professional Championship</h4>
<p>The anticipated entry of Lindrum for the Professional Championship was again thwarted by a dispute over the playing arrangements.</p>
<p>With both Lindrum and Davis performing almost exclusively on the &#8220;Janus&#8221; cotton cloth, they were upset at the BA&amp;CC decision not to use it for Championship matches, and refused to enter the competition. They were joined in the boycott by Newman and the closing date passed with Willie Smith being the only entry. The 1931 championship was therefore abandoned and the title declared vacant.</p>
<h4>A full schedule</h4>
<p>The People newspaper of 4th January 1931 gave some idea of the railway travel that Lindrum was called upon to undertake:</p>
<p><em>&#8220;On Monday he played at Hastings and on Tuesday at Brighton, and from there travelled on to Nottingham to oppose Tom Dennis in a two day match. He left Nottingham on Thursday at 1 a.m., arriving in London at 4 a.m. Leaving London at 10.35 a.m., he arrived at Plymouth at 2.35 p.m., and there a car conveyed him to Liskeard in Cornwall, about 25 miles away. After playing there, afternoon and evening, he caught the midnight from Plymouth back to town and the same morning went to Preston in Lancashire to play afternoon and evening sessions.&#8221;</em></p>
<h4>A match before the King</h4>
<p>On 19th February 1931 Lindrum accepted an invitation to give an exhibition for the King and other members of the Royal family at Buckingham Palace. This was not only a great honour for Lindrum, but also for the game of billiards. As a momento, the King presented Lindrum with a pair of gold and enamel cuff-links bearing the royal monogram. These cuff-links formed part of his essential attire for the remainder of his playing career.</p>
<h4>Return to Australia</h4>
<p>Following another successful English season, Lindrum returned to Australia on 21st April 1931 accompanied by Tom Newman, whom he would engage in a series of exhibition matches.</p>
<p>In one of his first games against Newman in Sydney, the ease with which Lindrum gained nursery cannon position, and, with his tap, tap, tap, added points at bewildering speed, amused the onlookers, who laughed outright. Even Lindrum joined in, and was so convulsed at one stage that he had to support himself on the table.</p>
<p>All Australian attendance records were broken at his next match with Newman at Melbourne. Following on to Adelaide they found the match-hall full to capacity, and huge crowds standing outside in the street wishing to gain access. The game was abandoned after the first day and restarted at a larger hall. The spectators were not disappointed with the play as Lindrum made a break of 1,004 in just 33 minutes, beating his previous best time of 37 minutes to reach four figures. He also set a new Australian record with a break of 2,609.</p>
<h4>Short English season</h4>
<p>Lindrum and Newman arrived back in London on 11th December 1931. Arrangements had already been made for the pair to depart for a tour of Canada and the United States in February, which precluded any chance of their participation in the 1932 Championship.</p>
<p>With just a couple of months in England, Lindrum once again engaged all the top players. By now he was giving a customary start of 7,000 to all comers in his two-week matches. Although not always successful, he was never heavily defeated from this concession which was generally regarded as the measure of his superiority over the other members of the &#8220;big five&#8221;.</p>
<p>In a match against Newman on 6th January 1932, Lindrum set a World record with a run of 284 consecutive cannons, taking the balls past five pockets.</p>
<h4>World record break</h4>
<p>Playing against Davis at Thurston&#8217;s, Lindrum made his World record break of 4,137 occupying approximately 2 hours 35 minutes. Taking possession of the table at 4.15 pm on Tuesday, January 19, Lindrum scored 701 unfinished in the half-hour that remained of the session, and, continuing the break in the evening, carried it to 3,151 unfinished, the time for this number of points being 2¼ hours. He was thus within striking distance of his existing record, and there was much resultant enthusiasm among billiard lovers, hundreds being unable to secure admission to the hall on the following afternoon. Upon arriving at the scene, Lindrum expressed himself as feeling fit and confident, but wished he had a better shot to resume with. The position of the balls required a narrow middle-pocket pot red &#8211; not quite straight from any part of the &#8220;D&#8221; &#8211; with the white hard under the top cushion near the spot. Lindrum made the winner perfectly, and from that point he was apparently the least concerned person in the room. Hundred after hundred accrued, and it soon became certain that Lindrum would set up new figures, and when, at length, his own record of 3,905 was passed, the spectators released their pent-up feelings in a prolonged burst of applause. Lindrum was not allowed to proceed until he had responded to calls of &#8220;speech,&#8221; and in a few words he modestly said he was gratified at having beaten his own record, which was only possible with the assistance of the very friendly welcome and appreciation he always received in London. The break ended at 4,137 in the course of which, Lindrum had scored no fewer than 2,590 points by means of cannon sequences.</p>
<p>Upon the completion of the break, Davis congratulated his great rival and immediately settled down to establish a further record by playing out the remainder of the time with a break of 1,131, which he carried to 1,247 in the evening before failing at a forcing loser. When he reached four figures, Davis was complemented by Lindrum, and acknowledging the plaudits of the onlookers, remarked, &#8220;Well, I&#8217;ve had a good tutor, anyway.&#8221; Never before had 5,384 points been scored, by orthodox billiards, in two hands. Despite Lindrum&#8217;s remarkable performance it was Davis, assisted by 7,000 points start, who won the match by 1,251 points, averaging 162 for the fortnight. Lindrum averaged 206.</p>
<h4>Lindrum in the USA and Canada</h4>
<p>In February 1932, Lindrum and Newman departed for a tour of Canada and the USA. With all eyes on the Australian, it was in fact Newman who hit the headlines first when he set a Canadian record with a break of 1,335 while playing Lindrum in Toronto.</p>
<p>Crossing the border, Lindrum established a record break for the USA with 1,072 made in Detroit. He later extended this to 2,711 during a match in New York.</p>
<p>Lindrum and Newman arrived back in England on 3rd May 1932 with Lindrum almost immediately continuing on to Australia. From a financial viewpoint, the tour had been something of a financial disaster. The attendance at the USA matches was particularly disappointing and an overall loss was made by the players.</p>
<h4>The Baulk-line Rule</h4>
<p>By this time all the leading players, including Lindrum, recognised that some further restrictions were required to the cannon game in order to revive public interest. To this end an approach was made to the governing body and on 31st August 1932 the BA&amp;CC introduced an &#8220;experimental&#8221; rule requiring the cue ball to cross the baulk line</p>
<p>at least once in every 100 points. This was developed in an effort to counter the growing domination of nursery cannon play by all the top professionals, not only Walter Lindrum. Since his first appearance in England, Lindrum had invented and perfected the greatest and most classic example of break-building ever seen. He set out to make thousand-break billiards the rule instead of the exception, and achieved this by an incomparable exhibition of billiards genius both in conception and execution.</p>
<h4>1932 News of the World Tournament</h4>
<p>The News of the World offered to promote a tournament under the new baulk-line rule and invitations were accepted by Lindrum, McConachy, Newman, Davis and Smith.</p>
<p>Lindrum arrived in England on 22nd September 1932 promising to give the new rule &#8220;a fair trial&#8221;. This trial lasted just two weeks during which he played a match against Newman. Unable to make a thousand break, he expressed his dissatisfaction with the rule, and in this he was supported by his opponent. The promoters of the <em>News of the World</em> tournament promptly dropped the baulk-line rule from their conditions for their event, substituting a limit of 75 cannons. Willie Smith withdrew from the tournament in protest.</p>
<p>Shortly afterwards the BA&amp;CC responding to pressure from the professionals, modified the baulk-line rule to enable a crossing every 200 points, and under this restriction Lindrum made his first four- figure break in a two week match against McConachy.</p>
<p>It was now agreed that the News of the World tournament would be played under this revised rule with Lindrum conceding 6,000 points to all his opponents. But, the combination of learning a technique to overcome the new restriction, and the large start, proved too much for Lindrum who failed to win any of his matches.</p>
<p>However, by 27th Feb 1933 he had obviously made some inroads to this problem as on this date he made a break of 1,164 which included a run of 529 consecutive cannons, taking the balls on 2¼ complete circuits of the table, and incidentally crossing the baulk line every 200 points. This was a record under both the new and old rules. Even so, he lost the match to Davis (rec.6,000) by 701 points.</p>
<h4>The 1933 Professional Championship</h4>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-11_engagement.jpg"><img title="Mag-11_engagement" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-11_engagement.jpg" width="201" height="261" /></a></p>
<div>In February 1933 Lindrum announced his engagement to Patricia Hoskins of Melbourne and married her in London a few months later.</div>
</div>
<p>Withdrawing their objection to the woollen cloth, Lindrum, Davis, Newman and McConachy all entered the Professional Championship of 1933, making it the most representative entry for more than ten years. The competition was played at Dorland Hall, Lower Regent Street between 1st-26th May 1933 under the new baulk-line rule.</p>
<p>Lindrum&#8217;s first round match was against Newman. By now Lindrum had mastered the baulk-line rule making it a part of his game and easily overcame the Englishman&#8217;s challenge.</p>
<p>In the Final he was matched against Davis who had previously defeated McConachy. The majority thought Lindrum was sure to win, only asking themselves how many he would win by. In the event, the question should have been by how few? &#8211; For he only beat the Chesterfield man by 694 points at the end of a ding-dong fight which could have gone either way. Lindrum made the only four-figure breaks of the championship with runs of 1,578 against Newman &#8211; which qualified as a record for the Championship under the new rules &#8211; and 1,492 and 1,272 against Davis. Lindrum&#8217;s average for the two week final was 92.</p>
<p>Performances over the season demonstrated that Davis, Newman and McConachy were all continuing to improve their game and making up lost ground on Lindrum, although there was no doubt that he still stood supreme in the sport.</p>
<h4>New records in South Africa</h4>
<p>After the championship, Lindrum and McConachy left for a tour of South Africa and India before returning to Australia. During his visit to South Africa he claimed a new World record for fast scoring when he completed 1,000 points in 28 minutes in Johannesburg.</p>
<h4>World Championship for Australia</h4>
<p>Although promising to return to England for the 1933-34 season, Lindrum&#8217;s departure would prove to be the last this country would see of him.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-11_scunthorpe.jpg"><img title="Mag-11_scunthorpe" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-11_scunthorpe.jpg" width="218" height="298" /></a></p>
<div>Lindrum in Scunthorpe during a provincial tour organised by Howarth Nuttall in 1933</div>
</div>
<p>Lindrum contended that he should be allowed to defend his title in Australia and refused to return the Championship trophy to the BA&amp;CC when requested by them to do so. The reaction of the BA&amp;CC was to inaugurate a United Kingdom Professional Championship for the English players. Meanwhile, the English press generally regarded the incident as nothing more than a &#8220;publicity stunt&#8221; on behalf of the Australian. However, the BA&amp;CC eventually gave in to Lindrum&#8217;s demands and agreed that the next World Championship would be held in Australia. They additionally agreed that the event would be postponed until September to coincide with the Melbourne centenary celebrations. The only challengers were the New Zealand Champion, Clark McConachy and Joe Davis, who in the interim, had won the United Kingdom title.</p>
<p>With Lindrum playing a series of exhibitions against McConachy and Davis in advance of the main event, expectations where whetted by the unexpected victories of both of these players in two-week matches against the Australian.</p>
<h4>1934 Professional Championship</h4>
<p>With Davis receiving a bye, Lindrum defeated McConachy by 1,108 points in the qualifying round.</p>
<p>Lindrum&#8217;s match against Davis was one of ever-changing fortunes as Davis again came tantalisingly close to lifting the Championship and thereby changing the course of billiards history.</p>
<p>Davis was just 466 points in arrears going into the final session, but a break of 702 by Lindrum, near the end, clinched the match for him by 855 points. Lindrum was the only player to make any breaks over a thousand in the competition, with three against Davis, including a best of 1,474.</p>
<h4>Exhibition games</h4>
<p>After this Lindrum was never again challenged for the title, which, without the financial incentive to resurrect it, became dormant until he relinquished it in 1950.</p>
<p>Lindrum now contented himself with exhibition games and made many charitable appearances &#8211; especially during the war years &#8211; which earned him an MBE, and then an OBE in 1958. As one of Australia&#8217;s greatest sporting heroes, many people felt he should have been awarded a knighthood, and in fact, shortly before his death plans were in place to bring this into effect. However, before arrangements were complete, he was taken ill whist on holiday at Surfers&#8217; Paradise and died on Saturday 30th July 1960. He was 61 years old.</p>
<p>During his career he made 711 recorded breaks over a thousand, and marked his place in history as the greatest billiard player the game has ever seen.</p>
<div>
<h4>The Lindrum movement</h4>
<p>With the balls bunched near the top cushion, in the vicinity of the right-hand top pocket he quickly and deftly steers them along the top cushion, taps them past the facing top pocket with effortless ease, takes them a little way down the table, then makes them stop while he scores his dozen or more of exquisite kiss- cannons which barely change the position of the balls. On he goes, the flow of his ball control unchecked by the semblance of a mistake in positional play. At last, having collected his two hundred or more of points by a close-cannon display unrivalled in rapidity of execution, he brings the balls to the middle pocket. Then he takes them away from the cushion, plays a deft mid- pocket in-off, and at once changes the character of his display.</p>
<p>Continuing from hand, a simple in-off white soon sends that ball to the centre of the top cushion, or nearly so. A pot red into the same middle pocket is handled with consummate mastery, which leaves ideal spot-end position when the red is spotted. Lindrum then exploits the alternating red-winner- cannon movement until he sees a chance to get the, balls together again almost where his break began. This completes &#8220;the Lindrum. Movement&#8221;, but not his break &#8211; that may run into thousands before a mistake destroys the harmony of the movement and all is over.</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div>
<h4>Memories of Walter Lindrum in Singapore</h4>
<div>by Peter Wide</div>
<p>&#8220;I was in Singapore from May 1956 until January 1971 and had the great privilege of meeting Walter Lindrum when he was there in 1957. I watched him play at the Singapore Badminton Hall and he also went on to play in Kuala Lumpur during the same tour. As far as Walter&#8217;s exhibitions in Singapore were concerned, I understand that he had, not only his own set of balls, but also his own cushions&#8217; as well. Whereas, in the days when many clubs didn&#8217;t have air conditioning &#8211; the Badminton Hall certainly didn&#8217;t &#8211; many players used talcum powder to ease the cue on the bridge hand. Walter used a damp handkerchief which he said was much better. Powder made a real mess of the cloth, particularly when used as liberally as some did. Most of the tables in non air-conditioned clubs had under slate heating of some sort as the humidity was always very high. To watch Walter performing under those conditions at the age of 59 was a wonderful experience which I shall never forget.&#8221;</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5787</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tom Reece</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5784</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5784#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2013 20:22:16 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Articles]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5784</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[  Tom Reece&#8217;s &#8216;Record&#8217; Break by Peter Ainsworth &#38; Jock McGregor The largest break ever recorded at English billiards was made by Tom Reece when over a period of five weeks in 1907, he amassed a total of 499,135 points by means of the anchor, or as it was quickly christened, the &#8220;cradle&#8221; cannon. It [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-size: 1.5em;"> </span></p>
<h2><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/walterLovejoy1.jpg"><img title="walterLovejoy" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/walterLovejoy1.jpg" width="219" height="318" /></a></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Tom Reece&#8217;s &#8216;Record&#8217; Break</h2>
<div>by Peter Ainsworth &amp; Jock McGregor</div>
<p>The largest break ever recorded at English billiards was made by Tom Reece when over a period of five weeks in 1907, he amassed a total of 499,135 points by means of the anchor, or as it was quickly christened, the &#8220;cradle&#8221; cannon. It was a culmination of a unique contest between the professional players of the day to establish a record which would last for all time. In this Reece has, in all probability, been successful.</p>
<h4>The Anchor Cannon arrives</h4>
<p>The introduction of the anchor cannon to the English game seems to have come from America. At least, the possibilities where known to have been demonstrated by Frank Ives during a visit to London in 1892 when he stayed with J. P. Mannock at the Victoria Hotel. Mannock subsequently published details of &#8220;kiss cannon&#8221; techniques in his book &#8220;Billiards Expounded&#8221; in 1904.</p>
<div>Walter Lovejoy first unveiled the &#8216;cradle&#8217; cannon on 7th January, 1907. Within 8 months the stroke had been banned.</div>
<p>However, the possibilities were not developed and exploited to any significant extent in the English game until 1907. In January of that year several prominent members of the billiards community received a mysterious note suggesting that if they attended a match between Walter Lovejoy and Cecil Harverson, at Cox &amp; Yeman&#8217;s Brompton Road Hall, they would see something out of the ordinary. Lovejoy had been secretly practising his technique to gather the balls and hold them in what would become known as the &#8220;cradle cannon&#8221; position. In a rather inauspicious debut, Lovejoy took several days to secure and hold the position long enough to make a break of 603 which established a new record run of 283 consecutive cannons. A modest effort by later standards, but sufficient to attract the attention of all the top players who quickly set about eclipsing Lovejoy&#8217;s performance.</p>
<h4>Hat-box to the rescue</h4>
<p>Reece was one of the first to get into the action. In February he set the first of a series of records with a break of 1,825 in a match against Mel Inman at Thurston&#8217;s. It was customary after each session of a match for the referee to lift the balls, carefully marking their positions so that they may be accurately replaced. Now they were faced with a new situation. With the three balls so closely together, and a record break in progress, it appeared almost sacrilegious to disturb them. The referee suggested leaving them, but Inman protested. Ultimately a hat box was placed over the three balls, the room cleared, and the doors locked until the evening session was ready to commence. On this occasion, Reece was unable to hold the position and although he made another break of 1,269 in the match, his constant attempts to regain the &#8220;cradle&#8221; position allowed Inman to win the match by more conventional scoring techniques.</p>
<h4>Let battle commence</h4>
<p>By this time the race was well underway, with new records being established by various players almost as frequently as matches could be arranged. In March, Lovejoy, whose personal record break had been 463 just a few months earlier, set a new milestone with a break of 2,257 against W. Pindar at Hull. In the very same week, Reece extended the record to 4,593 and the following week Charles Dawson set a new standard with a break of 6,245 unfinished.</p>
<p>By April 1907, each succeeding week saw records increase. Dawson again extended the record with a break of 7,184 at Liverpool, while Scottish Champion, Tom Aiken just failed to pass this mark during the same week in Edinburgh, completing his 16,000 up match with a break of 7,172 unfinished.</p>
<h4>Dawson sets record with 23,769</h4>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/anchorPosition.jpg"><img title="anchorPosition" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/anchorPosition.jpg" width="324" height="379" /></a></p>
<div>The photo shows the position of the balls for Tom Reece’s &#8216;cradle&#8217; cannon break of 499,135. It was considered that after a while, the weight of the balls caused them to settle down into the cloth and &#8216;cup&#8217; themselves, as it were, in a little hollow. This helped to keep the balls &#8216;anchored&#8217; in the same position.</div>
</div>
<p>To accommodate further attempts, the length of the games were extended in a manner undreamed of a short time previously. Prior to this date, the number of points that any pair of professional players would contest, ranged from 6,500 to 9,000 for a week&#8217;s match, and 14,000 to 18,000 for a fortnight&#8217;s game. The advent of the ubiquitous &#8220;cradle&#8221; cannon however, upset all preconceived notions of what could be taken as a reasonable length. Dawson was the first to try to score an unprecedented 25,000 points over a week from 15th-20th April against Lovejoy. Dawson had publicly remarked that he could obtain position for the cradle cannon almost at will, and seemed to be justified when he obtained the desired position on the first evening of the game. From this point Lovejoy played the part of a spectator as Dawson placed all other records in the shade with an unfinished break of 23,769.</p>
<p>It now became a race for supremacy with regard to the biggest break, among the professional experts. But this was not left to their performances on the table alone. It was a battle of wits as well as of cuemanship. If it were only a question of who could make the bigger break, then that point would be easily decided &#8211; but there were other issues to be considered. There was a widespread opinion that the end of the &#8220;cradle&#8221; cannon regime was in sight, and a general expectancy that moves would be made to ban the stroke. Now, timing became a factor.</p>
<h4>A race between Reece and Cook</h4>
<p>Tom Reece and Joe Chapman, in a thinly disguised record attempt, announced a match of 150,000 up to be played over the course of a week at Birmingham. Reece occupied the table for most of the six days, compiling a new record break of 40,001 unfinished. The objective achieved, and with another attempt booked for the following week in London, the match was abandoned on 1st June with Reece still over 100,000 points short of his target!</p>
<p>As Reece&#8217;s break concluded, William Cook, in a match at Thurston&#8217;s, was in play with 30,000 unfinished. This match with Alec Taylor was also scheduled for 150,000 up but was spread over two weeks. This helped Cook to pass Reece&#8217;s effort and further extend the record to 42,746. This concluded on 4th June when to everyone&#8217;s surprise, Cook failed to cannon by the merest shade. Although he later regained position, the match was abandoned on 8th June with Cook barely one third of the way to his required total.</p>
<h4>Tom Reece&#8217;s record break of 499,135</h4>
<p>Meanwhile, with Cook&#8217;s game still in progress, Reece and Chapman had moved to Burroughes &amp; Watts, Soho Square, for the ultimate effort which commenced on Monday 3rd June 1907. The announcement of a match for an incredible 500,000 up over a period of five weeks required no further advertisement that this was to be yet another &#8220;cradle cannon&#8221; exhibition, arranged for the express purpose of enabling Reece to build up a mammoth break.</p>
<p>By now the very name of the &#8220;cradle cannon&#8221; conveyed a suggestion of something farcical to billiard players and even those people outside the game. Both Burroughes &amp; Watts and Reece had set their minds on putting up an unbeatable record while there was yet time, as it was now an open secret that the rules of the game would shortly be amended to ban the stroke.</p>
<h4>The first week &#8230;</h4>
<p>If Chapman was to spend most of this match as a spectator, he at least had much the better of the opening session, putting together some useful breaks and aggregating 878 points to Reece&#8217;s 483. In the evening, however, Reece monopolised the table almost entirely, and after contributions of 219 and 101, obtained the anchor position and was still engaged on an unfinished break of 2,031 at the close of play.</p>
<p>Reece continued the break though the scheduled sessions of Tuesday and Wednesday, and in view of the abnormal number of points to be scored, decided to play an all-night sitting. Commencing at 11.15pm he continued to score (with occasional intervals for rest) until 5.15am the following morning, during which time he increased his break by 20,000 points. During the afternoon session he added another 8,000 points and scored 3,000 more in the evening, the break at the close of play having passed the record of Cook, set just four days previously, having reached the total of 44,135 (unfinished). By the end of the week, the Oldham professional was scoring faster than ever, aggregating 11,000 points on the Saturday afternoon and 6,000 at night, thereby bringing his break to the grand total of 90,135 (unfinished).</p>
<h4>The second week &#8230;</h4>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/williamJordan.jpg"><img title="williamJordan" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/williamJordan.jpg" width="219" height="284" /></a></p>
<div>Match referee William Jordan was the only person, other than Reece, to witness every point of the massive break.</div>
</div>
<p>Messrs. Burroughes and Watts found it necessary to admit the public free after some days&#8217; play, and to maintain interest, a game of Snooker was introduced following the afternoon session. With Reece scoring regularly at the rate of 10,000 points a day, the Thursday afternoon saw a four-handed game of Snooker played, in which Cecil Harverson and the Australian Champion, Fred Weiss, also took part. At the end of the second week the great break amounted to 150,135 (unfinished) the daily games of snooker providing the main highlight.</p>
<p>William Jordan was the referee and he must have been heartily sick of the task long before its conclusion. He made the best of his ordeal, however, placing a chair at the side of the table, close to the corner pocket where Reece had the balls set, and sat there closely watching each thousand points being scored. It has often been hinted that Reece must have missed making some of the cannons, but Jordan&#8217;s reputation was such that nobody considered he would ever countenance an infraction of the rules and would have been alert to detect any fault.</p>
<h4>The third week &#8230;</h4>
<p>Reece took Monday off to &#8220;fulfill a prior engagement&#8221; but was back into action the following day, adding a further 9,000 points to his total. By way of variation, the afternoon snooker games with Chapman were replaced by a game of Indian Pool of 200 up. In order to make up time, four sessions were played on the Wednesday resulting in the addition of 20,000 points to Reece&#8217;s aggregate. A press report covering a session on Thursday 20th reflects the nature of play :</p>
<p><em>&#8220;There were fourteen spectators, in addition to the marker, and the game proceeded as follows :</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>8.00 p.m. Reece resumes after bowing in recognition to a lukewarm reception. Then the tap-tap of the cannons, at the rate of about one to every two and a half seconds, is heard.</p>
<p>8.02. Three people walk out as Reece takes a rest after making fifty cannons.</p>
<p>8.04. Another fifty cannons are scored, and with a deep sigh Reece chalks his cue.</p>
<p>8.06. Fifty cannons added and a stray enthusiast enters on tip-toe.</p>
<p>8.08. Marker; with a tired voice, announces another hundred points have been scored.</p>
<p>8.10. &#8220;The break has reached two hundred thousand points, gentlemen&#8221; from the marker, a notification which causes a few spectators to put their hands together. Two of them prepare to leave, and noticing this Reece says &#8220;All gentlemen may stand as close to the table as they like.&#8221; By way of a diversion and doubtless glad of the change, Reece gives a little demonstration to prove that each of the object-balls revolves once [around it's axis] in every five or six hundred cannons. This is more interesting than the actual play in the so-called match. In answer to a question as to how the one-stroke exhibition affected him Reece remarked, &#8220;It makes me rather stiff standing in one position all the time, but I mean to stick to it, if possible, to the end.&#8221;</p>
<p>8.20 The ten minutes interlude over Reece commences upon his two hundred and first thousand to a company reduced to ten plainly tired watchers.&#8221;</p>
<p>An all-night sitting on Thursday helped Reece to add 20,000 points. By the end of the week his break had reached 262,135 (unfinished).</p>
<h4>The fourth week &#8230;</h4>
<p>Reece was now scoring at a rate of 20,000 points a day, but it was still felt necessary to play another all-night session on the Wednesday which resulted in a similar increase to the total. Chapman continued to be called into action for afternoon games of Indian Pool, in which he was generally successful. Friday saw Reece in top gear as he scored at an unusually rapid rate, making 10,000 cannons in two hours and fifty-eight minutes. By the end of the week the break stood at 402,135 (unfinished).</p>
<h4>The fifth week &#8230;</h4>
<p>By now, Reece had his target firmly in sight and had reduced his daily contributions to a regular 17,000 points. Chapman was invariably successful at the games of Indian Pool, but might otherwise have stayed at home, as on Saturday 6th July, Reece easily scored the 12,000 points required to take him to game, running out the winner by no fewer than 449,074 points. The full break amounted to 499,135 and included 249,552 anchor cannons, being still unfinished when game was reached.</p>
<p>At the conclusion Messrs. Burroughes and Watts presented Reece with a cheque for £125 and a gold watch suitably inscribed, and if only in terms of a feat of endurance, nobody would argue that he deserved it.</p>
<h4>Record rejected</h4>
<p>When Reece later appeared before the committee of the Billiard Association to apply for a certificate for his break, he admitted that a portion of the break had been made behind locked doors when the public did not have access to the hall. After consideration it was decided not to give official recognition on the grounds that it would set a precedent for any player to have locked himself in a room, with one witness, and make claim to a record. This left Cook&#8217;s break of 42,746 as the highest official break made during this short season of cannon play.</p>
<h4>&#8220;Cradle&#8221; Cannon Barred</h4>
<p>At a special meeting of the Billiard Association on 2nd September 1907, it was resolved that &#8220;the cradle cannon be barred&#8221;. No agreement could be reached at this meeting on the actual definition of a cradle cannon, and it was left to the referees to determine its application. However, it had the desired effect and brought to an end this unique period of billiards history.</p>
<p>The rule was soon modified to allow no more than twenty five consecutive &#8220;ball to ball&#8221; cannons. This would still allow a longer run of cannons if the cue ball was played against a cushion before completing the score (a loop-hole which would be exploited by Reece some 20 years later) but for now both players and spectators had seen enough of the &#8220;cradle-cannon&#8221; and had no desire to see further demonstrations. For the 1907-08 season it would be a case of &#8220;normal service resumed&#8221; and everyone breathed a sigh of relief.</p>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/reeceChapmanJordan.jpg"><img title="reeceChapmanJordan" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/reeceChapmanJordan.jpg" width="624" height="369" /></a></p>
<div>Reece demonstrates the &#8216;cradle cannon&#8217; while Joe Chapman and referee William Jordan</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5784</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tom Cleary</title>
		<link>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5781</link>
		<comments>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5781#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2013 20:19:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>admin</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Books]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?p=5781</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Tom Cleary The Victoria Billiards &#38; Snooker Association of Australia managed to acquired a manuscript written in the 1970&#8242;s by the great Australian billiard-player Tom Cleary (World Amateur Champion in 1954, and five times Australian National Champion between 1947 and 1966). This 41-page document was discovered in an auction of sporting memorabilia and has been [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/tomCleary1951.jpg"><img title="tomCleary1951" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/tomCleary1951.jpg" width="200" height="278" /></a></h3>
<div>Tom Cleary</div>
<p>The Victoria Billiards &amp; Snooker Association of Australia managed to acquired a manuscript written in the 1970&#8242;s by the great Australian billiard-player Tom Cleary (World Amateur Champion in 1954, and five times Australian National Champion between 1947 and 1966). This 41-page document was discovered in an auction of sporting memorabilia and has been published as a series of articles in the VB&amp;SA newsletter &#8220;The Cue and You&#8221;.</p>
<p>We are grateful to the VB&amp;SA for their permission to use some extracts from this document which gives a fascinating insight into one of the World&#8217;s greatest post-war players.</p>
<h3>Starting Out</h3>
<p>My first introduction to a billiards table was at the age of fifteen when I became a member of the Yarraville CYMS Club, which was situated opposite my home. My parents were pleased that I should join the Club because of the good influence of its senior members and, furthermore, they would know where I was spending my leisure hours! Immediately I was fascinated by the billiards table, but it was some time before I plucked up courage to take a cue from the rack and attempt to play. The Club opened its doors at 7 o&#8217;clock each evening, but the caretaker commenced his duties at 6.30pm. Living close by, I would wait on his arrival and then help him remove the cover from the billiards table. At the same time I could manage to get about 30 minutes of practice before other members arrived. The fascination of the tables I found irresistible and thereafter my pocket money was devoted to billiards. In those days a game of 100-up cost sixpence.</p>
<p>At that time, one of the outstanding billiards players at the Club was Eric Longton, who also played with the Victorian Softgoods Club and could regularly make a 100-break. Other good players at the Club were Bill Burke, Mick Ryan and Fred Guest, who took a kindly interest in my progress and was instrumental in getting me started on my billiards career. I always remember him as a kindly man who spent much time teaching me to hold a cue properly, how to hold my bridge hand and correcting my stance.</p>
<p>At the age of sixteen I made my first 50-break. At this time the CYMS formed an inter-Club billiards competition, the matches being played on Tuesday evenings. I soon became the first emergency for the Yarraville team and it was my duty to carry the cues for the players and attend to their wants. During the season I made a 70-break in a practice game and was given a place in the team, but to my sorrow I was defeated in my first match. However, I was encouraged to keep on practicing and soon I was a regular member of the team, winning my last three games for the season.</p>
<p>During the summer months that followed I practiced on the billiards table more than any other member, and at last made my first 100-break. In the ensuing billiards season I was promoted to No. 3 position in the team &#8211; we played six a side &#8211; and was defeated only four times that year. Meanwhile, I had purchased a cue &#8211; for the sum of six shillings! I came to share this cue with two other Club members &#8211; Tom Lannon and Frank Palmer &#8211; so that it really cost me only two shillings! However, it was not long before I bought them out. It is very important that every aspiring player should have his or her own cue. It becomes part of oneself.</p>
<p>I spent as much time as possible watching good players in action. I shall never forget the great Joe Davis who, in the early 1930&#8242;s visited Australia to participate in a series of snooker matches with Horace Lindrum. When they played in Melbourne I went along to see them, taking with me a notebok in which to record my observations. I was astounded at the shortness of Joe&#8217;s cue. It scarcely reached the knot of his tie and when he fired, his chin almost touched the cue. I noted his comfortable stance and that he never lifted his head until he had completed a shot.</p>
<p>As soon as possible I cut five inches from my cue and immediately went about correcting other of my faults. From then onwards it seemed that I never looked back. Even today players ask me why my cue is so short. After I have offered my explanation, I have noted that some have followed my example. Later they have told me that it improved their game. Here I offer a word of advice to billiard players: <em>The cue should measure in length from the floor to the knot of the tie, or Adam&#8217;s apple, irrespective of a person&#8217;s height. It could even be a little shorter.</em></p>
<p>Not long after I had made these adjustments to my game I was chalking up breaks of 100 and 150, and eventually I made a break of 235. I continued practicing almost to the point of becoming a billiards fanatic. I would go to bed at night and sometimes dream of making a 500-break. All top players seem to develop along much the same lines. Walter Lindrum was an example. He once told me that often he could not sleep because whilst lying in bed he would continue thinking about the intricacies of the game. He would ponder over nursery cannons, or plan various moves which might differ one-hundredth part of an inch. Occasionally he would get out of bed, sometimes at 3 a.m. and go to his billiards table to experiment.</p>
<p>After I became a 500-break player I often watched Walter by the hour playing nursery cannons. He made it look so easy, and I would say to myself, &#8220;If only I could catch on to these nursery cannons&#8221;! I hoped that I, too, would be able to make a 1000-break, but practice as I did the secret eluded me and I could not conquer nursery cannons. I could take the balls along the top cushion, pass the top pocket and then proceed down to the middle pocket, but to overcome the skillful move of passing this pocket was beyond me.</p>
<p>On several occasions, I asked Walter to help me with this move, but much to my disappointment he did not come to the party. There is no doubt that nursery cannons were the secret to Walter Lindrum&#8217;s mammoth breaks. After making 500 or so at the top of the table, Walter would indicate that he would then play a series of nursery cannons. In two strokes he would have the balls in position and proceed to add a further 500 points by means of nursery cannons, after which he would return to top of the table play.</p>
<p>Playing at the top of the table is very demanding on the player as it calls for heavy concentrations. At the same time, the player tends to tire because of having to make quick moves from one side of the table to the other. Walter could overcome this problem by quickly switching to nursery cannons, then back to the top when it suited him. All the world&#8217;s leading professional players could, perhaps, play top of the table as good as Walter, but none could switch to nursery cannons like Walter. That made all the difference between him and other players.</p>
<p>Harking back to my days at the CYMS Club at Yarraville, I recall a young man named Jim Long coming to live in the district. I had heard that he was an up-and-coming player and naturally I was anxious to discover how good he was. He joined the Club and we became very good friends. We played a lot of billiards together and at that time I think I had a slight edge on him, but there was not much in my favour.</p>
<div>[Jim Long became National champion in 1956, taking the title five more times between this date and 1975. He was also runner-up to Herbert Beetham in the 1960 World Amateur Championships - Ed]</div>
<p>Jim made many 100-breaks in games with me and we became friendly enemies on the billiards table. That rivalry continued over many years. We both made fairly big breaks, mainly by losing and winning hazards, but at that time were unaware of top of the table play. Later on we came to use this style of play freely.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Our old style of play was comparatively slow and a little boring to the onlooker, as it would take about ten minutes to compile 100 points. Later we were to learn that by playing top of the table we could make 100 in about 4 minutes. One day Jim told me that a young fellow named Horace Lindrum (a nephew of Walter) was making breaks of 700 and 800 in Lindrum&#8217;s Billiards Saloon in Flinders Lane, Melbourne, by using the top of the table method. I learned that Horace practiced regularly between 9 and 11 a.m. each day when the saloon was not busy, so I called in one morning to watch him. I thought to myself, &#8220;It&#8217;s a quick way of scoring, and it looks easy&#8221;. I noted that Horace was doing his own scoring, so I quietly asked if I could help him. He agreed, with the result that I was able to get a close view of everything he did. I watched intently and learned a lot.</p>
<p>Some four years later, in 1935, I won the Victorian Amateur Billiards Championship for the first time and was selected to represent the State in the Australian Championship to be held in Sydney. On one occasion in Sydney, Horace was a member of the audience. He was about to leave for England to compete in the World Professional Snooker Championship. When I was introduced to him he looked at me and said &#8220;Your face is familiar&#8221;, so I reminded him of how we first met in Melbourne. He then told me &#8220;That is the way I learned the game, I would watch my uncle Walter&#8221;. On that occasion I was defeated by the then Australian Champion, Les Hayes, but Horace urged me to keep on practicing.</p>
<p>Les Hayes was purely a red ball player, and very slow at that. I shall never forget my first and only encounter with him in the Australian Amateur Billiards Championship. In 1935 the title was contested in a match of 1,000 points, played in two sessions each of 500 points. As it was my first experience in an Australian Title Series I was very nervous, and Les won the match by about 800 points. He was a very tough opponent and gave nothing away, not even to a young player like me. With ten minutes to go, the score board read: Hayes:955, Cleary:195. To my dismay at that stage of the game, he potted my ball and left a double balk. He was a real killer. Unfortunately I never had an opportunity to even the score with him. His untimely death in the following year shocked all billiards enthusiasts</p>
<p>In 1936 a leading amateur player named Fred Hancock defeated me for the Victorian Title. Fred must have watched Horace Lindrum practicing top of the table before I did, because he employed a raw type of that method of play, which was good enough to allow him to easily defeat me. I realised then that top of the table players would always be better than good all round players. Fred Hancock would have been a great player had he stuck to it, but unfortunately for business reasons he drifted out of the game.</p>
<p>After watching Horace Lindrum at practice, I could not get to my Club quickly enough to try out this top of the table play. Although it had seemed easy when performed by Horace, I found it rather difficult but very interesting. After about six months I was able to compile breaks of 50 and 60 by means of top of the table play, but there seemed to be all sorts of traps and at times I desponded of ever mastering it. However, I persevered and slowly my ability to handle the top of the table improved. In this type of play there are many difficult moves and it took me many years of practice to become really proficient. In later years Walter Lindrum stated that he considered I was the best amateur exponent of top of the table play in the world.</p>
<p>Eventually Jim Long began to develop top of the table play. Each time he played against me he would almost knock me over to get a closer look at what I was doing and he was not too proud to ask a few questions. I helped him to the best of my ability and he rapidly improved, so that we became even greater &#8220;enemies&#8221; on the table. We were always trying to out-do each other, but he was a few years behind me and it took him some time to catch up. This he did, and Jim eventually became a great player. His knowledge of top of the table play today makes him one of the best amateur billiards players in the world.</p>
<p>Jim and I were the only players in Victoria to make any real progress with this modern style of playing billiards. At least 500 players in regular competition, striving to improve their game, would give a great deal to be able to play top of the table at a reasonably good standard, but only a handful have made any real progress. George Ganim, a protégé of mine, showed early promise &#8211; in fact, he defeated me for the Victorian Championship in 1945 &#8211; but to my disappointment he has not progressed as well as I had hoped. George is a likable chap, a great all round player and a lover of billiards, but the mysteries of the top of the table play seem to elude him.</p>
<p>Two good players of the younger generation are Ron Moore and Bruce Stevens. Ron is a player with much potential, but unfortunately cannot give the required amount of time to practice. He could also become a first-class snooker player. Bruce is under the watchful eye of Jim Long and receives a lot of tuition from him. During the last three or four years he has made good progress at billiards, but must knuckle down to more practice. Lance Pannell and Bob McLass, both of the Yarraville Club, are two players with great potential. Lance is a good all round player who should try to master top of the table, but he does not work had enough. Bob is a snooker player who is just learning billiards and is working hard to improve his game. He is one of the best snooker players in Victoria and a good knowledge of billiards will undoubtedly improve his snooker.</p>
<p>Another first-class snooker player is Harry Andrews, who has won the Victorian Amateur Snooker Championship on the last five occasions. However, he is only a moderate billiards player and would undoubtedly improve his snooker if he would concentrate on developing his knowledge of billiards. Geoff Walters, of the Prahran Club, is also a promising snooker player, but unfortunately at present he is unable to devote sufficient time to developing his game. Fred Thomas of the South Yarra Club is also in this category. In Jim Lyons, the Brunswick Club has an outstanding snooker player. He also would improve his game by devoting a little more time to learning the intricacies of billiards. In a competition snooker match at the Yarraville Club in November, 1971, Jim compiled a break of 105; a notable performance.</p>
<p>The past two or three years have also seen the arrival on the billiards scene of a promising young player from Bendigo &#8211; Phil Tarrant. I have been taking a keen interest in developing this player, who has a good knowledge of all round play and is fairly adept at the top of the table. He is keen to learn and spends a lot of time practising. I have seen him regularly making breaks of 200 and 300 in good style. If he continues to practice and develops his game on proper lines, much more will be heard of him in the not too distant future.</p>
<div>[A good prediction by Cleary as Phil Tarrant went on to win the Australian National title four times between 1987 and 1992. - Ed]</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<h3>Robert Marshall&#8217;s controversial qualification for the World Amateur Championship of 1936</h3>
<p>Walter Lindrum once said to me, &#8220;Tom, you must practice until you almost break your back. I am irritated when I hear people say that proficiency at billiards is the sign of a misspent youth. If such were the case, do you think I would have been invited by the late King George V to give a command performance at Buckingham Palace?&#8221; The expressions &#8220;pool room&#8221; and &#8220;billiard saloon&#8221; do not sound respectable to some people, but I would point out that all the leading amateur and professional players acquired their skills at billiards and snooker within the confines of sporting and social clubs. At the age of fifteen years I commenced to learn billiards at the CYMS Club in Yarraville, which was a non-licensed club. It is a pity that young people are unable to join licensed clubs until they are 21 years of age, although they may drive a motorcar when 18. The appeal of billiards passes by these young people because they are not being presented with an opportunity to learn the game in the most favourable circumstances.</p>
<p>When I was 21, I was playing No. 1 for the Yarraville CYMS team. My good friend and mentor, Fred Guest, then thought that it was time that I had a crack at some of Melbourne&#8217;s leading amateurs, so he arranged a match for me with Jim Bracy, one of the leading players at that time. The match took place on a Sunday afternoon at the St Kilda Tradesmen&#8217;s Club, of which Jim was a member. Fred and I, accompanied by a few supporters, journeyed to St Kilda by train. No doubt some of the billiards enthusiasts had heard of me, as a good crowd was in attendance.</p>
<p>The match was to be 500 up, and was refereed by the late Charles Allen, who was a 100-break player and was to become one of Melbourne&#8217;s leading bookmakers. At first I found the table somewhat strange and, furthermore, I was a little nervous, so that I started off poorly. I overheard Charlie Allen remark to Fred Guest that he was sorry for me. Indeed, I was feeling sorry for myself! However, at last I made position at the top of the table and managed a break of 115. Many of the onlookers were mildly astonished as they had not previously witnessed this type of play. The match finally resulted in a narrow victory to me and, needless to say, I was very pleased and so was Fred Guest. Charlie Allen then remarked &#8220;Within two years this lad will be the Victorian Champion&#8221;, and from that day he became one of my best supporters.</p>
<p>I was immediately invited to play with the St Kilda Club in the South Suburban Billiards Association competition, and eventually I played No 2 in the team under Jim Bracy. That same year I won the single-handed championship of the Association, defeating Bracy in the final. Jim, of course, was the warm favourite to win that title and his name had already been engraved on a beautiful silver cup. However, one week later I was the proud owner of that trophy &#8211; which then bore my name! This trophy was my first and it still takes pride of place in my home.</p>
<p>These events marked my entry into the wider field of competitive billiards, in which I was further assisted by Fred Guest. At my first try at the Victorian Title I reached the quarter-final stage, to be defeated by Bill Carter, an excellent red ball player. In the following year (1935) I reached the final and was opposed to Charles Norman, a member of the South Yarra Club, who was a double strength player and very hard to beat. In this match I was a little &#8220;jittery&#8221; and did not employ much top of the table play, being content to rely upon the all-round game. However, I managed to win by 150.</p>
<p>In the following year I again reached the final, this time to be opposed by Fred Hancock, who could play top of the table. I was afraid to match my &#8220;top&#8221; against his and decided to again play all-round billiards. Much to my dismay, Fred easily defeated me. But I learned this lesson: a good top of the table player would always beat a good all-round player. I did not fall into this error again and thereafter concentrated on top of the table, with continuing success.</p>
<p>The winner of this match was selected to represent Victoria in the Australian Championship to be played in South Australia. The winner of the Australian Title was then to travel to South Africa to compete in the British Empire Amateur Billiards Championship (as the World Championship was then known). It was confidently expected that Fred Hancock would win the National Title and get the overseas trip &#8211; but that was not to be.</p>
<p>At this time Bob Marshall had won the Western Australian Title and was entered for the National Title event. He had a big reputation, but his amateur status was suspect. The amateur rules were strictly controlled and certain people in the inner circle of billiards administration were suggesting that Bob Marshall would not make the grade as an amateur. It was rumoured that Bob&#8217;s father had conducted a billiard saloon in the West and that Bob had worked for him. From a strict amateur viewpoint this was &#8220;taboo&#8221; and for this reason some people considered that Bob would not be allowed to compete in the Australian Championship series.</p>
<p>Fred Hancock knew of all this and naturally continued to practice furiously, with an eye on the overseas trip. If this eventuated, he was to be accompanied by a manager- Jack Oke &#8211; who was the billiards writer for a Melbourne evening newspaper. At that time, in direct contrast given to billiards by way of news coverage today, the game received fairly wide publicity in the daily press. Jack Oke made the trip to Adelaide as a Victorian Delegate and he met with the Delegates from the other States to investigate the amateur status of Bob Marshall.</p>
<p>After a meeting lasting about ten hours, the Delegates voted 3 to 2 against Bob competing in the National Title series, which then commenced. Fred Hancock easily won his first match and looked to be the certain winner of the Title. Then came a sensation! A special meeting of Delegates was called to further investigate the position of Marshall and next morning it was announced that he was to play in the Championship series after all. It appeared that the Delegate from New South Wales had changed his mind. Bob duly won the Australian Title and went on to South Africa to annex the World Title, proving himself to be the best amateur billiards player in the world. Fred Hancock was very disappointed at the turn of events and never competed again in a championship.</p>
<h3>The Brunswick Club</h3>
<p>In the five successive years I won the Victorian Title and I considered that my success was due to greatly improved top of the table play. In this period of severe economic depression I had been unemployed for about two years. Eventually I was reinstated as an employee of the Victorian Railways and was soon asked to play with the Railways billiards team. My work was that of a machinist. This was hard work and not conducive to playing good billiards, but I was happy to be again employed.</p>
<p>A turning point came in my life when a good friend, Dick Jacques, who was a committee man of the Brunswick Club, approached me with a suggestion that I play billiards for that club. Furthermore, employment was available to me, the club offering further advancement and better wages than I was at that time receiving. I decided to accept this offer and tendered my resignation to the Victorian Railways, at the same time applying for a clearance to play billiards with Brunswick. To my surprise, the clearance was refused. Just imagine such a clearance being refused today! Mr Reg Harding who was then President of the Brunswick club, fought my case at the next meeting of Delegates to the Melbourne Clubs Amateur Billiards Association. A Mr Ben Fallone, a gentleman of high repute in the Victorian Railways, also came to my assistance and eventually the clearance was granted.</p>
<p>I commenced working with the Brunswick Club as a storeman and was later appointed assistant to the Secretary, whose work had become increasingly heavy because of the Club&#8217;s expansion. At that time the Manager-Secretary was Ben Warr. Without doubt he was the finest Club Manager I have known. Although he was a hard man, he was also very kind and was liked by all who associated with him. He was extraordinarily capable, and it was his drive and leadership which were responsible for the success of the Club which was to become one of the leading sporting clubs in Melbourne. Mr Reg Harding headed the Committee as President.</p>
<p>I became the No. 1 player in the Club&#8217;s top billiards team and from that time on the standard of my play improved enormously, and I felt that I was reaching up towards world competition class. I was able to get plenty of practice and after I had completed my duties I scarcely left the billiards tables. George Ganim and Bob Dickenson, both first-class players from Geelong, journeyed twice a week to Melbourne to play with the club. I was able to help George improve his game and he became one of Victoria&#8217;s best billiards players. Bob was also a stylish player, but he never adopted top of the table style of playing. Consequently he did not reach championship standard. Another outstanding player was Gus White, who on one occasion won the Victorian Snooker Title. Frank Egan, Dick Jacques, Harry Watson, &#8216;Doc&#8217; Liversidge, Frank Warton and Fred Piera were all good players capable of making a 100-break. In those days the Brunswick team was not often defeated and won many premierships. In fact, the Club was regarded as the leading billiards club in Victoria. When billiards matches were in progress the Club was usually packed to capacity, which greatly contributed to the Club&#8217;s progress.</p>
<p>At this time the Brunswick Club functioned in leased premises, a building which in earlier years had been known as the Lyric Theatre. Only a small portion of this huge building was leased to the club, but in view of its expanding activities, negotiations were entered into with the owners of the building and eventually it was purchased by the club for £ 12,000 ($24,000). This transaction has proved to be a bargain. Today the property, which includes many improvements effected by the club, must be worth in the vicinity of $160,000. Present members of the club owe a great debt of gratitude to Reg Harding and members of the committee who negotiated that transaction.</p>
<p>Much the same might also be said about the South Yarra club, which has also had some great billiards players among it members. Jim Long, Jim Bracy, Col Norman, Frank Freston and Jack Langley were all champions. The South Yarra Club had progressed from what was once a double-fronted dwelling to a comfortable and modern two-storey building containing excellent appointments for its members. Much of this progress might also be said to be the result of the success of the club&#8217;s billiards players.</p>
<h3>A fund-raising tour of Australia with Walter Lindrum</h3>
<p>During the Second World War the Brunswick and South Yarra Clubs staged a challenge match to augment funds for the fighting forces and by this means raised £3,185 ($6,370). In the light of this success, a further match was arranged and this time netted £4,220 ($6,440). On each occasion Brunswick was the winner. Subsequently a number of the players who took part in these matches were honoured by being appointed life members of their respective clubs.</p>
<p>Then came Australia&#8217;s complete involvement in the Second World War. I was not employed in a &#8220;protected&#8221; industry, so decided to enlist in the RAAF, with an assurance that the position would remain open for me when hostilities ceased. I was posted to an Air Force Welfare Unit and No 1 Stores Depot, in Port Melbourne, and very soon I was able to obtain two billiard tables, one from Mr Leo Hemingway and the other from the Brunswick Club. These tables provided me with opportunities to practice in my spare time. Soon I was being asked to give billiards exhibitions at Air Force Stations throughout Victoria.</p>
<p>A little later I was contacted by Walter Lindrum, who had been devoting much time and effort to raising funds for the fighting forces by giving exhibitions of billiards. He asked me to accompany him on a tour of South Australia to raise money for patriotic funds. I seized this opportunity with enthusiasm as I knew that I could learn a lot from Walter, and the necessary leave was arranged. Walter would never travel by air, for what reason I never enquired, so we commenced our six weeks tour on the &#8220;Overland Express&#8221;. Incidentally, the only time I can recall air travel being required for Walter was on the occasion of his untimely death, when his body was flown from Queensland to Melbourne. At that time he had been holidaying at Surfer&#8217;s Paradise with an old friend and billiards enthusiast, Frank Williams.</p>
<p>The South Australian tour had been arranged by the late Pat Brady, a billiard table manufacturer, who was accompanied by Pat, Junior. Walter, of course, was the star performer and I was the &#8220;Jack-of&#8217;-all-trades&#8221; which meant I was commentator, referee, and occasionally filling in with an exhibition. Pat, junior, was the tradesman who attended to the tables and equipment. All the receipts from our exhibitions were placed in the hands of Pat, senior.</p>
<p>Walter and I shared a compartment on the train journey to Adelaide and his only topic of conversation was billiards! At last I had to feign sleep, but Walter, who suffered from insomnia, would nudge me and ask for a cigarette, and then take up the conversation again. Half way through the night journey he woke me saying &#8220;Tom, would you have a look under the seat and see that my gear is intact? It would be a shame if I had forgotten something&#8221;. I examined his kit and reported that all was in order, whereupon Walter said, &#8220;get out the billiard balls&#8221;. I did so and handed them to him. Walter fondled them for a few minutes and then addressed them, &#8220;you poor things! You are in for a hiding shortly. I hope you are kind to me&#8221;. He then kissed them saying &#8220;please forgive me&#8221;!</p>
<p>In Adelaide we were met by the Bradys and commenced our tour by car. When giving exhibitions Walter always brought along his own cushions, to be attached to the table on which he was to play. There are two types of cushion &#8211; strip rubber and block rubber. Strip rubber cushions are made up of six thin pieces of rubber solutioned together and allow the ball to bite in on impact and take the necessary &#8220;side&#8221;. Block rubber cushions are of solid rubber which causes the ball to rebound much more quickly and &#8220;side&#8221; does not react so readily. Strip rubber cushions are considered to be more desirable for billiards.</p>
<p>The tour commenced in the heat of February, with Walter&#8217;s cushions strapped on to the bumper bars of the car. Ideally billiards is a winter game because heat and humidity do not make for good playing conditions, but Walter was not unduly deterred. We headed for Port Augusta where we were to play on a table specially set up at the skating rink. We had received good advance publicity and faced a crowd of about 600. Walter was in magnificent form and quickly ran up a break of 1000 unfinished. My job was to explain the shots and at the same time appeal for donations from the crowd.</p>
<p>The larger donations were forthcoming when Walter played his trick shots. After three hours of hard work Walter was exhausted by his efforts, but the exhibition had realised a sum of £2,600 ($5,200). After a night&#8217;s rest, we journeyed to Port Pirie, starting at 7.00am but before long the temperature was 106 degrees! Our progress was somewhat slow and eventually we reached our destination at 3.15pm. After a quick shower and change of clothes, we arrived at the Port Pirie Sportsmen&#8217;s Club only half an hour late.</p>
<p>Pat had no time in which to change the cushions. Walter took one look at the table and almost cried &#8220;They&#8217;re block rubber cushions&#8221;!. He threw a ball up the table and it travelled seven lengths. He said &#8220;I&#8217;ll do no good on this table&#8221;. And neither he did. He was unable to compile a break of 100. After about an hour, Walter suddenly announced, &#8220;Ladies and Gentlemen I am sorry but I am not well. We have travelled a long distance today and I need a rest. I assure you that I&#8217;ll have recovered by evening&#8221;. He knew that there would be an opportunity to change the cushions. But, to my astonishment, he then introduced me to the crowd, saying &#8220;I am sure that Mr Cleary will substitute for me for the remainder of the afternoon and that he will keep you happy&#8221;. To add to my confusion, I had left my cue at the hotel. Walter explained this to the crowd, at the same time handing me his own cue, saying &#8220;Here Tom, use my cue&#8221;. To the onlookers this appeared to be a great gesture &#8211; but not to me! I had never used Walter&#8217;s cue. But I had to do something. About 700 people present had paid £1.00 each to see an exhibition of billiards, so I immediately challenged the local champion, Jack Gregory to a match of 500 up, giving him 250 start. I broke and Jack immediately followed with a break of 76. I told myself that this was my great moment to do something and surprised myself by compiling a break of 376, mainly from all round billiards as the table was much too fast for top of the table play. At the time, I considered that this was my best performance on a billiard table.</p>
<p>Although I had commenced playing under adverse conditions, the crowd was quick to appreciate my effort. During a short interval in the match a collection among the onlookers added a further £410 to our fund raising effort. Jack Gregory failed to score at his next visit to the table and I ran out with a break of 125 unfinished. At the conclusion of the game, four leading businessmen of the town handed in cheques to the value of £100, and further contributions from those present realised £165. Our organiser, Pat Brady donated a further £20 and another £200 resulted from an exhibition of trick shots given by myself. Never in my widest dreams had I thought that I would raise such a large sum of money by an exhibition of billiards.</p>
<p>I then returned to the hotel to find out how Walter was faring. After a good rest he had recovered, and when I told him what had happened he was so thrilled that he kissed me! He was glad that I had come along to assist him. He then enquired if Pat Brady had changed the cushions, and was pleased when I told him that it was being attended to.</p>
<p>In the evening an even larger crowd arrived. People were hungry to see the great Walter Lindrum. The cushions had been changed and everything was in readiness. There was no opponent for Walter &#8211; he always gave solo exhibitions. He announced to the crowd that he would endeavour to make a 1000 break. I was in charge of the demonstration and placed the balls at the top of the table position. Hundred after hundred rolled off Walter&#8217;s cue. At 600 he got the balls into a nursery cannon position and without visible effort ran the break to 1000 unfinished. The applause was deafening. He then gave a brilliant exhibition of trick shots, followed by a game of snooker with me. I broke and Walter followed on to clear the table with a break of 138. Walter gave a magnificent performance on the strip rubber cushions. The people of Port Pirie were generous. Never before had I seen to much money change hands so quickly. A sum of £2,000 was contributed during the evening, making a total of £3,200 for the two sessions. We continued to travel through to South Australia and in six weeks raised £40,000 &#8211; a really magnificent effort from a billiards table.</p>
<p>I then returned to my Unit at Port Melbourne and was immediately posted to Darwin, which meant a spell from the billiards table. Six months later the war ended and within a short time I was back in my old job at the Brunswick Club, and again playing billiards. I quickly discovered that, with the experience I had gained from watching Walter play, I was playing better than ever. In addition to playing in competitive games for the Brunswick Club, I was inundated with invitations to give exhibitions. For quite some time I was out every night of the week playing billiards, but fortunately I had an understanding wife! Over the next three years I gave countless exhibitions for various charitable causes and was responsible for raising about £8,000. For this service I was awarded a medal by Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II at the time of her coronation.</p>
<p>I won the Victorian Amateur Billiards Championship from 1947 to 1950, in which year I was selected to take part in the Australian Championship held in Melbourne. The Western Australian representative was Bob Marshall, to whom I had been runer-up in this event on four previous occasions. This time Bob and I again reached the final. On my first visit to the table I made a break of 285, followed by 276, and on my third visit I made 306. At this stage I had a lead of 860, so I reverted to safety play. At the end of the first session I had a lead of 1,100. I said to myself, &#8220;he will not beat me now! I&#8217;ll play the red ball tonight and slow down the game&#8221; And that is what I did. I won by only 444, but it was my first Australian Championship. Bob was bitterly disappointed at his defeat, but I regret to say that in the following year he got his revenge. This was the one that I wanted, as it meant a trip to England for the Word Title. It had been one of my life&#8217;s ambitions to play billiards in England, the home of this grand game.</p>
<p>After that championship Bob broke down in the dressing room. He could not believe that I had beaten him. I told him, &#8220;Bob, I have taken a hiding from you for many years. Surely you don&#8217;t begrudge me this win?&#8221;. Bob was no invincible when his opponent went with him. In the West he had no one to beat; consequently he had no hard match practice. However, Bob was such a popular sporting figure in the West that pressure was brought to bear and permission was sought from England to allow him to compete in the World Title. The authorities there knew of his ability and realised that his presence in the Championship series would be a tremendous draw-card. The result was that the Billiards Association and Control Council granted permission for Bob to take part provided he paid his own expenses. The sportsmen of Western Australia came to his aid, with the result that Australia had two representatives in the World Championship on that occasion.</p>
<h3>Billiards at Buckingham Palace</h3>
<p>I left Melbourne by air in September, 1951, and on arrival in England was met by Horace Lindrum and Bob Marshall. Bob and his Scottish-born wife, Jean, had travelled earlier by ship and it was a good opportunity for Jean to visit her relatives in Scotland. I was domiciled at the famous Albany Club in Saville Row, London. This so-called &#8220;posh&#8221; club is noted for its history and tradition, but I discovered that it was a somewhat ordinary old-fashioned building. I was given a room that was supposed to have been occupied by Lady Hamilton well over 100 years before and at that time I daresay it was first-class.</p>
<p>The Albany Club was frequented by many leading stage and screen stars, of whom I met quite a number including Tommy Trinder, Arthur Askey, Sonny Tufts, Danny Kaye and Gracie Fields. A Bill Little was the owner and manager of the club. Because I was the Australian Amateur Billiards Champion I suspect he thought I was a wealthy man, because he introduced me to many of the &#8220;stars&#8221; of the theatre and even invited me to attend a gala dinner with them. At that time, television was in its relative infancy and a portion of the proceedings were televised. Everyone attending the dinner was expected to provide a small item, or skit, to add to the evening&#8217;s fun. I was seated between Danny Kaye and Gracie Fields, when Danny asked me if I would like to appear on television. &#8220;What could I do?&#8221; I said. Nothing further was said at the time and the dinner continued. However, later on Danny said to me, &#8220;Go up to your room and see if you can find an umbrella. Take this vase and orange with you and practice potting the orange off the table into the vase. And don&#8217;t forget your chalk!&#8221;.</p>
<p>To pluck up courage I swallowed a whisky, then left the dinner to find an umbrella. Much to my surprise, I discovered it was quite easy to lift the orange into the vase using the umbrella as a cue. So I rejoined the party at dinner and told Danny that I could do the trick. A little later Danny announced to the gathering, &#8220;We have with us tonight Tom Cleary, the wonder boy from down under, who is in London to compete in the world&#8217;s Amateur Billiards Championship. He will now give you a little demonstration of billiards&#8221;. I quickly gulped down another whisky, placed the orange and the vase on the table, chalked the end of the umbrella and said, &#8220;This is how it is done&#8221;. I &#8220;potted&#8221; the orange into the air, but I had hit it too hard. Instead of going into the vase, it landed in a large bowl of water filled with flowers and, amidst laughter, everyone seated nearby was splashed. Apparently they all thought that it was my intention. And that signalled my entry into the Albany Club!</p>
<p>Previously, a good friend, Jack Le Francie, had visited England as a member of an Australian Bowls Team. During this visit he had become friendly with Mr John Blyfield, the King&#8217;s Entertainment Manager and, as a result, he and his wife had been shown through Buckingham Palace. Before I left Australia Jack said to me, &#8220;I would like you to see the Palace while you are in England&#8221;. I said &#8220;You must be joking&#8221;! However, he immediately wrote to Mr Blyfield asking him to look after me. When I had been in London for a week I telephoned Mr Blyfield, introducing myself. He was very friendly and told me he would arrange a visit to the Palace.</p>
<p>On that day I was scheduled to play a match against Walter Ramage and suggested to Mr Blyfield that he might like to watch the game. He thanked me and said he would be delighted to attend. I was in good form that day and make a break of 316 &#8211; all top of the table. Incidentally, it was voted the best-compiled break of the championship series, for which I was later presented with a set of snooker balls together with a beautiful leather case.</p>
<p>My performance must have impressed Mr Blyfield, for he said to me &#8220;Tom, when you visit the Palace you must give us an exhibition of billiards&#8221;. I readily agreed as it was a great compliment to be asked to play on the table at Buckingham Palace. Mr Blyfield asked me not to inform any of the newspapers that I was to play at the Palace as, unfortunately, King George VI was very ill at the time and it was not desired that the public should know the seriousness of his illness. At that time, Walter Lindrum and I were the only players who had been invited to give a billiards exhibition at Buckingham Palace.</p>
<p>The date for the exhibition was arranged and an official invitation forwarded to me. On Friday, 21st October, 1953, a Royal car arrived at the Albany Club to take me to luncheon at the Palace. At 1.00pm I was conducted to the King&#8217;s billiard room and, to my surprise, I observed that the colour of the cloth on the table was almost purple. The cloth had not been replaced since Walter Lindrum had played on the table before the late King George V during the 1930&#8242;s. King George V was a keen lover of billiards, but King George VI was not interested in the game &#8211; hence the condition of the table.</p>
<p>However, the table played well and to my satisfaction. At my first visit to the table I made a break of 311, followed by 259 &#8211; so I was extremely pleased with myself. Two frames of snooker followed, and then I amused the sixty odd people present with some trick shots. The onlookers comprised some of the administrative staff employed at the Palace. Unfortunately, no members of the Royal Family were present. The present Queen, Elizabeth II and Prince Phillip were holidaying at Windsor Castle, and I had missed Princess Margaret by about five minutes, she having had another appointment.</p>
<p>My exhibition finished at 3.00pm and Sir Pearce Leigh, who was in charge of the Royal household thanked me and asked Mr Blyfield to show me around the Palace. For the next three hours Mr Blyfield escorted me through the 165 State Rooms in the Palace. I was astounded by their magnificence and by the beautiful furniture and chandeliers. Each room measured approximately 40 feet square. What caught my eye was the hand-controlled clocks. There were two clocks in each room, each mounted on a marble pedestal &#8211; 330 clocks in all! I was informed that two mechanics were employed on the daily round of winding the clocks and keeping them in order, and that they were never one second out!</p>
<p>The gold and silver plate room in the Palace was magnificent. The many pieces displayed there must have been worth many thousands of pounds, likewise the beautiful paintings in the portrait room. I was shown the War Cabinet Room where Winston Churchill presided during the years of the Second World War. I also saw the huge and beautiful ballroom, in which was a large chair about six feet high, lavishly decorated with gold trimmings. It was situated on a platform and I was told that it was here that Royal Investitures took place. Amid laughter, I took the opportunity of performing an &#8220;investiture&#8221; on Mr Blyfield.</p>
<p>We then passed down a corridor some 300 feet long and, upon passing one particular room, Mr Blyfield informed me that the King was lying very ill in that room &#8211; in fact, it was believed that he was dying. I remarked that it seemed strange that no guards were present. I was told, &#8220;Don&#8217;t worry. Your credentials were well investigated before you were invited&#8221;. At 6.00pm we adjourned to the reception hall, where we again met Sir Pearce Leigh and some of the administrative staff. Sir Pearce immediately said to me &#8220;Cleary! I think you would partake of a drink?&#8221; I answered &#8220;By all means&#8221;, and a bottle of Highland Queen was immediately produced. I then asked Sir Pearce if it would be possible for him to give me some token by which I could remember my visit to Buckingham Palace. I told him that my Australian friends would not believe me if I informed them that I had visited Buckingham Palace! He pondered for a short time, then said he would see into the matter.</p>
<p>In a couple of days, two letters arrived for me at the Albany Club &#8211; one thanking me for my exhibition, and the other containing an invitation card bearing the Royal Crest. When I arrived home I had both documents framed, and today they are proudly displayed in my billiard room. Needless to say, more than one bottle of Highland Queen was drunk during my visit to the Palace. When I departed I was in high spirits indeed, and would not have called the King my uncle. It is sad to relate that some six months later King George VI passed away.</p>
<p>Apart from my stay at the Albany Club and visits to the royal household and Scotland Yard, to my regret I did not see very much of London. It was very noticeable that those in charge of the Billiards Association and Control Council were reluctant to provide hospitality for visiting players, and I had to find my own way about the City, even to places at which I was to play. The championship matches were played at Burroughs &amp; Watts Hall, which I knew was in Soho Square and eventually I managed to find it. I walked as much as possible for exercise, as well as to look around the City. Several times in the first few days I became lost. In most host countries it is customary for the controlling body to look after the wants of competitors as much as possible, but I regret that on this occasion such was not the case. The competitors were not even taken on weekend trips or shown around London. Even on the completion of the championship series there was no presentation ceremony or celebration, and most of the players made their way to a small café in Soho Square to partake of sandwiches and tea. On Sunday, Mr White, the Agent-General for Victoria, arranged for a car to take Bob Marshall and me to Brighton and Eastbourne, two seaside resorts. He also arranged for Bob and me to give an exhibition match at Scotland Yard, which was followed by a trip on the Thames in a police yacht.</p>
<p>After the championship matches were completed, Bob and his wife left for Scotland and I arranged to stay in London for a further week to have a look around. However, after one day on my own I became lonely, so I called on BIAC and was fortunate enough to obtain a seat for the following day. In spite of the disappointments to which I have referred, I loved London and its history and tradition. Much of the wartime bomb destruction still remained and it was obvious that the people had suffered severe hardship during the war years. However, the people whom I met were most hospitable and helpful. Incidentally, Bob Marshall won the World Title; Frank Edwards, the English Champion, was runner-up, and I was third.</p>
<h3>First visit to India</h3>
<div><a href="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-23_TomCleary.jpg"><img title="Mag-23_TomCleary" alt="" src="http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Mag-23_TomCleary.jpg" width="135" height="136" /></a></p>
<div>A dislike of spiced food and a diet of bananas saw Clearly lose 14lbs in weight.</div>
</div>
<p>In 1949, the strain of long hours and arduous duties at the Brunswick Club, as well as playing billiards on most nights, commenced to take its toll on my health. My son (Kevin) and daughter (Kathleen) had both married, which frequently left my wife at home alone at night. In addition, there was no doubt in my mind that the long hours and heavy duties, especially at night, expected of a Club Manager had hastened the death of my predecessor. All these problems were confronting me and, after discussing the position with my wife, I reluctantly decided to tender my resignation as Manager of the Club. It was a difficult decision to make, as the Brunswick Club had been very kind to me. Indeed, the Club had provided me with a business education, as well as enabling me to have an opportunity of becoming, perhaps, one of the top amateur billiard players in the world.</p>
<p>I gave the Club three months notice of my intentions, during which period I received an invitation from the Indian Billiards Association to make a tour of India with the object of promoting billiards in that country. As I felt the need of a holiday, I readily accepted the invitation. I left Melbourne in October, 1949, naturally in some state of excitement. I soon discovered that travelling overseas could provide many disappointments. For instance, the plane&#8217;s first stop after leaving Australia for Djakarta for refuelling. The passengers were herded like sheep, under a military guard, and were not allowed to leave the airport. We were not provided with food or drink until we again boarded the aircraft.</p>
<p>Our next stop was overnight in Singapore, where there was a long delay with Customs. My baggage was opened and the contents strewn all over the place. The official said to me, &#8220;have you any sticks&#8221;? I soon realised he was referring to cigarettes and answered, &#8220;There are a few packets there&#8221;. They were amongst my clothing and the official promptly selected six packets and placed them in his pocket, then cleared me. After I had rearranged my luggage it was left with BOAC for forwarding to Calcutta, my destination. Then with my overnight bag I was conducted to the Raffles Hotel for the night.</p>
<p>Next day I arrived at Dum Dum airport at Calcutta and was met by the Indian billiards officials. Unfortunately, my baggage had not arrived with the plane and all I had was what I stood in, together with the contents of my overnight bag, my cue and a set of billiard balls. I was in a nice fix, but at least I had my tools to work with! Ten days later I recovered my baggage in Madras. In the meantime the Indian Billiards Association fitted me out with a complete new wardrobe.</p>
<p>The Dum Dum Airport is about thirteen miles from the City of Calcutta, but it took about two hours to reach the Great Eastern Hotel where I was to stay. The roads were crowded with people and each vehicle using the road was fitted with two &#8220;tooters&#8221;. One worked from the car battery in the usual manner and the other was operated by hand. The latter was necessary because the car battery would not have lasted 30 minutes! It was necessary to blow the horn almost continuously to clear the road of people. The noise for the whole journey was deafening and I was relieved when we reached the hotel.</p>
<p>To add to my discomfort, I was nearly sick from the stench rising from the roadway. There seemed to be no sanitary conveniences for the general use of the public, and it was a strange sight to see men and women urinating and defecating along the public highway. I was informed that the ordure was gathered up weekly and subsequently burned, hence the horrible stench. At the time it was the dry season and lack of rain added to the problem. I was appalled at the conditions under which these poor people lived. Their clothing appeared to be only a dirty loincloth, and mostly they slept on the streets. A splash of water from an odd tap provided a wash, but they had no soap. Soap is a comparative luxury in India and these poor people were quite unable to obtain it. Perhaps they were not even aware of it.</p>
<p>The person responsible for my tour was Mr Begg, the President of the Indian Billiards Association. On my way to the hotel Mr Begg handed me some coins saying &#8220;Do not be too liberal with your money, or you will be inundated with beggars&#8221;. Upon arriving at the hotel I was besieged by servants who wanted to carry my luggage (my overnight bag and cue), but I was reluctant to part with it. Mr Begg muttered that it would be all right, and I was then taken to my room on the fifth floor.</p>
<p>After about half an hour I became worried that the servant had not arrived with my bag and cue. I was unaware that servants were not allowed to use the elevator. Eventually there was a knock on my door and three servants entered the room with my gear. I thanked them, but they did not move. I then realised that they were waiting for a tip, so I fumbled with the coins Mr Begg had given to me, but did not know their value or how much to give each servant. I decided to give each servant one of the largest coins, but their expressions indicated that they were not very happy. Eventually they left, but later I found out that the large coin was the equivalent of about one-penny. No wonder they glared at me! I was unable to rectify the matter as I was unable to tell one Indian servant from another. No doubt I was held in low esteem by all the hotel servants after that incident.</p>
<p>I was unable to sleep that night because of the loud &#8220;tooting&#8221; of passing motor cars. It was like a children&#8217;s party on Christmas Day! I had been placed in a second-class room which had no windows, but on the following day I corrected that. The following morning Mr Begg arrived with a tailor and a few samples of cloth. I selected a beautiful grey silk material and, after being measured, my suit was ready for me to wear at one o&#8217;clock that afternoon. I purchased the remainder of my requirements in the Great Eastern Hotel, where it was possible to buy anything from a pin to an elephant! Mr Begg apologised for my discomfort on the previous night and, after doing some more shopping, he conducted me to my new living quarters &#8211; a well-appointed large room with all modern conveniences. So I began to think that life in India was not so bad after all.</p>
<p>That evening I was given an official reception, amid much pomp and splendor. Whisky flowed like water, the food was appetising and I was waited upon like royalty. However, this luxury living was not to last, as I was informed that I was to commence my tour of the country next morning. I was to be accompanied by a Mr V. Freer, who was Amateur Billiards Champion of India at that time. He was a train driver by occupation and was a good all round player.</p>
<p>We travelled by train to Vizagapatam, which is approximately 100 miles from Calcutta, for our first exhibition match. The playing conditions were somewhat ordinary and the club in which we played only held about 60 spectators comfortably. However, about 100 people somehow managed to crowd into the billiard room, and there was scarcely room left for us to move around the table. Mr Freer and I played a match of 600 up. I broke and left the balls in a good position for him, which is the usual thing to do when giving an exhibition. He ran up a break of 110, and then played safety. I could see that he was going to be a tough opponent. Foolishly I tried to score but missed, leaving the balls in a good scoring position. This time he made a break of 169, and again played safety. By this time I was in real trouble. The table was fitted with block rubber cushions and was running fast &#8211; about nine lengths &#8211; and the cloth was like glass, with no nap left on it. The conditions were such that it was not possible for me to play top of the table. My opponent was in good spirits, for he was a good red ball player. I managed a couple of breaks of 100 or so, but he was too far ahead and ran out a winner by over 200 points. I was a little disappointed, but resolved to do better next time.</p>
<p>Mr Singh, the President of the Club &#8211; if, indeed, it could be called a club &#8211; made it easier for me when he informed me that Mr Freer had defeated Bob Marshall by about the same margin when Bob had played there about two years earlier. Incidentally, Bob had told me that he had been undefeated during his tour of India, but I later learned that he had been beaten on no fewer than six occasions.</p>
<p>After the match with Mr Freer at Vizagapatam an odd incident occurred. I asked one of the committeemen to direct me to the toilet. He explained that there was no toilet in the club and that I would have to go down to the river. I had no alternative. It was just as well that I invariably carried a handkerchief! This experience taught me a lesson, and subsequently I never failed to carry toilet paper in my pocket. Toilet paper was almost unheard of in India, and most of the Indian population use the left hand for this purpose. Some wash their hands afterwards, but some do not. It is no wonder that the people of India claim that the left hand is unclean.</p>
<p>Mr Freer and I then travelled south to Cocanada, Guntar, Vizayawada and Chennapuri. As we continued our journey our performances improved, the climate being cooler and more suitable in which to play billiards, but the condition of the tables left much to be desired. My best break was 296, and I was able to defeat Mr Freer in every subsequent encounter. In all the games there had been a referee, a marker and an official calling the hazards and six ball boys (one for each pocket). This made nine officials and it soon became evident to me that there was some method behind this apparent madness. After each game I was expected to tip each official 1 rupee (about 20 cents Australian). Mr Freer was not in a position to do likewise. As my expense allowance was somewhat meager, I could see that I was going to be flat out trying to make ends meet!</p>
<p>During the next exhibition match at Guntar I made a very bad faux pas. The night was sticky and humid, the table very fast and the pockets slightly under standard size. Lamps had been placed under the table to help dry out the cloth. Each time I visited the table I could feel perspiration trickling down my legs &#8211; I was the only person present wearing long trousers &#8211; and I was not in a good mood. The large crowd was expecting to see some big breaks but, under the prevailing conditions, I knew this was not possible. To add to my concern, all kinds of beetles and insects kept dropping onto the table. At my first visit to the table I had reached 96 and said to myself &#8220;I&#8217;ll make 100 this time, or die&#8221;. I played a cannon to reach the red ball, which was on the brink of a pocket when a beetle fell onto the table right in the path of my cue ball and turned it at right angles away from the red ball. I thus missed the cannon and the 100 break. I exploded and cried out, &#8220;This is a black fellow&#8217;s game&#8221;. Then all at once I realised I was the only white person in the room. I forthwith apologised for my indiscretion. Later on I managed to make a break of 176 and, following some trick shots which always add lustre to an exhibition, an enjoyable evening was spent.</p>
<p>After the exhibition I expressed a desire for a bath as I was wringing wet with perspiration. The President of the Club thereupon invited me to his home, which proved to be a rather primitive place. When we arrived he informed me that the bath was behind the curtain and that his servant would attend to my wants. When I pulled back the curtain I was dumbfounded. I had expected to see a nice bathroom, but instead there was a large tub &#8211; the kind used to bath an infant. It was placed in the middle of a square of concrete measuring about six feet by six feet. I had to sit in this tub while the servant poured water over me from a dipper. Nearby was a kerosene tin which did service as a toilet pan.</p>
<p>After the &#8220;bath&#8221; the President and I sat down to dinner. It was then two o&#8217;clock in the morning. It is the custom of the Indian people to dine late, but on this occasion it was much later than usual. I was starving, but try as I would I was unable to cope with the food, which consisted of curry swamped with chilies. Too hot for my taste!</p>
<p>After having been in the country for only seven days I had lost 8 pounds in weight! I practically lived on bananas during this southern tour and was glad when it ended. Madras was our next venue and again I was pleased to be in a big city, with the chance of enjoying some wholesome food. I stayed at the Conomara Hotel, a beautiful white marble building constructed by the Russians in 1900. Unfortunately this great hotel had become something of a &#8220;white elephant&#8221; because of changes which had been effected in the laws relating to liquor in 1920.</p>
<p>In Madras I gave three exhibitions with Wilson Jones, V. Salvaraj and V. Freer. Wilson and I turned on some scintillating billiards and snooker, each making breaks of 100 and 200 odd in billiards. My highest break was 347. Salvaraj also made the odd century, but he was largely a red ball player, hence his lack of success. Nevertheless, he was a charming gentleman and companion.</p>
<p>The large attendance at these exhibition games was almost frightening. Many hundreds of people were turned away. Those who gained admittance were jammed into the hall, some even sitting in the rafters! The temporary seating that had been erected looked by no means safe at any time and, in fact, on the last night it collapsed. I was in the middle of compiling a break when suddenly I heard a great noise. I glanced around to see dozens of people tumbling down towards me. In a flash, I dived under the billiard table to safety. Ten spectators required hospital treatment for broken limbs. Salvaraj&#8217;s cue was smashed. He had not been able to avoid the crush, and was also taken to hospital suffering with shock. Altogether it was a terrifying experience.</p>
<p>Because of the great success of these exhibition games, pressure was brought to bear on me to stay a further day. However, as I had a busy itinerary ahead of me I declined, as I was required to fulfil engagements at Bangalore, Coimbatore, Trivandru, Madras and other centres. A delay would certainly have disarranged the programme. It was just as well that I refused to stay the extra day for a calamity would have befallen me.</p>
<p>Bangalore is the coolest part of India and the playing conditions there were somewhat similar to those in Australia. I was playing at my top and made a billiards break of 456, and later a break of 99 at snooker. In this frame I ran out of balls, which deprived me of the opportunity of reaching the coveted 100. The spectators greeted this performance with great excitement and I was &#8220;king&#8221; of Bangalore that night!</p>
<p>Next morning I travelled on to Trivandrum by plane, where my best break was 367. This exhibition was not as hectic as that of the previous evening and I was able to get to bed reasonably early. But, alas, a tragedy was about to occur. The following morning I was taken to the airport to meet the plane that was to take me to Coimbatore. After a wait of two hours the plane had not arrived and I returned to my hotel. By this time fears were held for the safety of the plane and during the afternoon word filtered through that the aircraft was missing. Later a replacement plane took me to Coimbatore and the evening newspapers confirmed that the other plane was missing and was believed to have crashed.</p>
<p>I fulfilled my engagements and returned to Madras. Eight days later the ill-fated plane was found in jungle country. The bodies of the passengers and crew had been mutilated by wild animals. If I had consented to stay a further day at Madras I would have been travelling on that plane. Such is life! It was the first air tragedy to have occurred in India for ten years.</p>
<p>The next portion of my tour covered New Delhi, Agra, Lucknow and Govidina. Travel to New Delhi was by train, which was by no means safe as white people were not held in the highest esteem. I was placed in a compartment alone and was told to lock myself in. It was a 12 hour journey and I hardly slept a wink. It seemed to me that beggars were constantly knocking on the carriage door shouting &#8220;Sahib! Sahib! Sahib!&#8221; They were travelling on the footboard of the carriage. It was all very disturbing to my peace of mind and I was relieved to reach my destination.</p>
<p>I arrived at New Delhi on Saturday, which was a free day for me, and expressed a desire to see the film &#8220;Samson and Delilah&#8221; which was showing at the time. Arrangements were promptly made for me to have a private box at the theatre. A Government car was placed at my disposal and when the driver dropped me at the theatre he asked if he could go home to see his wife and family, stating that he would pick me up after the show. I agreed, and then entered the theatre where, presumably as a precaution, I was locked into my box. However, to my dismay I discovered that the sound track of the film was in the language appropriate to that part of India, and I was unable to understand any of it!</p>
<p>Next morning my chauffeur was directed to take me on a tour of Old and New Delhi. I had been suffering with constipation for about three days, so I asked him to stop at a chemist&#8217;s shop so that I could obtain a laxative. I duly swallowed three tablets and continued my tour. At lunch time we returned to the hotel for a meal. As I was settling down to enjoy my lunch an acquaintance walked over to me saying &#8220;Tom, you were indeed lucky to miss the plane that crashed!&#8221;. Suddenly, I could feel the laxative working, so I said &#8220;Excuse me, but I&#8217;ll be back in a few minutes&#8221;. I had to get to my quarters about 100 yards distant and up two flights of stairs. I had a feeling that I would not make it! Just as I reached the door of my room nature took its course. I was in an awful mess and it was necessary for me to have a bath and complete change of clothing. When I eventually returned to the dining-room my acquaintance was no longer there, so I was unable to explain my apparent rudeness. Little did I know that there was a toilet about ten yards from the table at which I had been sitting!</p>
<p>Wilson Jones came to New Delhi to play an exhibition match at Government House. On this occasion we each performed very well, making breaks of over 300 at billiards, whilst at snooker Wilson made a break of 81 and I managed one of 79. For our efforts we were each presented with a pair of gold cuff links.</p>
<p>Next day we visited the Cricket Club at New Delhi, where I met the famous Duleepsinju. He was a charming person and a good billiard player. I played a friendly game with him, during which he made a break of 125. Sad to relate, he passed away about twelve months later.</p>
<p>I then journeyed to Agra, where I played a couple of matches in private homes and was entertained by Mr R. Singh. My real reason for passing through Agra was to see the famous Taj Mahal, one of the great wonders of the world. I stayed three days in Agra, then travelled to Lucknow. This journey was something of an ordeal. It took eighteen hours and I was required to travel by oxen cart. What a nightmare it was! At the end of the journey I was sick, sore and sorry. My joints were aching so much that I had to rest for the next 24 hours. However, I was quartered in what I was informed was the best guest house in Lucknow. It was like a gaol! It was a hut about 16 feet square, with a concrete floor, and no bed. The windows were merely openings and were fitted with iron bars. I was unable to eat the food supplied to me so bananas again became my staple diet.</p>
<p>By this time I had lost 14 pounds in weight and was becoming fed up with this type of living. But what could I do? I was in the heart of India and had to put up with it. I said to myself &#8220;Only three more days and I&#8217;ll be back in Calcutta!&#8221;. Although I never saw a cloud in the sky in the three months during which I was in India, I carried with me an overcoat which, on this occasion, was to prove very useful. No blankets were provided in my room so I rolled the overcoat around my shoes and thus made a pillow. I was so tired that I slept like a log, with my clothes on, and did not open my eyes until 10 o&#8217;clock the following morning. In the act of putting on my shoes I suddenly noticed a large scorpion drop out of one shoe. I was really shocked to think that I had been sleeping with that scorpion close to my head. Eventually I recovered from the whole ordeal, but was glad to leave Lucknow.</p>
<p>I arrived back in Calcutta on 18th December in time for the National Championship series. The Commonwealth Cricket team had also arrived for the second test match. George Tribe, Cargie Greaves and Bruce Dooland, all of whom I knew, were travelling with the team and naturally I wanted to see them. I phoned George, who made arrangements for me to meet him in the cricketers&#8217; dressing room, where I was introduced to members of the team.</p>
<p>It was an extremely hot day and the visitors, who had won the toss, decided to bat. Immediately I was invited to have a drink, and I was amused to see that nearly all the players were also drinking. The team had received a donation of six dozen bottles of Dutch beer and it was being consumed with enthusiasm. Cargie was to go in to bat at fifth wicket down, and by the time he had taken his place at the crease he had had a few beers. I thought to myself, &#8220;he won&#8217;t last long out there&#8221;, but he knocked up a century in 70 minutes, then threw away his hand. George Trible also made 71. Perhaps the beer had given them Dutch courage! I spent a couple of days with this cricket team &#8211; a welcome relief from intensive billiard matches.</p>
<p>The National Championship was contested by a strong field, including Wilson Jones, Chandra Hirjee, M. Lafir (of Colombo), T. Salvaraj, V. Freer, myself, and a couple of players of lesser fame\. Hirjee was regarded as one of the most brilliant and entertaining players in India. In 1954 he was selected as second string to represent his country in the World Championship series contested in Sydney. He came from a wealthy family engaged in the jute business. Unfortunately, he fell foul of the taxation authorities in 1954 and was not allowed to leave the country, which cleared the way for me to compete as second string for Australia in that year. As a result, I won the World Championship Title on that occasion &#8211; but more of that later.</p>
<p>Salvaraj and Freer, being red ball players, were considered not to have much chance of winning, whilst it was thought that the up-and-coming Wilson Jones might be the surprise packet. With the exception of M. Lafir, who was a promising player, the remainder of the field was given little chance of winning the Title. At that time, Lafir was better known as a snooker player, but in 1967 he was runner-up to Leslie Driffield (England) in the World Amateur Billiards Championship. Lafir was gifted with a keen sense of humor. One evening in Calcutta the players decided to attend a picture theatre. Instead of travelling by rickshaw it was decided that we should walk. As most people are aware, cows throughout India are regarded as sacred animals and roam the streets at will. Naturally they leave droppings in all sorts of unexpected places. As we made our way to the theatre I accidentally put my foot in a patch of cow manure. In a flash Lafir cried, &#8220;Foul! Four Away!&#8221;.</p>
<p>The National Championship was eventually won by Wilson Jones. He and I played off in the final, each of us being undefeated. By this time I was &#8220;browned off&#8221; with billiards and did not produce the form expected of me. Wilson went on to win the World Title at Calcutta in 1958, and again in New Zealand in 1964. He retired at the comparatively early age of 54. The Government of India invested him with a knighthood to mark his achievements. At that time he was the only Indian to have won a World Championship in amateur sport. Later he was presented with a testimonial of 100,000 rupees &#8211; at that time the equivalent of $A20,000.</p>
<p>Following the National Championship series at Calcutta, the last leg of my tour took me to Bombay. I considered this very interesting and large city to be the cleanest, wealthiest and most Westernised community in India. I was provided with accommodation at the Cricket Club of Bombay &#8211; a beautiful stadium with all modern conveniences. In fact, it reminded me of the Melbourne Cricket Ground. A Mr Visinji, millionaire employer of Wilson Jones, was in charge of my stay in Bombay.</p>
<p>When I arrived the great festival of Bombay, which extends over ten days, was at is peak. Mr Visinji said to me &#8220;Do come and see this wonderful procession. It is something you might not see again&#8221;. Later I was introduced to the Maharajah of Burdwan, the Maharani, and many of their family, all of whom seemed to me like characters out of a fairy tale. Dressed in gorgeous saris, they were all strikingly beautiful, and they all wore magnificent jewellery during the festival. Mr Visinji informed me that even a computer could not assess the value of all the diamonds and other jewellery worn at the festival. I was dumbfounded by all the display.</p>
<p>The people welcomed me with open arms and made me feel at home. I attended many public and private ceremonies more breathtaking that Cecil B. de Mille ever dreamed of. The climax came when I was invited to join the Shah of Persia and his Princess in one of the cars in the procession as it made its way through the streets. At the head of the procession were the Maharaja and Maharani of Burdwan, seated in a golden howdah on the royal elephant, followed by a retinue of people of lesser importance, but all looking resplendent in their trappings, with beautiful hand-painted designs on their foreheads. It seemed as if we were passing through a sea of dark faces, with waves going back as far as the horizon. Many people also were heightened further when daylight faded and the procession continued by torchlight. When later I thanked the Shah for the privileged position from which I had witnessed the procession, he remarked, &#8220;Oh! I do like to meet strangers&#8221;.</p>
<p>My programme for my six days stay in Bombay was: rise at 7.00am, take a bath, followed by breakfast comprised of toast, jam and a cup of black tea. Other food was available, but I was in no mood for anything more substantial. On arrival in India I had been somewhat overweight, but by the time I reached Bombay I had lost 18 pounds and I was feeling much fitter.</p>
<p>There was a good billiard table at the Cricket Club and after breakfast I would practice for about two hours. At midday a car would pick me up and take me on my way for exhibitions &#8211; perhaps two in the afternoon and one in the evening. During my short stay in Bombay I played 21 exhibition matches and was undefeated. Strange to relate, Wilson Jones was never selected to play against me, for what reason I do not know. The only conclusion I could arrive at was that the Indian authorities did not wish to risk him being defeated. I was playing at the top of my form and consistently had made breaks of over 200, and three breaks of over 400. However, my tour was a great success and the Association profited by many thousands of rupees.</p>
<p>During my stay in Calcutta I was fortunate to make the acquaintance of Princess Toy and her brother, Prince Sonu, as well as their mother, the Begum, all of whom were associated with the Indian Billiards Control Council. They treated me with great kindness and on many occasions invited me to their home. In appreciation of our happy times together the Begum presented me with five lovely diamonds. So much did I value this gift that I kept the diamonds constantly in my possession, even sleeping with them under my pillow. I wrote home to my wife telling her that I would bring her back some beautiful diamonds, something she had always wanted, especially from India.</p>
<p>Somoneith (Sam) Banerjee&#8217;s father at this time asked me if I would assist his son with his billiards with a little coaching. I readily agreed, whereupon a car was placed at my disposal each morning for one week so that I could travel to and from Sam&#8217;s home, where there was a billiard table. Sam was an apt pupil and my coaching enabled him to improve his game considerably. In appreciation of my efforts for Sam, Mr Banerjee presented me with a suit length, and asked me if I would like anything else. I told him I was satisfied with the cloth, but he remarked, &#8220;Surely that is not sufficient&#8221; and insisted that I name something else. I told him that I had been given some precious stones and that perhaps a gold ring might make a suitable mounting for one of the stones. He immediately ordered a chaffeur to take me to a jeweller, with whom I made arrangements to mount one of the diamonds on a ring. Two days later the finished ring and the remainder of the diamonds were returned to me at my hotel.</p>
<p>When I arrived back in Australia my wife was anxious to see these jewels. When they were shown to her she said, &#8220;I don&#8217;t believe they are diamonds, Tom, although they shine like diamonds&#8221;. Soon afterwards she took them to a prominent Melbourne jeweller to have them valued, to be informed that they were plain glass and virtually valueless. To this day I do not know whether the &#8220;diamonds&#8221; were switched by the jeweller. I would not be surprised if this had occurred, as sharp practices of this nature are not entirely unknown. Such was another sad experience for me in India.</p>
<h3>The 1954 World Amateur Billiards Championship</h3>
<p>Upon my return home from England in 1951 Walter Lindrum phoned to congratulate me on finishing third in the World Championship that year. He suggested that I take a break of three months from the game and I took his advice. When I resumed playing I noted that my form was better than ever. I found that consistently I was making breaks of 300 and 400 &#8211; and even an occasional 500. At the time I was employed by Mr Charles Allen, a leading snooker bookmaker and a member of the Victorian Club in Melbourne. I practiced mainly at that club and two of its members, Darcy Eccles and Bill Bailey, both great players, took a keen interest in me. Both saw to it that I worked hard, and it was nothing for me to practice four to five hours a day.</p>
<p>In 1954 I ran up breaks of 684 and 735 &#8211; two of my highest breaks &#8211; which were made mostly at the top of the table, with a few runs of nursery cannons. It was at this stage that I asked Walter Lindrum for some hints on these close cannons. I felt that if I were to become proficient at nursery cannons a break of 1000 would not be beyond me. Walter promised to help, but unfortunately, and to my bitter disappointment, he never came to the party. On three occasions he invited me to his home at Albert Park, but each time he put me off, making the excuse that he was too busy. To be quite fair to the &#8220;master&#8221;, I really do not think he could impart to others his knowledge of the mysteries of nursery cannons, or for that matter any other phase of the game. He was a supreme player and so far ahead of others in the game of billiards that I am afraid he did not know where to commence teaching, but I am sure he would have liked to help me.</p>
<p>I do not know of any other player who was helped directly by Walter. In latter years Jim Long was very friendly with him, and I know that Walter showed him a couple of comparatively simple moves. Many people may disagree with me on this point and I ask them to forgive me for expressing my personal opinion on a small aspect of the make-up and personality of the greatest billiard player the world has ever known.</p>
<p>The World Amateur Championship series for 1954 were staged in Sydney. Shortly before these games were to commence Bob Marshall had defeated me for the Australian Title in Launceston in a very tight game. For three sessions we were almost dead level, but in the last two hours Bob was too good for me and ran out the winner by the comparatively narrow margin of 202 points. The World Championship was to be contested in Sydney in the following month and Bob was automatically selected to represent Australia. Chandra Hirjee had also been selected to compete in this event as second string to Wilson Jones, representing India. However, Hirjee was unable to make the trip at the last moment and I was invited to compete in his stead.</p>
<p>The games were staged in the Anthony Horden Pavilion at the Sydney Showgrounds and were played on Walter Lindrum&#8217;s table. This was good news for me as I was aware that the cushions were fitted with strip rubber and I had learned the game on tables fitted with that type of cushion. This news filled me with confidence. The competitors for the Title included Bob Marshall (Australia), Frank Edwards (England), Wilson Jones (India), and Taffy Rees (South Africa). My first opponent was Frank Edwards. I immediately got away with a break of 156, but Frank countered with a 127. Then I managed 216, followed by 287. I was in my element with the soft strip rubber cushions, and at the end of the first session was leading by 457. On the home run I ran out a winner by 760 points. To dispose of such a fine player a Edwards was a great start for me.</p>
<p>The great Bob Marshall was my next opponent. I was quietly fancied in this match as I had been performing well at practice. The bookmakers were wagering rather heavily on this game. Bob commenced in great form and at the half way mark led by 261. The position looked bad for me, but I was still confident. In the second session I really struck form. At the commencement of this session I was in play with 56 unfinished, which I took to 286. A little later I followed with a 267, then a 367. Eventually I won the match by 605 points.</p>
<p>At this stage I had defeated two great exponents of the game and naturally I was in high spirits. However, I could not afford to be overconfident as I still had to meet Rees and Jones. In my match against Rees I made the best break of my career in championship billiards by compiling 682, which still stands as the highest break made in an Amateur World Championship series. In this match I was an easy winner.</p>
<p>To win the Title I then had to face Wilson Jones. Naturally I was a little nervous, particularly as Jones had nothing to lose. He had won only one match in the series and therefore was under no strain. After the first hour of play he led by 250. I said to myself, &#8220;don&#8217;t panic, but play billiards&#8221;. This I proceeded to do with breaks of 186, 240 and 299, as well as sundry breaks just over 100. The result of the match was in my favour, 1810 to 1498. Although a great player, Wilson Jones could not strike form in Australia. He visited Australia on three occasions, but never once did he play really well. Change in climatic conditions appear to affect the performance of many players.</p>
<p>I was greatly relieved and, of course, excited when that match was over. I had won my first and only World Championship. It was the highlight of my billiards career. I was 44 years of age at the time and felt that my success was the result of years of hard and earnest practice, as well as keeping myself fit and retaining good health over the years. The other competitors in that Championship Series were all about the same age as myself, which perhaps proves that it takes a good part of a lifetime to reach the top in billiards. Therefore I stress to young and promising players that they cannot expect to master the wonderful game in five minutes &#8211; or even ten years! It took many years for the greatest snooker player of all time &#8211; Joe Davis &#8211; to make the highest possible break of 147 at snooker in championship games. This occurred on the evening of his retirement in a match against John Pulman at Leicester Hall, London. Afterwards Joe remarked, &#8220;Fancy! I have been playing snooker all my life and no one knows how much work I have put in behind the scenes. It has taken me all this time to achieve the almost impossible in a championship match. It is like the tip of a cue &#8211; at its best when it is finished&#8221;.</p>
<h3>Lindrum and Davis</h3>
<p>Many snooker enthusiasts have raised with me the question: If Walter Lindrum had concentrated on snooker, would he have proved a greater player than Joe Davis? In my humble opinion, I do not believe that he would have done so. Walter had a round arm unorthodox cue action and nearly every stroke he played was made with spin, which allowed for a small margin of error. However, when potting the balls in snooker there is no margin of error &#8211; the player has to make his shot in a very deliberate manner. The cue action must flow freely and the arm should operate in the nature of a piston inside a cylinder &#8211; with great exactness.</p>
<p>During my visit to England in 1951 I recall talking to Joe Davis on this point. Joe considered that Walter was not a good business man. By way of explanation, he went on to explain thus: &#8220;At a billiards match played in Melbourne in the 1930&#8242;s, in mid-winter, Walter and I prepared to commence the game. Naturally we had each removed our coats. Walter broke and played out the session with a break of 4,127. Half way through the session I had to slip into my coat again because of the cold&#8221;. Joe went on to say that he considered that spectators attended a match to see both players in action, but Walter was so good that he did not know how to break down! He was so much like a billiards machine that very often the onlookers were almost unaware of his genius. By playing in this machine-like manner for long periods, Walter diminished his earning power.</p>
<p>Joe said that he gave this matter great thought and when he returned to England he decided to concentrate on snooker, in which game the spectators are treated to the skill of both players at short intervals. As a result, Joe became the greatest snooker player of all time &#8211; indeed, he retired from the game a rich man. Unfortunately, in spite of his great ability at billiards, Walter did not do likewise. However, the great &#8220;master&#8221; was generous man and it was nothing for him to give a billiard table to a worthy cause. At one time, he presented me with a table and all accessories to match it. Walter did not seem to care about wealth &#8211; all he wanted to do was play billiards and demonstrate his skill to the people. Walter badly needed an experienced person to manage his billiards activities. For a time the late Jack Rohan acted in this capacity with some success.</p>
<h3>The 1958 World Amateur Billiards Championship</h3>
<p>In 1958 India was the venue for the next World Championship series and I was to defend my Title there. My wife had never before had the pleasure of travelling with me on an overseas trip and I thought that if on this occasion she could accompany me it would be a wonderful experience for her. With the assistance of some good friends, her trip was made possible. Leslie Driffield&#8217;s wife also made the trip from England so my wife was in good company. On this occasion, Claude Harris, President of the Australian Amateur Billiards Association, also made the trip. Claude thoroughly deserved this privilege as for many years he had carried out a tremendous amount of work on the administrative side of the game.</p>
<p>We arrived at Calcutta in mid-November, to be met by officials of the India Billiards Association, and were given a warm welcome. The seven contestants for the Title were: Leslie Driffield, Wilson Jones, Chandra Hirjee, Rafik Dina, Mahomed Lafir, V. Freer and myself. Driffield, Jones, Hirjee and I were named the &#8220;big four&#8221; and after the earlier games had been played, w were left to fight it out. As all four players were in good form it was difficult to pick the winner.</p>
<p>Hirjee and Jones met in the first encounter and spectators were treated to some brilliant billiards, each player making numerous breaks of over 100. Hirjee then made a break of 246, which was quickly followed by 306 from Jones. On the billiard table no love was lost between these two players. They were keen rivals and were fighting to see who was India&#8217;s best player. At the first interval there was little between them, but Jones eventually ran out the winner by 260.</p>
<p>The next match was between myself and Hirjee. I at once struck brilliant form and made consecutive breaks of 190, 239 and 346. This burst seemed to demoralize Hirjee, and although he made two fine breaks of 165 and 176 in the second session, I was a comfortable winner by a margin of 960.</p>
<p>Wilson Jones was next in line for me. I knew that I would have to play at my top, as Jones had been displaying brilliant form in both matches and at practice. In the first hour of this match I ran up a handy lead with useful breaks of 165 and 158, but Jones fought back with a beautifully compiled break of 345. At the end of the first session the scores were almost level. Unfortunately for me, a tropical storm broke over Calcutta at 5.00pm that day. This was unusual as rain like this had not fallen in December for about fifteen years. The result was that the atmosphere became very humid. My cue would not slide properly through my bridge, making it difficult for me to play good billiards. Jones was not similarly affected. Like other Indians, Jones skin was hard and as dry as a bone. I was at a disadvantage, whilst he was in his element, playing as if nothing unusual had happened. He made further breaks of 186, 269 and several over 100 and won the match by over 500 points.</p>
<p>At that stage, Jones was undefeated, but still had to play Leslie Driffield. I also had to play Leslie. If I beat him and he defeated Jones, it would result in a three-way tie. I felt that I still had a fighting chance, but it was not to be. My match with Driffield was a thriller, but he defeated me by the small margin of 135 points. I thought I had him beaten right up until the last 20 minutes, when I was leading by 54. At that stage I had two shots &#8220;on&#8221;. Driffield&#8217;s ball was on the brink of the top left-hand pocket and at the same time there was an easy in-off the red ball. Should I pot him and play safety, or should I continue to play the red ball? By doing so I felt that the minutes would tick away and my score would steadily increase.</p>
<p>I got in-off the red ball and left myself with a perfect position for an in-off into the centre pocket. I told myself the game was mine! After scoring nine points I shaped up for my next shot. However, in my excitement and to my complete disgust I fouled the cue ball. I could scarcely believe it! The balls were then in an easy position for Driffield to score a cannon and, playing like a bulldog, he ran to 203 unfinished, thus winning the game. It was a great disappointment to me. I felt that I had had the game won, only to lose it by sheer carelessness. I just had to accept the situation as best I could. Thus ended all my hopes of winning that Title.</p>
<p>The final looked promising for a great game between Wilson Jones, the idol of India, and Leslie Driffield, the dour Englishman. Leslie was not very popular with the crowds in India and no doubt that feeling extended back to the days of Great Britain&#8217;s influence in India. However, the two players commenced their match in brilliant form. At the end of the first hour of play the scores were level at 340, each player having contributed two breaks over 100. At the end of the second hour the scores were: Driffield 880, Jones 757. The second session was played in much the same fashion, with Driffield leading by 312. In the third session Driffield went steadily ahead to increase his lead to 450.</p>
<p>In the first hour of the final session when Driffield was leading by 600 and looked a certain winner a startling change came over the game. Jones made a fighting 240 break. Driffield then missed an easy shot, to let Jones in for another nice run of 199. By this time the excitement was intense. The crowd was favouring Jones in no uncertain manner. At this stage, each time Driffield visited the table the crowd commenced to chant and hand-clap. They refused to stop when requested. These outbursts were uncalled for and Leslie became very annoyed. He turned to the crowd and appeared, &#8220;what have I done to deserve this&#8221;? This only incited the crowd to even worse behaviour and pandemonium reigned. In all the excitement Leslie broken down and cried.</p>
<p>It was ten minutes before the crowd quietened down to allow the match to continue. Leslie had put away his cue, threatening to forfeit the match. I went over to him and made an effort to comfort him, but he said &#8220;I am finished. I&#8217;ll never come to India again&#8221;. I said &#8220;Don&#8217;t forfeit, Leslie. Don&#8217;t take any notice of the crowd. You can still win the championship. You are in front, so don&#8217;t throw it away&#8221;. I then took his cue from its case and handed it to him. After he had received a nod from his wife, he continued to play. At that stage he was 90 points ahead, with 20 minutes left for play. However, it was obvious that the demonstration had upset him and he was shaking like a leaf. Poor Leslie could not get a shot, and Wilson Jones went on to win by 105 points. It was a sad ending to a wonderful Championship Series. Leslie Driffield left India next day.</p>
<h3>The Indian National Billiards Championship</h3>
<p>Wilson Jones, who hailed from Bombay, became a national hero and his employer, Mr Visinji, invited my wife and me to visit that city. After three days of celebration at Calcutta we arrived at Bombay amid great excitement. We were met at Santa Cruz airport by dozens of Government officials, Mr Visinji and his family and many notable sporting personalities. A great fleet of limousines was made available to drive us all through the streets of Bombay. Nearly every thoroughfare was decorated with bunting and thousands of people thronged the streets. It was as if the President of the United States of America was arriving.</p>
<p>After a drive through the city lasting about two hours, we arrived at Mr Visinji&#8217;s home to attend a banquet in honour of Wilson Jones&#8217; victory. After a wonderful evening, Mrs Cleary and I were driven to the Bombay Cricket Club &#8211; the famous Brabourne Stadium &#8211; which was to be our home for the next seven days. Although playing billiards was not the purpose of my visit to Bombay, I was asked to give several exhibitions. I played on about ten occasions, but not once was Wilson Jones asked to play. At the conclusion of this visit, Mr Visinji presented me with a beautiful handwoven tablecloth. It had been hand sewn with hundreds of little mirrors interwoven. It was a beautiful piece of work and is still in use in my home.</p>
<p>At the end of my stay in Bombay I, and Mrs Cleary, were given a send-off at the Palace at the Shah of Persia. This was a magnificent building constructed of white marble. The Shah only occupied the Palace on occasional visits to Bombay, but it must have cost an enormous amount of money to maintain the Palace as twenty servants were constantly employed there. Such is wealth! The proceedings commenced with an Indian luncheon served in the banquet room. About forty people were present, including some of the wealthiest residents of Bombay. No cutlery or crockery is provided to eat an Indian meal &#8211; one has to manipulate the food to the mouth with the thumb and first two fingers. The table setting provided each guest with a large banana leaf, about 24 inches in diameter. This was used as a plate and all food comprising the various courses was laid out on the banana leaf.</p>
<p>The main course was a mutton stew, flavoured with chilies, which was considered to be a great luxury, but it was almost impossible to eat it. Too add to my discomfort, I was extremely thirsty because of the heat, but the only beverage I felt it safe to drink was a soft drink served from a bottle. In Bombay at that time it was not possible to obtain beer or spirits as the State was subject to liquor laws which prevent the consumption of alcoholic drinks. I asked for a glass of lemonade and eventually, when I was feeling particularly parched, it was served to me. However, before I had time to take even a sip, the servant attending me accidentally dropped some food into the glass and thereupon removed it. I had to wait about half an hour before I was served with another glass of lemonade, and by that time the highly flavoured food had made me very thirsty indeed. Although Mrs Cleary was quite hungry, she was unable to eat the food. She neatly folded the banana leaf around the food and explained to the servant that she could not eat because she had had a meal shortly before. In a foreign land such as India it is very difficult for the Westerner to fit in with the eating habits of the local people who, incidentally were always most hospitable and almost overwhelming with their kindness.</p>
<p>After leaving Bombay I journeyed to Madras, where previously I had been approached by the Madras Billiards Association officials by means of a somewhat flattering reception, accompanied by garlands of flowers for Mrs Cleary. There was a purpose behind this cordial welcome as they wished me to play in the National Billiards and Snooker Championships which were to be held at Madras following the World Amateur Billiards Championship to be conducted at Calcutta. The officials were well aware that my entry in these events would be an additional draw card towards attracting spectators, as at the time of the invitation I was the reigning World Champion. This interlude meant a further stay of 21 days in India, and as my wife had not seen Madras I decided to accept the invitation to play in the &#8220;Nationals&#8221;, as they are called. However, I informed the Madras billiards officials that I would compete only under certain conditions:</p>
<ol>
<li>That first-class accommodation was provided for me and my wife.</li>
<li>That I be granted an allowance of £3 a day.</li>
<li>That I be provided with two plane tickets from Calcutta to Madras.</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon arriving at Madras after the completion of the world&#8217;s championship series at Calcutta we were driven to the Air Lines Hotel, where we were provided with second-class accommodation &#8211; not at the beautiful Conamara Hotel which I had hoped for. I immediately contacted Mr Nardu, Secretary of the Madras Billiards Association who informed me that he had been unable to obtain accommodation at the Conamara. Later I discovered that his was not true. I had become very friendly with Sam Banerjee, of Calcutta, who was a competitor at Madras and who was staying at the Conamara at his own expense. He informed me that there were plenty of vacancies at that hotel &#8211; so the first condition I had imposed on the Madras officials was not met. Sam came from a very wealthy family and at this time was a considerable help to me. As he was about to leave the Conamara Hotel each morning on his way to practice he would phone me and arrange to pick me up in his taxi outside my hotel, thus saving me some little expense.</p>
<p>At the time of our visit to Madras it so happened that Marshall Tito was also visiting that city. One morning, when my wife and I were waiting outside the hotel for Sam to pick us up, there emerged from the crowd in the streets two young girls, no more than 19 years of age, who came up to us and shouted &#8220;You imperialist pigs!&#8221; and then spat in our faces. My wife was angry and wanted to remonstrate with the girls, but I immediately ushered her into the hotel. We felt that the insult was unwarranted, but no doubt all white people fell into the same category so far as the girls were concerned. However, my wife was extremely upset by the incident and, on the following day, became very ill with a high temperature. The manageress of the hotel called in a doctor and eventually engaged a nurse who scarcely left my wife&#8217;s side for three days. After about ten days Mrs Cleary&#8217;s temperature returned to normal and she slowly regained her health.</p>
<p>On another occasion when Sam Banerjee called at my hotel to pick me up I recall noticing six very well-built young men pulling along the road a dray carrying a load of jute. I remarked to Sam, &#8220;They do it the hard way here&#8221;. He replied &#8220;How much money do you think they earn?&#8221; He then continued, &#8220;In your money it is eight pence per day. Why, a traffic policeman only received eighteen pence a day&#8221;. Such is life in India!</p>
<p>Before the National Championships I practiced for one hour each morning at 8 o&#8217;clock. At several of these practice sessions I noticed in the audience an attractive young girl who seemed to be very interested in what I was doing on the table. One morning when a suitable opportunity presented itself she politely asked me if I gave coaching lessons, to which I replied &#8220;do you play?&#8221; She said &#8220;I mainly play snooker, but have made a break of 82 at billiards, also a 59 at snooker&#8221;. I was mildly astonished at this and invited her to play a few shots on the table. Thereupon she produced her own cue and proceeded to play billiards. A set of snooker balls was then produced and I placed the coloured balls on their respective spots. From in hand she then potted the six colours. Her stance, bridge and cue action were well nigh perfect, in the style of Joe Davis. I enquired how much practice she was able to get, and she replied &#8220;not as much as I would like. It is hard to get a game as there is not much opportunity here for girls to play&#8221;. She went on to explain that her father owned a billiard table, but after his death it had been sold.</p>
<p>It is interesting to contemplate what effect an outstanding woman player would have in the field of male competition in both billiards and snooker today. However, I venture to say that if this girl, whose name was A. Kamala Devi, could have been given suitable coaching she would have defeated British women players, including Joyce Gardner and others equally well known. Later I discovered that this girl was an actress and entertainer who performed on All-India Radio. On one occasion she took my wife and I on a visit to the radio station where she played for us a number of her recordings. Unfortunately, I have not heard of her since that time. Perhaps she gave up playing billiards and snooker because of lack of opportunity and encouragement.</p>
<p>The National Snooker Championship was to follow the Billiards Championship and competitors included Wilson Jones, who had just won the world&#8217;s Amateur Billiards Title, and Rafik Dina, both of whom represented Bombay. Other competitors were Sam Banerjee, from Calcutta, T. Salvaraj and V. Freer, from Madras, Mohamad Lafir, from Ceylon, and myself. Wilson Jones and I were seeded No. 1 and 2 in the billiards series, the other competitors not being given much chance of success &#8211; and thus it was proved. However, my semi-final match with Salvaraj was a thriller. Between the illness of my wife and the constant demands made upon me to play billiards I had become a little &#8220;browned-off&#8221;, and was not producing my best form in the match. Although Madras was a &#8220;dry&#8221; area, the President of the Billiards Association conveyed a message to me asking if I would like a &#8220;reviver&#8221;. It was apparent that the officials wanted me to appear in the Final against Wilson Jones, as that would ensure a good attendance. Within a couple of minutes of my indicating that I would like a drink I had passed to me a soft drink bottled containing whisky and water. The spectators naturally thought the bottle contained a non-alcoholic beverage, but after a couple of nips I felt like a new man. Soon afterwards I compiled a break of 373, which enable me to win the match.</p>
<p>In the meantime, Wilson Jones had won his way into the Final, but to my dismay he suddenly reported that he was ill, and announced that he was unable to play in the Final. Immediately the officials were in a state of panic. They were hoping for a full house and a good gate for the final match. The doctor who attended my wife during her illness was called to examine Wilson Jones, and he later confided to me that, in his opinion, Jones was not ill. After persuasion from the officials, Jones eventually consented to play, but he performed as though he were a sick man. Eventually I defeated him in the Final by over 500 points, thus winning the All-India Amateur Billiards Title.</p>
<p>The snooker championship series followed immediately, the same players taking part. After some excellent snooker from all players, I made the Final to meet M. Lafir, of Ceylon. The match was of seven frames, to be won by Lafir in the last frame when he potted the pink ball. I made the best break of the series with an 83. It proved a successful championship series for me as I won four of the five trophies contested &#8211; the All-India Billiards Title, Highest Billiards Break of 373, Runner-up in the Snooker Title and Highest Snooker Break of 83. These trophies are still displayed in my trophy cabinet at my home, together with many others I have won over the years.</p>
<h3>A tour of Ceylon</h3>
<p>A late invitation was extended to me by the Ceylon Billiards Association to make an eight-day tour of the island, giving exhibitions and lectures on billiards and snooker. As it was on my way home and as I had heard a lot about Ceylon, I accepted the invitation with the provision that first-class accommodation be provided, my friends in Bombay having informed me of living conditions on the island. I received a reply to the effect that my wishes would be complied with and that we were to stay at the Galle Face Hotel &#8211; a first-class hotel but which provided air-conditioning to VIPs only. Fortunately, we were classed as VIP. The hotel was famous for its European food, especially Australian beef, and naturally my first request was for some Australian steak. This was the best meal enjoyed by my wife and me since we had left Australia three months previously. Our stay at the Galle Face Hotel was almost too good to be true.</p>
<p>After three days of lectures and exhibitions in poor conditions, we left for Kandy and Nuralia, a journey of some 100 miles. We stopped overnight at Kandy, where I was scheduled to play an exhibition match. The table with which I was confronted was a &#8220;shocker&#8221;. It had so many uneven surfaces that it seemed like a scrubbing board! However, I managed to make a break of 100, but I was like making 500 on a good table.</p>
<p>We then journeyed to Nuralia. This trip was the worst that I encountered during the tour. The roads were in a terrible state, ascending steep hills and winding around elbow bends. When we arrived at our destination, I was too ill to play that evening. Next day I felt refreshed, for at least Nuralia had a cool climate.</p>
<p>I played at the Kenya Club and among the crowd was a fair sprinkling of Europeans. The table was excellent and the conditions to my liking, there being no humidity. My opponent was the local champion, who had a big reputation &#8211; hence the large attendance. Unfortunately, he struck me at my best. The game was 600 up, and at the finish the score board read: Cleary: 600, Nankeo: 69. I rounded off the game with 369 unfinished. We then played the best of three frames of snooker. Nankeo won the first frame and I won the other two. In the last frame I ran out of balls with a 98 break, which gave the crowd much pleasure. After these exhibition games came further entertainment. A four-piece orchestra went into action, with food and drink in plentiful supply, although my wife and I carefully by-passed the Indian food. The entertainment concluded at 4.00am. Ceylon is noted for its tea plantations and one gentleman told me that he would forward a chest of tea to me in Australia. I am still awaiting the arrival of the tea!</p>
<p>Next morning the trip to Colombo was a nightmare. Travelling down hill was worse than going up. It was like an Indian told me, &#8220;An elephant will catch you travelling uphill if he wants to, but he hasn&#8217;t a chance downhill&#8221;. We were relieved to reach Colombo, but a shock was in store for us. Instead of taking us to the Galle Face Hotel, our driver delivered us to a third class hotel, and informed us that we were to stay there for the remainder of our visit. My wife and I were furious and immediately protested. The driver said that it was the President&#8217;s instruction. I said, you get in touch with the President and tell him it&#8217;s the Galle Face or nothing&#8221;. After two hours on the telephone, he received permission to take us to the Galle Face Hotel, but we were given a room with no air-conditioning.</p>
<p>This was too much and I refused to give any further exhibitions. I then got in touch with BOAC seeking a return booking to Australia, although three more days of my tour remained. The booking clerk at BOAC stated it was impossible to get me an immediate booking, but when three pounds sterling was placed in his hand, he said he would give us the first cancellation. Next morning, we were on our way back to Australia.</p>
<h3>The 1964 and 1967 World Amateur Billiards Championships</h3>
<p>Although I retained my form during the ensuing years, I found that the continued strain of competition matches and many years of hard training, together with the fact that I had achieved the world&#8217;s highest honour for an amateur player, was affecting my keenness and my eyesight was starting to fail.</p>
<p>By 1964 Jim Long, who had been improving all the time, had caught up with me. In that year he won the Australian Championship and became eligible to represent Australia in the World Title event to be contested in New Zealand. Unfortunately for Jim, he was unable to make the trip because of pressure of business, and I was sent in his stead. This was my seventh appearance in world championship matches. This series was won by Wilson Jones, who defeated Jack Karneham of England, I finished fourth, but never at any stage reached top form.</p>
<p>In 1967 I won my twentieth Victorian Amateur Billiards Title. And then announced my retirement. However, many friends persuaded me to change my mind and I continued to play, but again Jim Long proved too good for me and defeated me in the Australian Championship in 1967. At this time Jim was available to travel to Colombo for the World Championship. However, a prominent Sydney businessman and a good friend of mine, Mr Keith Lord, offered to sponsor me to Colombo if permission could be obtained from the Australian Amateur Billiards Association to allow me to make the trip. The Association was agreeable, and I am indeed grateful to the Association and to Mr Lord for his generosity and kindness. So far as I am aware, no other private individual has ever sponsored an Australian Amateur Billiards Player on an overseas trip to contest a World Championship Series.</p>
<p>On this occasion, Jim Long was Australia&#8217;s Official Representative and I was the second string. I told Jim that we would find it difficult to win in Ceylon because of the climatic conditions. Jim dearly loves the cold weather and the strip rubber cushions. After all, billiards is a winter game and it is difficult for many players when the World Championship is contested in a country that has a hot climate. I venture to say that Jim and I were the two most knowledgeable players in this series, but because of the climatic conditions we were unable to exploit our style of top of the table play and had to revert to all round billiards. To add to our discomfort, we had to resort to using gloves in an endeavour to combat the problem of perspiration. Needless to say, we were both unplaced.</p>
<p>Leslie Driffield eventually ran out the winner. He proved just too good for the opposition, with his painfully slow all round billiards. I am sure that he did it on purpose to upset his opponents. On one occasion he took 47 minutes to make a 371 break, although in the prevailing conditions it was a good effort. M. Lafir, of Ceylon was runner-up, but he would not have come within reach of the first ten players in Australia. So much for the 1967 World Championship Series. Nevertheless, we met many kind and hospitable people who, after all, are not to blame because their climate is not conducive to good billiards.</p>
<p>Late in 1968, I suffered a severe illness, with the result that I lost the use of my right arm. However, excellent medical treatment and therapy have enabled me to recover my health, but my touch is not the same; thus my competitive billiards life has come to an end. It has been with great sadness and regret that I have had to leave the competition side of the game, which enabled me to make so many wonderful friends, both among my opponents and the many followers of the game. Early in my billiards career I entertained three main ambitions: Firstly, to visit England, the home of billiards; secondly, to win a world championship; and thirdly; to make a break of 1000. I managed to achieve the first two, but to my lasting regret my third objective has eluded me.</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.eaba.co.uk/eaba/?feed=rss2&#038;p=5781</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
